ICP310 Apparel and Footwear Sales & Distribution

© SAP AG ICP310 Preface-1

SAP AG 2004

,&3��6$3�$SSDUHO�DQG�)RRWZHDU�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�DQG�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

��

© SAP AG 2006

,&3��6$3�$SSDUHO�DQG�)RRWZHDU�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�DQG�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

�

� P3A V500

� 2006/Q2

� Material number 50078827

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


�

� Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.�

� Microsoft, Windows, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

� IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, S/390, AS/400, OS/390, OS/400, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, z/OS, AFP, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere, Netfinity, Tivoli, and Informix are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

� Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.

� UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group.

� Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin are trademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc.

� HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, World Wide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

� Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

� JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for technology invented and implemented by Netscape.

� MaxDB is a trademark of MySQL AB, Sweden.

…

SAP AG 2006

&RS\ULJKW

&RS\ULJKW��6$3�$*��$OO�ULJKWV�UHVHUYHG�1R�SDUW�RI�WKLV�SXEOLFDWLRQ�PD\�EH�UHSURGXFHG�RU�WUDQVPLWWHG�LQ�DQ\�IRUP�RU�IRU�DQ\�SXUSRVH�ZLWKRXW�WKH�H[SUHVV�SHUPLVVLRQ�RI�6$3�$*��7KH�LQIRUPDWLRQ�FRQWDLQHG�KHUHLQ�PD\�EH�FKDQJHG�ZLWKRXW�SULRU�QRWLFH�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


…

� SAP, R/3, mySAP, mySAP.com, xApps, xApp, SAP NetWeaver and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries all over the world. All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary.

� The information in this document is proprietary to SAP. No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express prior written permission of SAP AG.

� This document is a preliminary version and not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. This document contains only intended strategies, developments, and functionalities of the SAP® product and is not intended to be binding upon SAP to any particular course of business, product strategy, and/or development. Please note that this document is subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time without notice.

� SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. SAP does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the information, text, graphics, links, or other items contained within this material. This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.

� SAP shall have no liability for damages of any kind including without limitation direct, special, indirect, or consequential damages that may result from the use of these materials. This limitation shall not apply in cases of intent or gross negligence.

� The statutory liability for personal injury and defective products is not affected. SAP has no control over the information that you may access through the use of hot links contained in these materials and does not endorse your use of third-party Web pages nor provide any warranty whatsoever relating to third-party Web pages.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

5HTXLUHG�.QRZOHGJH�� 6&0��3URFHVVHV�LQ�6DOHV��'LVWULEXWLRQ

RU� $QRWKHU�/HYHO��FRXUVH�LQ�D�UHODWHG�DUHD

DQG� ��PRQWKV�H[SHULHQFH�LQ�D�UHODWHG�DUHD

5HFRPPHQGHG�.QRZOHGJH�� 6$3��6$3�2YHUYLHZ

&RXUVH 3UHUHTXLVLWHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XUULFXOXP�&RXUVH�3UHUHTXLVLWHV

�� "!�# $&%('*)�+

SAP Overview

�-,�.0/�!�! 1&%2'�)�+

Processes in Sales & Distribution

�-,�.01�!�! 1&%2'�)�+

Processes in Procurement

�-,�.0$�!�! $&%2'�)�+

Overview Manufacturing

3 ,� �$�#�! 14%2'�)*+

SAP Apparel and FootwearSales & Distribution and Allocation Run

3 ,� �$*5*! 14%2'�)*+

SAP Apparel and FootwearMaterials Management and Production Planning

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

7KLV�FRXUVH�LV�LQWHQGHG�IRU�WKH�IROORZLQJ�DXGLHQFHV�� $SSDUHO�DQG�)RRWZHDU�LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ�WHDP�

PHPEHUV�ZLWK�H[SHULHQFH�LQ�VDOHV��FXVWRPHU�VHUYLFH�DQG�,7��ZKR�DUH�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�VHWWLQJ�XS�GHPDQG�PDQDJHPHQW�GXULQJ�WKH�LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ�SURFHVV�RI�6$3¶V $SSDUHO�DQG�)RRWZHDU�6ROXWLRQ�

'XUDWLRQ�� GD\V

7DUJHW�$XGLHQFH

�

8VHU�QRWHV�� These training materials are QRW�D�WHDFK�\RXUVHOI�SURJUDP. They complement the explanations

provided by your course instructor. Space is provided on each page for you to note down additional information.

� There may not be sufficient time during the course to complete all the exercises. The exercises provide additional examples that are covered during the course. You can also work through these examples in your own time to increase your understanding of the topics.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 1-1

SAP AG 2006

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ

&RQWHQWV�� &RXUVH�*RDOV� &RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV� &RXUVH�&RQWHQW� &RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ�'LDJUDP� 0DLQ�%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RXUVH�*RDO

7KLV�FRXUVH�ZLOO�SUHSDUH�\RX�WR�� %HFRPH IDPLOLDU ZLWK VWUDWHJLHV IRU PDQDJLQJ WKH

XQLTXH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI�DSSDUHO DQG�IRRWZHDUGHPDQG PDQDJHPHQW XVLQJ 6$3�$)6

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV��

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� ,GHQWLI\ KRZ�$)6�VXSSRUWV�VWDQGDUGV�DQG�EXVLQHVV�

SUDFWLFHV�LQ�WKH�DSSDUHO�DQG�IRRWZHDU�LQGXVWU\� 2XWOLQH�KRZ�$)6�IXQFWLRQDOLW\�LQWHJUDWHV�WKH�VXSSO\�

FKDLQ�IRU�WKH�DSSDUHO�DQG�IRRWZHDU�LQGXVWU\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006


$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH $)6�VSHFLILFV�LQ�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 'HILQH�DQG�FUHDWH�PXOWL�GLPHQVLRQDO�PDWHULDO�JULGV�

DQG�LQFOXGH�WKHP�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 'HVFULEH�D�VDOHV�JULG�DQG�WKH�JULG�FRQWURO�GDWD� ([SODLQ�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�UHTXLUHPHQW�DQG�

VWRFN�FDWHJRULHV�ZLWKLQ�D�FRYHUDJH�VWUDWHJ\� $GG�D�FRYHUDJH�VWUDWHJ\�WR�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 'HVFULEH�$)6�VSHFLILFV�LQ�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006


$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�DQ�$)6�PDWHULDO� 6HW�XS�$)6�SULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQV� ([SODLQ�WKH�6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ�LQ�$)6� 'HILQH�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV� 6HW�XS�3UHSDFNV DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV� ([SODLQ�WKH�IXQFWLRQ�RI�WKH�)(57�*HQHUDWRU� &KHFN�$YDLODEOH�WR�3URPLVH��$73��IRU�$)6�

PDWHULDO� ([SODLQ�WKH�$)6�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� 2XWOLQH�WKH�RUGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ�SURFHVV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006


$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 2XWOLQH�WKH�DOORFDWLRQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� 'HILQH�UXOHV�DQG�VHW�XS�DQ�$5XQ�W\SH� 5XQ�$5XQ�LQ�GLDORJ�DQG�EDFNJURXQG� 'HVFULEH�WKH�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU� ,QFOXGH�VKLSSLQJ�DQG�ELOOLQJ�LQ�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�

SURFHVV�LQ�$)6� 5XQ�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH� 3HUIRUP�0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH� 3HUIRUP�0DVV�&KDQJHV�RI�PDWHULDOV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006


$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�FRXUVH��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 1DPH�WKH�GLIIHUHQW�RUGHU�W\SHV

� 5XVK�2UGHUV� 6WRFN�7UDQVIHU� 0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHUV� &RQWUDFWV�DQG�&DOO�2IIV� 7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHUV� 3XUFKDVH�7R�2UGHU�DQG�0DNH�7R�2UGHU

� 'HVFULEH�WKH�$)6�5HWDLO�LQWHUIDFH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW

Unit 9 053�$5XQ�6WDWXVHVUnit 10 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ

$OORFDWLRQ�5XQUnit 11 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJUnit 12 0DVV�&KDQJHVUnit 13 $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHVUnit 14 $)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFHUnit 15 &RQFOXVLRQ

Unit 1 &RXUVH�2YHUYLHZUnit 2 $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�Unit 3 2UGHU�(QWU\Unit 4 $)6�3ULFLQJUnit 5 $73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ�

6FKHGXOLQJUnit 6 6HDVRQVUnit 7 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHVUnit 8 3UHSDFNV �$VVRUWPHQWV

3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004

&RXUVH�2YHUYLHZ�'LDJUDP

� ��

�� !

�"�� #�$&%'%��%

( � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD

6DOHV�DQG'LVWULEXWLRQ

( �� )&� � � � ��!

�"��%'�* �� ( ��

3URFXUHPHQW� #� +�',��

-��.*#/� �'� � � ��( ��#� 0��

$�� '�� *� � #� ��,��1 0%��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��'%/�-�� 34��5- �

(�1 � -��#4�� ! � � �'�/��%1 0%/' � +�'%*#��

1 0%�� ' �64� 7�

� 0�'%*#��4�� *�8��+�

�� #�� 49� 0�'%*#��4�: �� !

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW

$�� -;#��

( �'� �� <=��

(�> ��<?�� >

�5- �� 0��#/ +/<@��4�

)A� � �4�/��B��0� �� : ��0�!�� : #��'<=�

�B��0' � �� 2 � %��

R/3 Standard functionality with AFS enhancementsAFS specific functionality

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DLQ�%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

� <RX�DUH�D�PHPEHU�RI�WKH�LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ�WHDP�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�VHWWLQJ�XS�WKH�VDOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�SDUW�IRU�DQ�6$3�$)6�V\VWHP

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�² $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD

&RQWHQWV�� 0DVWHU�DQG�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV��5HOHYDQFH� *ULG�&RQWURO�'DWD� *ULG�5HSRUWV� &DWHJRULHV�DQG�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\��5HOHYDQFH� 0DWHULDO�0DVWHU� &XVWRPHU�0DVWHU� 2WKHUV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

�� !

�"�� #�$&%'%��%

( � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


( �� )&� � � � ��!

�"��%'�* �� ( ��

3URFXUHPHQW� #� +�',��

-��.*#/� �'� � � ��( ��#� 0��

$�� '�� *� � #� ��,��1 0%��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��'%/�-�� 34��5- �

(�1 � -��#4�� ! � � �'�/��%1 0%/' � +�'%*#��

1 0%�� ' �64� 7�

� 0�'%*#��4�� *�8��+�

�� #�� 49� 0�'%*#��4�: �� !

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


$�� -;#��

( �'� �� <=��

(�> ��<?�� >

�5- �� 0��#/ +/<@��4�

)A� � �4�/��B��0� �� : ��0�!�� : #��'<=�

�B��0' � �� 2 � %��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR�

� 2XU�SROR�VKLUW�DQG�MHDQV�DUH�DYDLODEOH�LQ�GLIIHUHQW�VL]HV�DQG�FRORUV

� 3ROR�VKLUW�LV�DYDLODEOH�LQ�VL[�VL]HV�± ;6��6��0��/��;/��;/�± DQG�YDULRXV�FRORUV��WZR�GLPHQVLRQV�

� -HDQV�DUH�DYDLODEOH�LQ�YDULRXV�VL]HV��LQVHDP��ZDLVW�PHDVXUHPHQWV��DQG�FRORUV��WKUHH�GLPHQVLRQV�

� 6WRFN�PD\�EH�VHJPHQWHG�E\�GLIIHUHQW�FULWHULD��)RU�H[DPSOH��ZH�ZDQW�WR�SURGXFH�WZR�FDWHJRULHV��RQH�IRU�D�PDQXIDFWXUHU¶V�ODEHO��0/$%(/��DQG�RQH�IRU�D�SULYDWH�ODEHO��3/$%(/��+RZHYHU��ZH�FDQ�DOVR�KDYH�D�FDWHJRU\��0/$%(/��ZKLFK�FRXOG�EH�VHFRQG�TXDOLW\�RU�UHMHFWV��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DVWHU�DQG�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV��&RQWHQW

� 'HILQLWLRQ�RI�PDWHULDO�JULGV� 5HODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�PDWHULDO�JULG�DQG�PDWHULDO�

PDVWHU� 'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�DQG�PDLQWHQDQFH�RI�JULG�GLPHQVLRQV�� 0XOWL�GLPHQVLRQDO�PDVWHU�JULG� 6DOHV�JULG�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� *ULG�UHSRUWV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�6WUXFWXUHV

$)6(536WDQGDUG

0DVWHU*ULG

&OLHQW�/HYHO

0DWHULDO0DVWHU &DWHJRULHV

'LPHQVLRQV

&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\4XDOLW\� � �

�

� Apparel and footwear products have a wide variety of characteristics, for example, different sizes, colors, and qualities. The AFS solution accommodates these features by incorporating material grids and coverage strategies within the ERP Standard material master.

� Material grids are assigned to a material master at client level. Up to three characteristics may be defined in a material grid. For example, a pair of jeans could be shown with three dimensions: waist, inseam and color.

� Categories can be used to differentiate product characteristics such as quality or other reasons for stock segmentation.

� A coverage strategy with any number of categories can be assigned to a material master. The respective coverage strategies are defined plant independent on client level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�6WUXFWXUH

&OLHQW�/HYHO

6.8�/HYHO

0DVWHU*ULG

9DOLG�GLPHQVLRQV

'LPHQVLRQV�([DPSOH�� 6L]H� &RORU� :LGWK

&DWHJRULHV([DPSOH�� /RJLFDO�6HJPHQWDWLRQ� 4XDOLW\� &RXQWU\�RI�2ULJLQ

&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH

&RYHUDJH6WUDWHJ\

�

� The decision of where to define material characteristics as grid dimensions or categories requires careful planning

� AFS provides information in addition to the material master

� The master grid allows the addition of multiple dimensions

� It is not necessary to have a separate material master number for each individual characteristic

� Coverage strategy allows you to include stock and requirement categories

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�'LPHQVLRQ�9DOXH�0DLQWHQDQFH�

5HOHYDQFH�LV�GHVFULEHG�RQ�WKH�QH[W�VOLGH

2UGHU�ZLOO�EH XVHGLQ�*ULG 'LVSOD\

�

� Dimensions are defined as characteristics, with characteristics group /AFS/SAP-D

� Characteristic values are maintained in the same transaction (CT04).

� Relevances are maintained there too.

� It is mandatory to maintain the characteristic values to be used in a grid.

� Grids may be maintained in Customizing (path see appendix) or from Logistics-->AFS Central Functions menu (paths see appendix).

� National Retail Federation (NRF) size and color codes may be assigned to the dimension in customizing from the particular grid.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�'LPHQVLRQ�5HOHYDQFH�

�

� With every transaction in AFS, the system refers to the material master record and checks the valid dimensions for this particular material.

� Dimensions can be made relevant so that they appear in certain applications and part of the material master record based on their need in each area. Each dimension has its own set of relevancies.

� Dimensions may be set as relevant or not relevant to selected applications in the system. Therefore, data at SKU level needs to be maintained only for those applications that need SKU level data.

� Relevance-Assignment cannot be changed after the dimension is used

� Activate a dimension and it will be relevant for data in its designated application.

� Examples:

� DIM - Weight and volume may be entered in the $)6�:HLJKWV�9ROXPHV tab of the material master record

� PRI - Allows pricing at the dimension in the SD and MM applications with the proper condition record

� SEA - Allows seasonal data to be maintained for dimension in the AFS Basic view

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DWHULDO0DVWHU

*ULG�0DLQWHQDQFH� 0DWHULDO�1XPEHU� &RPSDQ\�&RGH� 9DOLGLW\�'DWHV

'LPHQVLRQ/LEUDU\

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�0DLQWHQDQFH�DQG�$VVLJQPHQW

�

� When creating material grids, enter the possible dimensions such as color, size, and dimension values (for example, black, blue; size 6, 8, 10, etc) Specify a valid-from-date for the particular grid. The material grid is then assigned to a material master that is valid for a particular company code and date.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

8 9 10 11 12

��'LPHQVLRQ��6KRHV

9 9 9 9 96L]H

6 8 10 12 14

��'LPHQVLRQV��-DFNHW

9 9 9&RORU

6L]H

%/85(' 9 9 9 9

28 30 32 34

��'LPHQVLRQV��-HDQV

9 9 9,QVHDP

:DLVW

28293031

9 9 99 9 99 9 9

9

BLUE BLK

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�7\SHV��DQG��'LPHQVLRQV

&RORU

�

� A material grid is a front-end tool that allows you to enter dimension information for your materials.

� Dimensions within the grids are used to represent attributes of products, for example, color, size, style.

� Up to three dimensions are possible, for example, color, waist, inseam.

� Dimensions can be up to eight characters long (for up to three dimensions combined).

� Dimensions can be numeric or alphanumeric.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�² &UHDWH�*ULG��

&KRVH�QHHGHG*ULG YDOXHV

)ODJ�YDOLG YDOXHFRPELQDWLRQV

�

� There are three types of material grids:

� Master grid: Part of the material master

� Purchase grid: An application grid that is a subset of a master grid

� Sales grid: An application grid that is a subset of a master grid

� The order of dimensions may be sorted for use in the applications.

� Grid dimensions may be converted, for example, for use in a different country.

� A fast entry option is available with the &UHDWH�GLPHQVLRQ�YDOXHV button.

� Changes to the grid may be logged. It also needs to be activated in Customizing.

� Sort relevant for Line Entry Views

� Axis relevant for Grid Entry Views (Z-Axis Radio Button Dimension)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0$67(5�*5,'

303132333435

��:DLVW��&RORU

��,QVHDP

BLK BLU WHT

31 32 33 34

9 99 99 99 9

35

9999

9 9 99 9 9

9 99 99 99 99 99 9

0$67(5�*5,'

NMW

��6L]H��&RORU

��:LGWK 6 6.5 7 7.5

9 99 99 9

8

999

9 99 99 9

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�² &UHDWH�*ULG��

��'LPHQVLRQDO0DVWHU�*ULG��-HDQV

��'LPHQVLRQDO0DVWHU�*ULG��6KRHV

BLK BRN BRG TAN

�

� Your products may have several attributes, so careful planning must go into the decision regarding how you will set up your dimensions in the master grid.

� You need to decide how many dimensions to assign to your material grids.

� You must also decide which dimensions you will represent in your product.

� If you create three-dimensional grids, one of them must be represented by a button. The examples displayed above have “Color” represented as 3rd dimension.

� You can create one grid and then use it for several materials.

� You can create an initial grid and use it as a reference grid for creating new grids. The relationship between the grids is maintained.

� Once a master grid has been saved it is possible to add more dimension values at any time. You can only delete matrix values if the grid has not been used in any material. It is not possible to delete dimension values once entered.

� Grids no longer used in any material may be deleted.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�² *ULG�&UHDWLRQ�)HDWXUHV

$FWLYDWHURZ�FROXPQ 5RWDWH

(viewing featureonly)

C C C

'HDFWLYDWHURZ�FROXPQC C C

$FWLYDWH�DOO�JULG�YDOXHV

'HDFWLYDWH�DOO�JULG�YDOXHV

&RS\�URZ�FROXPQC CC C C

C

DD

DD

DC

C CC

C

C C CC C C

C C CC C C

�

� The material grid features that are listed below facilitate the movement of data between and within grids.

� Activate row/column: This feature allows you to activate values within an entire row or column.

� Example: Your dimensions are size and color. You have added a blue item to a grid in all sizes. Your next item is red and you also want to add this to your matrix in all sizes. Use the <Values row/column> feature to easily activate all the sizes for this item.

� Delete row/column: Delete values from a row or column.

� Activate all grid values: Choose button or select from menu <Edit> Select - Select All - Activate selected values

� Copy row/column: To copy the exact values to another row/column, choose buttons or select from menu <Edit> Select - Row/Column - Copy row/column - Paste row/column.

� Rotate: This feature allows you to rotate the X and Y axis of your matrix. It is a viewing feature only.

� Copy current screen to all screens: You have a three-dimensional grid and want to copy the validated matrix entries from one dimension - displayed as a button at the top - to the other dimensions.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�² +LVWRU\

*ULG KLVWRU\DFWLYDWHG

1HZ�YDOXHFRPELQDWLRQV

�

� When creating a grid, you can flag the grid history field. Change history for that grid will be recorded. To use history recording, you must also activate it in Customizing.

� You can view history data using the grid report function. Each change record only reports the changes done to the grid. In the above example, grid history was activated after grid creation and some new size combinations have been allowed.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

'HILQLWLRQ�LQ�&XVWRPL]LQJ

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG ² 'LPHQVLRQ�9DOXH &RQYHUVLRQ ��

&RYHUVLRQ YDOXHV LQ�&7��

$)6�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU

$)6�&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU

8VHU�6HWWLQJV

�

� Dimension value conversion is used to convert values as set up in the material master grid.

� If you decide to use conversion for a dimension ID, each of its values have to be converted. That can be verified using a check report.

� You will not see the result of the conversion in the master grid because these are system values. You can only see the conversion in the applications.

� This conversion can be based on material, customer, vendor, or a user parameter. Examples:

� A customer, vendor, or country may use a different name to describe your material. For instance, a size 6 in the United States could be converted to a size 36 for Germany.

� The code that is used for a material in the master grid can have a longer descriptive name in the applications. For example, Color 100 in the master grid could translate into a color WHITE in the sales department’s applications.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULG�² 'LPHQVLRQ�9DOXH�&RQYHUVLRQ��

&KRVH�&RQY��7\SH

6DOHV�2UGHU�(QWU\

�

� A conversion button exists every application that deals with grid values.

� You can switch between the system conversion type which represents the base values and the preferred or most suitable conversion type which are both represented in a lighter shade. All other conversion types that are applicable are represented in a darker shade.

� To ensure that all values in the conversion tables are unique, it is no longer possible to mix entries of system and converted values.

� Every grid value must be convertible for all dimensions. If not, the line for entry is blocked so you cannot enter any grid values.

� You can turn conversion off per individual user. The user parameter to turn the conversion off for individual users is /AFS/NO_SIZE_CONV

� Conversion can be activated per dimension.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

XS S M LBLKWHTRED

XL XXL9

6L]H&RORU

9

XS S M LBLKWHTRED

XL XXL6L]H

&RORU

0DVWHU�*ULG

6DOHV�RU�3XUFKDVH�*ULG

999

9

99

9 999 9999

9 9 9

99

99

9

$)6�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV

�

� Purchase and sales grids complement master grids in that a relationship among customers, materials, vendor and users can be established for explicit control via the condition technique.

� Example: If a vendor can only provide a limited range of sizes or colors, a purchase grid can be created specifically for that vendor excluding those particular sizes or colors. In purchase order entry, these sizes/colors will not be displayed as valid for purchasing purposes.

� However, it is important to keep the following constraints in mind:

� Purchase and sales grids are always a subset of a master grid.

� It is not possible to add or delete existing dimensions from a purchase / sales grid. If cells are deactivated in the related master grid, they are deactivated in the associated purchase/ sales grid.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XVWRPHU«��«��9DOLG�IURP�« WR��

0DWHULDO��[\]6DOHV�*ULG��6KLUW�/��;;/

&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUG

$)6�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV�² &RQGLWLRQV

XS S M LBLKWHTRED

XL XXL6L]H

&RORU

6DOHV�*ULG

9

XS S M LBLKWHTRED

XL XXL9

9

6L]H&RORU

9

0DVWHU�*ULG

999

99 9

9 99 9 9

9 9

�

� A sales grid is a subset of a master grid restricting sizes that can be baught by a particular customer or market

� Sales grids can be linked, via a condition technique, to a material, material/customer, grid, and so on, to allow detailed control over dimensions in SD for example, for sales orders.

� The Grid determination protocol in the sales documents shows how the respective grid was determined.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�*ULGV�² 5HSRUWV

�

�

�

� Severals different materials share the same master grid.

� In this example, master grid SHOE was created. It will not lose the link. Sales grid SG-SHOE was created in reference to its master grid SHOE.

� Reports: (AFS Central Functions Æ Grids Æ Grid Reports)

� Where- used-list for material grids

� Associated material grids

� Changes to material grids

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&DWHJRULHV DQG�&RYHUDJH 6WUDWHJ\ &RQWHQW

� &DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH� 5HTXLUHPHQW�DQG�6WRFN�&DWHJRULHV� &RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&OLHQW�/HYHO

6.8�/HYHO

$)6�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�6WUXFWXUH

0DVWHU*ULG

9DOLG�GLPHQVLRQV

'LPHQVLRQV�([DPSOH�� 6L]H� &RORU� :LGWK

&DWHJRULHV([DPSOH�� /RJLFDO�6HJPHQWDWLRQ� 4XDOLW\� &RXQWU\�RI�2ULJLQ

&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH

&RYHUDJH6WUDWHJ\

�

� The decision of where to define material characteristics as grid dimensions or categories requires careful planning

� AFS provides information in addition to the material master

� The master grid allows the addition of multiple dimensions

� It is not necessary to have a separate material master number for each individual characteristic

� Coverage strategy allows you to include stock and requirement categories

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

�

48$/,7<

&28175<2)�25,*,1

6(*0(17

�

�

4XDOLW\��4XDOLW\��

$)6�6HJPHQWDWLRQ�ZLWK�&DWHJRULHV

&XVWRPHU�%&XVWRPHU�$ &XVWRPHU�&

&RXQWU\�<&RXQWU\�; &RXQWU\�=

�

� Categories provide an additional layer of detail that allows you to further specify or characterize your product.

� You can create categories to segregate customer segments, levels of quality, country of origin, and so on.

� For example, one of your categories might be Quality which might be defined at two levels. Quality 1 would be your first grade goods, Quality 2 would be your second.

� The structure of categories can be freely defined by customer. The definition of categories is optional.

� Categories are linked to the material master via assignment of the coverage structure and strategy.

� Multiple category field structures, dynamic category content and application relevance are available.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RYHUDJH&RYHUDJH6WUDWHJ\6WUDWHJ\

$)6�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\ ² %DVLF�&RQFHSW

6WRFN�&DWHJRU\

&XVWRPHU�6HJPHQW�$

&XVWRPHU�6HJPHQW�$

&XVWRPHU6HJPHQW�%

&XVWRPHU6HJPHQW�&

%ODQN &XVWRPHU�%&XVWRPHU�$ &XVWRPHU�&5HTXLUHPHQW&DWHJRU\

�

� A coverage strategy defines the method by which the requirement categories are matched against existing stock categories. It establishes the links between your stock and requirement categories.

� If you refer to the slide above, a blank category is defined and is assigned a corresponding stock category of Customer Segment A. In other words, a sales order that does not reference any requirement category can only be satisfied by stock from Customer Segment A. However, you could define your blank category to include other stock segments.

� A blank coverage strategy (No Coverage Strategy) is created automatically upon creation of a plant. It is used for materials that do not require a category and coverage strategy, but which are AFS materials.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&DWHJRU\�7\SHV�LQ�6$3�'RFXPHQWV

5HTXLUHPHQW&DWHJRULHV

6WRFN�&DWHJRULHV

3URGXFWLRQ2UGHU

3XUFKDVH2UGHU

3ODQQHG2UGHU

3ODQQHG,QGHSHQGHQW5HTXLUHPHQWV

6DOHV2UGHU

3XUFKDVH5HTXLVLWLRQ

�

� Requirement and stock categories are used in these documents respectively.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&DWHJRULHV�$OORFDWLRQ

6WRFN�&DWHJRU\

&KHFN6WRFN

6DOHV�2UGHU��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\0/$%(/��

MLABEL-1MLABEL-1

5HTXLUHPHQW��/HYHO��6WRFN&DWHJRU\��&DWHJRU\

5HTXLUHPHQW��6WRFN�$OORFDWLRQ

MLABEL-1MLABEL-2

12

MLABEL-1

5HTXLUHPHQW��6WRFN&DWHJRU\��&DWHJRU\

5HTXLUHPHQW�WR�6WRFN�&RQYHUVLRQ

MLABEL-1

&KHFN6WRFN

3ODQQHG�2UGHU��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�0/$%(/��

672&.��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\0/$%(/��

672&.��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\0/$%(/��

�

� In the above example, a sales order is placed for 200 pieces of category MLABEL-1. Only 100 pieces of that category are left in stock. The Requirement/Stock Allocation table is checked to see whether alternative categories are allowed. Category MLABEL-2 is a possibility, but only 50 pieces are in stock. For the remaining 50 pieces a new planned order gets created for category MLABEL-1, as defined in the respective customizing table.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&DWHJRULHV

$)6�&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH�² 0DLQWHQDQFH

&DWHJRU\�)LHOG�5HOHYDQFH�6LJQV

'HILQH�&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH

'HILQH &RYHUDJH 6WUDWHJLHV

&DWHJRU\�)LHOGV�± 'HILQHG�DV�&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

'HIDXOWV�± $XWRPDWLF�)LOOLQJ

�

� As the category structure is an additional value to the material number, it is very difficult to change once the categories have been used. Careful thought must be put into the basic set-up of the category structure.

� The system automatically defaults plant independent category structures.

� To ease work with categories, multiple Category Structures are available. You can also assign a particular category field structure to a material type so that when you use a material type the system automatically uses the correct category field structure.

� Category fields are defined as characteristics

� Default values can be set up for the category fields (automatic filling).

� Category fields automatically become the basis for requirement and stock categories.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH�² 5HOHYDQFHV

�

� Category fields have relevances to define which master data and applications should be controlled by categories. While definition of the category fields as characteristics, the relevances for requirement and stock categories can be defined.

� For example, the category field “Market” does not have any influence on the EAN numbering, in this case the relevances can be set off. In the material master the EAN numbers do not have to be defined on the market level, the category market will not have any influence on EAN numbers.

� Values can be dynamically filled via customizing or programming. In Customizing, the default categories for the applications can be defined. For more sophisticated category determination a user exit is available.

� In addition, you can now ignore category fields in the complete category check. You no longer have to maintain all possible combinations of valid categories.

� The corresponding relevances for defining the category check are FLC and VLC: FLC – check of category entries against the field values (e.g. you enter category MLABEL, the system checks if MLABEL is defined as valid value for the user defined category field LABEL) VLC – check of valid category combinations defined in the category strategy (e.g. you enter category MLABEL-1, the system checks if MLABEL-1 is a valid category combination defined as stock and/or requirement category in the coverage strategy; if you set off the VLC check for a category field this means that no combination check is done, this also means you no longer have to maintain all possible combinations of valid categories)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�² 0DLQWHQDQFH��

&DWHJRULHV

&DWHJRU\�)LHOG�5HOHYDQFH�6LJQV

'HILQH�&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUH


&DWHJRU\�)LHOGV�± 'HILQHG�DV�&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

'HIDXOWV�± $XWRPDWLF�)LOOLQJ

&DWHJRU\�&RPELQDWLRQV�

�

� Category maintenance is a multi-step procedure that requires input from all logistical areas, Sales and Distribution, Materials Management, and Production Planning.

� Before Coverage Strategies can be set up you need to lock in the Coverage Structure which you want to use as basis for your strategy.

� The valid category combinations need to be set up first.

� If the customer does not expect to use defined rules of requirement and stock categories, leave them undefined.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006


&DWHJRULHV

$581�053��5HTXLUHPHQW�6WRFN�$OORFDWLRQ

'HSHQGHQW�5HTXLUHPHQWV��6WRFN�WUDQVIHU

5HTXLUHPHQW�WR�6WRFN�&RQYHUVLRQ

3ODQQHG�,QG��5HTXLUHPHQWV�&RQVXPSWLRQ


&DWHJRU\�&RPELQDWLRQV�

�

� The above slide shows how to set up the allocation of categories in the different applications.

� If stock is available, you determine which requirement category should be matched with which stock category. If there is not enough stock available for one category, another category may be used if it has been defined.

� If no stock is available at all, you must define which category should be procured or produced. This needs to be done for the primary material as well as the dependent requirements.

� If independent requirements are used, you can define the consumption modes for sales order per category.

� Wildcards can be used for the allocation definition: * indicates that the equal category field value should be allocated (e.g. ******* ******* - for the category field LABEL the system should look for the same label type when allocating stock, e.g. requirement category MLABEL should be allocated to stock category MLABEL, same for PLABEL) # indicates that any category field value can be allocated ( e.g. DE ## - for the category field COUNTRY the system can allocate any stock category to requirement category DE)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

Reqmt. category

MLABEL-1MLABEL-1PLABEL-1

CStr

TPTPTP

Level

111

CoNoEC

112

MRP-Mod.Stock-Category

MLABEL-1MLABEL-2PLABEL-1


053��5HTXLUHPHQW�6WRFN�$OORFDWLRQ

,QVWHDG�RI�PDLQWDLQLQJ�HDFK�FRPELQDWLRQ�H[SOLFLWO\�WKH�VSHFLDO�FKDUDFWHUV� �DQG��FDQ�EH�XVHG�5HTXLUHPHQW� �� 6WRFN� �PHDQV��ERWK�KDYH�VDPH�YDOXH5HTXLUHPHQW� �� 6WRFN��PHDQV��DQ\�YDOXH�FDQ�EH�IXOILOOHG�ZLWK�DQ\�YDOXH

�

� If a sales order specifies a requirement category of MLABEL-1 it would have to be satisfied by a stock category MLABEL-1 as a first priority. In this table, you can define whether a MLABEL-2 could satisfy that requirement as a second option in case MLABEL-1 is out of stock.

� MRP modules are function modules for further prioritization of assigned stock.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�²0DLQWHQDQFH �� &DWHJRU\�3RSXS

5HTXLUHPHQW�&DWHJRU\��

&RQWLQXH

/DEHO��0/$%(/�� 0DQXIDFWXUHUµV�/DEHO4XDOLW\&RXQWU\

5HVWULFW�SRVVLEOH�YDOXHV99DOLG�FDWHJRULHV &DQFHO;

4XDOLW\��

Short text of category field values1st quality2nd quality

Lower val.1 -2 -

,QVHUW�UXOH�ILHOG

�

� When checking the ‘restrict possible values’ box, only combinations of categories will be displayed that have previously been defined. If this box is not checked all values defined in the system will be displayed.

� In the example above, only first and second quality are possible field values for the Manufacturer’s label MLABEL-.

� To facilitate the entry of asterisks for exact matches you can choose the ‘Insert rule field’ button. It will enter the correct number of asterisks to the field lengths.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

$)6�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�² &DWHJRU\�$VVLJQPHQW

$)6�%DVLF�'DWD

0DVWHU�*ULG*ULG�GHWHUPLQDWLRQSURFHGXUH�6'

*ULG�GHWHUPLQDWLRQSURFHGXUH�00

$)6�6WDWXV6'��

00��

&DW��6WUXFWXUH ��

0*)

&RY��6WUDWHJ\ 70��0DWO�&RQY�,'

��

�

� Define the category structure for the material. If left blank the material is not used with categories.

� This category structure field may not be changed later, so if the material will ever use categories, a structure must be added.

� The plant independent coverage strategy has to be entered on the AFS basic view and will be used for all plants.

� If you do not want to use categories for a material, you must use the "blank" coverage strategy.

� However, if you are even remotely considering using categories later, you must leave the coverage strategy field "blank" as this is the only coverage strategy type that can be changed in the material master. All other coverage strategies can no longer be changed

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

� &UHDWLRQ�DQG�PDLQWHQDQFH�RI�PDWHULDO�PDVWHUV�ZLWK�$)6�GDWD

� $)6�VSHFLILF�YLHZV�RI�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� ,QFOXGH�PDVWHU�JULG�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU��7RSLF�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&RQYHUWLQJ�$)6�0DWHULDO�ÅÆ 6WDQGDUG�0DWHULDO

�

� In AFS, you can convert AFS-materials into standard materials and vice versa if no transaction data exists for the particular material master. For example, when converting a standard material into an AFS material, AFS views will be added to the material master. You then have to maintain the corresponding entries in these views in order to use this material in the AFS application or in sales order processing.

� This conversion can either be done in simulation mode or as an update on the database.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&UHDWH�0DWHULDO

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�6HWXS

,QGXVWU\�6HFWRU

�

� The industry sector determines to which industry the material applies.

� The industry sector decides:

� Which views are displayed and in which order

� What industry-specific data is displayed

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�9LHZV�

$)6�053 4XDOLW\0DQDJHPHQW

$)6%DVLF�'DWD

6DOHV�2UJ��

%DVLF�'DWD�� )RUHLJQ�7UDGH�([SRUW�DQG�,PSRUW

6WRUDJH��3XUFKDVLQJ�7H[W

053��

$)6�6DOHV�'DWD

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW��

:RUN�6FKHGXOLQJ

&ODVVLILFDWLRQV

$)69DOXDWLRQ

AFS ViewsERP Standard Views

$)6�:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW��

)RUHFDVWLQJ

6DOHV�3ODQW7H[W

3URGXFWLRQ5HVRXUFH�7RROV

&RVWLQJ��

3ODQW�6WRFN

6WRUDJH�/RFDWLRQ6WRFN

�

� The material master is the foundation for all logistics functions of the SAP ERP System.

� One material master is created for each material in the ERP system.

� Five views have been added for AFS materials.

� Specific AFS views:

� AFS Basic Data

� AFS Sales Data

� AFS MRP

� AFS Warehouse Management 1

� AFS Valuation

� Some Standard ERP views have been changed:

� Basic Data 2

� Purchasing

� Accounting 1

� NOTE: By selecting just one of the AFS views, you automatically create an AFS material

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�² $)6�%DVLF�'DWD�9LHZ

&UHDWH 0DWHULDO�$)6�%DVLF�'DWD

�

� AFS Status:

��2QFH�WKLV�VWDWXV�KDV�EHHQ�IODJJHG��WKH�PDVWHU�JULG�FDQQRW�EH�UHSODFHG��

� Master Grid: The master grid is used to define dimensions for a material. A separate material master for each size is not necessary.

� Grid Determination Procedure: Grid determination procedure defines how a grid in SD or MM is selected for the specific material (condition technique).

� Define the category structure for the material. If left blank the material is not used with categories.

� Assign coverage strategy on this view

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

6SULQJ�6XPPHU )DOO�:LQWHU

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�² $)6�%DVLF�'DWD�9LHZ 6HDVRQV

�

� The seasons of business (spring/summer, fall/winter, back-to-school, Christmas etc.) requires that certain products be available for their corresponding season, with special needs to “mark down” or “move” inventory that will soon be out of season.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&UHDWH 0DWHULDO�$)6�053�'DWD

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�² $)6�053�9LHZ�$)6 053�6WDWXV

�

� Coverage Strategy: Coverage strategies are used to match stock categories to requirement categories. On the AFS MRP view the coverage strategy is displayed

� AFS Status MRP: Once this status has been flagged, it is released and then it is no longer possible to change the coverage strategy. The only exception to this is if the coverage strategy is "blank".

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�²$GGLWLRQDO 'DWD��($1�83& 3URGXFW�&RGH�1XPEHUV

&UHDWH 0DWHULDO�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD

�

� You can include EAN (European Article Number) and UPC (Universal Product Code) product code numbers with your materials.

� EAN/UPC numbers represent the barcode which is printed on each product.

� All companies worldwide are allocated their own UPC number range.

� EAN/UPC code is stored at schedule line level.

� EAN/UPC may now be maintained in the $GGLWLRQDO�'DWD - view of the material master.

� Functionality has been developed to reuse EAN/UPC numbers from archived materials.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

'DWD�0RGHOLQJ

0DWHULDO�*ULG�IRU�&RORU�DQG�6L]H��WZR�GLPHQVLRQDO�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�IRU�6HJPHQWDWLRQ

0DWHULDO�*ULG�IRU�6L]H��RQH�GLPHQVLRQDO�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�IRU�6HJPHQWDWLRQ

0DWHULDO�*ULG�IRU�6L]H��RQH�GLPHQVLRQDO�

7�6+,57

7�6+,57�%/8(

7�6+,57�%/8(�0/$%(/

�

� When implementing AFS and setting up material master data, you may want to consider the options outlined above.

� In the first example, the material contains a material grid with color and size information as well as a coverage strategy for segmenting the requirement and stock by the manufacturer’ s or private label.

� The next example illustrates that not only style information but also color may be set at header level. In this case, the one-dimensional grid attributes the size information, and the coverage strategy the segmentation.

� Finally, in the third example, the color as well as the segmentation is kept at material level, the information below refers only to color and size.

� Regard the dependencies in all modules like SD, MM and PP.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU��7RSLF�2EMHFWLYHV

� $)6�VSHFLILF�YLHZV�LQ�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU� $)6�VSHFLILF�ILHOGV�LQ�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU��

� 7KH�&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU FRQWDLQV�DOO�FXVWRPHU�UHODWHG�GDWD�QHFHVVDU\IRU�SURFHVVLQJ�RUGHUV��GHOLYHULHV��LQYRLFHV��DQG�FXVWRPHU�SD\PHQWV�

*HQHUDO�'DWD

6DOHV��'LVWULEXWLRQ�'DWD

&RPSDQ\�&RGH�'DWD

&XVWRPHU0DVWHU

�

� In AFS, you have one record for each customer.

� The system divides this data into multiple views of the master record. For example:

� The customer master contains accounting data (company code views), sales and distribution data (sales area views), and enterprise data (general views).

� Customer master information is shared between the accounting and sales and distribution departments.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU��

AddressControl dataMarketingUnloading pointsContact person

*HQHUDO�'DWD

SalesShippingOutputPartner functions

6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD

Account ManagementPayment transactionsCorrespondenceInsurance

&RPSDQ\�&RGH�'DWD

&UHDWH�6FUHHQ�9LHZV�

&UHDWH�6FUHHQ�9LHZV�

&UHDWH&HQWUDOO\�6FUHHQ�9LHZV�

Valid for bothaccounting and sales

Dependent on:- Sales organization- Distribution Channel- Division

Valid for accountingAlso referred to as centralviews on the customer master

�

� The customer master groups data into categories:

� General data: the views in the customer master record relevant to both Financial Accounting and Sales and Distribution

� Sales area data: the views relevant to Sales and Distribution

� Company code data: the views taken into account by Financial Accounting

� You can FHQWUDOO\ create, change, or display General data, Sales area data, and Company code data.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU��$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD

*HQHUDO 'DWD�9LHZ

6DOHV�$UHD 'DWD�9LHZ

�

� You can add AFS specific data to the customer master, including specifications for Allocation Run, order proposal, Value Added Services, Multi-Store Order II, customer groups, distribution center and store number.

� AFS specific data regarding the customer master is located in the menu environment “ AFS Additional Data” in the General Data and the Sales Area data view respectively.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

*HQHUDO�'DWD��$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD

'LVWULEXWLRQ�&HQWHU&XVW��,'�3DUWQHU

,QIRUPDWLRQ�)LHOG�2QO\

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU

�

� The distribution center field displays the number of the distribution center to which the customer is assigned.

� Cust.ID partner is the name by which this customer is known at their distribution center.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD��$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD

&XVWRPHU�9HQGRU�,'6FKHGXOH�6WUDWHJ\+HDUW�6L]H&DWHJRU\�IRU�$73

9$6

$5XQ

6XEVWLWXWLRQ1R�GXSOLFDWH

&XVWRPHU�*URXS��

6SUHDG�UXOH�IRU�062�,,

�

� Within “ AFS Additional Data” in the sales view, you can add AFS specific data to the customer master record, for example, for Value Added Services, Allocation Run and Multi Store Order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2006

0DVWHU�'DWD�6XPPDU\

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� ([SODLQ�WKH�$)6�*ULG�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� 'HVFULEH�0DWHULDO�&DWHJRULHV� 'HVFULEH�WKH�XVH�RI�WKH�FRYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\� 1DPH�$)6�YLHZV�DQG�ILHOGV�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 1DPH�$)6�YLHZV�DQG�ILHOGV�LQ�WKH�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�DQG�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV�

At the conclusion of this exercise, you will be able to:

• Explain how grid dimensions are determined and maintained by creating a two- and three-dimensional master grid

• Create a sales grid valid for selected sizes referring to the master grid

• Check grid settings in AFS Customizing

Global Fashion produces and procures a number of items for their line.

Our shirts and jeans are available in different colors and sizes. We therefore need to create one master grid for our shirts �0*6�� and one for our jeans �0*6��. ## = Group Number

1-1 Create Two Characteristics (Dimensions) ID’ s with length 3 in character format

ID Data Sort Sequence Relevance

/06B�� XS 1 DIM Weight &Volume�S 2 SDS Sales Status

M 3 NRC NRF Size Code

L 4

XL 5

2XL 6

&/5B�� WHT 1 SEA Season Data

BLK 2 PRI Pricing�� BLU 3 VAL Material Valuation

GRN 4 NRF NRF Color Code

YLW 5

RED 6

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-1 Create a master grid for a shirt consisting of sizes and colors using 0*6�� as your Material grid name. Choose the correct Material grid type. 'DWD 0DW��JULG�QXPEHU� 0*6�� Characteristic 1 ID LMS_## (XS, S, M, L, XL) Characteristic 2 ID CLR_## (Colors)

such as BLK, BLU, GRN, YLW

Remember to flag $FWLYDWH�&KDQJH�+LVWRU\ in order to call a grid report for changes later on. You also need to flag the conversion field so that you can set up a conversion of the sizes in the optional exercise on the material master.

1-1-2 Create a master grid for jeans with waist, inseam and color, using 0*6�� as your material grid name. 'DWD 0DW��JULG�QXPEHU� 0*6�� Characteristic 1 ID CLR_## Characteristic 2 ID WST (Waist:26-38, Increment 2) Characteristic 3 ID INS (Inseam:26-32, Increment 1)� Select by �&RORU!�EXWWRQV�all possible entries.

1-1-3 Create a sales grid. Choose the correct material grid type. The grid should only be valid for the selected sizes referring to the master grid. Mark the sizes for selection. Save your grid. 'DWD Mat. grid number 6*�� Reference material grid 0*6�� Copy grid values <HV�

1-1-4 Create a condition record to determine the sales grid for your master grid. 'DWD Grid type 6*5'�� Key Combination 625*�',67�0DVWHU�*ULG

Sales Organization �� Distribution Channel ��

Master Grid 0*6��

� Mat. Grid No 6*��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


2SWLRQDO� Add a characteristic (dimension) value to the master grid 0*6��(for example, color :+7 or 5('�and size �;/). This characteristic (dimension) value will automatically be added to any application grids that depend on this master grid. However, if you activate a value in the master grid, it is not automatically activated in the application grids. Thus, you have to activate the values in the sales grid 6*�� accordingly.

1-1-5 Perform a grid report to verify the changes made to the material grids.

1-1-6 You may also perform a report for dependent material grids to verify the associations between master grid and application grid, that is, your master grid 0*6�� and your sales grid 6*��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� *ULG�&RQWURO�'DWD�


• Maintain grid control data

Via the grid control data your company is provided a means of control at size level. In this exercise, you enter a presizing for all sizes and colors of a particular style. During order entry, enter a total order quantity, and the system automatically spreads the quantity over the valid sizes as stipulated in the grid cell control data.

1-2 On the &UHDWH�JULG�FRQWURO�GDWD (sales grid) screen, enter the master grid and your sales grid. Mark the line and select the �&RQWURO�GDWD! button. Create SUHVL]LQJ by using the �0RGH! button and choose 'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOH�IRU�SUHVL]LQJ. Make sure that the numbers for the separate grid values add up to a total of 100%.

Keep in mind that there will be an exercise for Order Entry (Basic) in which you will use this presizing during order entry.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� &DWHJRULHV�DQG�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�


• Maintain the relationship between requirement and stock categories by creating a coverage strategy

Global Fashion manufactures a ladies’ casual jacket, one for a manufacturer’ s brand label �0/$%(/�, and one for a private label �3/$%(/�. You need to classify stock according to its quality: 1st quality or seconds. The categories you want to use are 1 and 2. Therefore, the name of each category will be a combination of the label and the quality, for example, 0/$%(/��. Seconds will only be of category 0/$%(/��. You need to define a coverage strategy �76&29�� to establish the relationship between the requirement and stock categories.

## = Group Number

1-3 Maintain category structure and coverage strategy.

1-3-1 Create your category structure 76��and use the structure fields /$%�� /DEHO��and 48$��4XDOLW\�. Append your structure with a third field &RXQWU\�RI�RULJLQ �&22� and assign to the application SD Sales Order the table .8$*9 as reference table with field /$1'�.

Check the relevancies of the categories (Characteristics):

LABEL QUALITY COO

EAN FLC FLC FLC MRP MRP PRC PRC PRI PRI RSC RSC

1-3-2 The coverage strategy defines how requirement categories will be covered by stock categories.

Create your coverage strategy in Customizing.

'DWD Category Structure 76��Coverage Strategy 76&29��The system automatically defines for each assignment of the coverage strategy a default rule, just in case you do not like to define your own rule. With this default rule the use of the coverage strategy is given. In our case we like to define our own rules, hence delete the already existing rules and define your own rules.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3-3 In customizing define at your coverage strategy the category combinations. Use all possible category values of Label and Quality.

1-3-4 To be able to use categories in MRP you have to maintain the relationship between the stock and requirement categories in Customizing. If a customer orders category 0/$%(/��, you will deliver 0/$%(/�� as a first priority. If that category is out of stock, you can also deliver 0/$%(/��. However, the customer ordering the private label, category 3/$%(/�� will only be delivered that category. Try to use wildcards to reduce data maintenance. 'DWD Coverage strategy 76&29��&6WU� 5HTXLUHPHQW�

FDWHJRU\�/HYHO� &R1R� 6WRFN�

FDWHJRU\�053��0RGXOH�

TSCOV## MLABEL-** 1 1 MLABEL-##

TSCOV## PLABEL-1- 1 2 PLABEL-1-

�

1-3-5 Categories for the dependent requirements will be adopted from the header material during the BOM (bill of material) explosion. Maintain the table to assign the allocation of secondary requirement categories to finished products.

In this table, you can also maintain categories for cross-plant procedures like special procurement.

&6WU� &DW�6WU�� 6WRFN�FDWHJRU\�

&6WU� &DW��6WU�� 5HTXLUHPHQW�FDWHJRU\�

TSCOV## TS## ********* TSCOV## TS## *********

1-3-6 If no stock or insufficient stock of the required category is at hand, the system creates planned orders or purchase requisitions depending on the internal or external procurement of the category. Maintain the sourcing proposal table (Requirement to Stock Conversion) to define the categories to be produced or procured.

Please note that later on you will assign this coverage strategy to a material master and then use this material in order entry. The usage of the category and the implications of the customizing settings will become clear during the training.

&6WU� 5HTXLUHPHQW�FDWHJRU\� 6WRFN�FDWHJRU\�TSCOV## ********* *********

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�


• Create a material master for an AFS material

• Carry out a grid report

Your 76�76+,57��, available in different colors and sizes, is procured externally. Therefore, you need to create a material master �PDWHULDO�W\SH�7UDGLQJ�*RRG� and link the master grid and coverage strategy to it. Carry out a grid report to check the master grid.

1-4 Create a material master.

1-4-1 Create a material master for the trading good 76�76+,57�� with reference to 76�76+,57.

'DWD Material 76�76+,57�� Industry sector $SSDUHO�DQG�)RRWZHDU Plant ��FRS\�IURP�� Sales organization ��FRS\�IURP�� Distribution channel ��FRS\�IURP�� 9LHZV Basic data 1/ 2 AFS Basic data

Master grid: 0*6��as created in exercise 1-1-1

Category structure: 76��

Coverage strategy: 76&29��AFS status: <HV Sales: Sales organization data 1/ 2

Sales: general/plant AFS Sales data Purchasing MRP1-4 AFS MRP

AFS status MRP: <HV Storage 1

Accounting 1

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-4-2 Carry out a grid report for your master grid 0*6��. Show the materials that this grid was assigned to. 'DWD Product grid 0*6��

2SWLRQDO� 1-4-3 Create a standard material and convert it into an AFS material. Using the

Standard ��! AFS conversion, the system will add the AFS views to the material. Fill in the AFS relevant data such as the master grid and the coverage strategy. Remember to also flag the AFS status and the AFS status MRP.

��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly




• Explain how AFS supports the country-specific conversion of grid values

76�76+,57�� is manufactured in sizes XS, S, M, L, and XL for the

International market. For the German market, it will be marketed and labeled with the German ladies’ sizes 34, 38, 42, 46, and 50. To be able to use the same material master and master grid, you can use grid conversion to translate the sizes into the corresponding German sizes.

1-5� 2SWLRQDO� Grid Conversion.

Define the conversion for the dimension values of your material 76�76+,57��. Maintain the settings for the grid conversion in Customizing.

1-5-1 Define the name of your conversion type. 'DWD Conversion type *(5��Conversion type text *5283��

1-5-2 To make the conversion available to all materials, no entry is necessary but check the set-up in table &RQWURO�&RQYHUVLRQ�7\SH�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ.

1-5-3 Assign your conversion type *(5��. 'DWD All ID-fields EODQN�

� Consecutive number ��Conversion type *(5��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-5-4 Define the conversion for your characteristic (dimension) values. 'DWD �Dimension ID type /06B�� Conversion type *(5��

Dimension ID values ;6��6��0��/��;/�

Line Entry Conversion �� Grid Entry Conversion ��

�1-5-5 Check the set-up of your master material grid and for your sales grid to

allow for grid value conversion. Set the conversion flag if it is not set. At the same time, check the sizes of your master grid 0*6�� again.

1-5-6 Make sure that the sizes of your master grid 0*6�� in the material master of 76�76+,57�� changed from the international to the German ladies´ sizes. You can check that in the $)6�6DOHV�'DWD��6DOHV�6WDWXV�View.

'DWD

Plant ��Sales organization ��Distribution channel ��

Please note that there will be an optional exercise in the Order Entry (Basic) unit in which you will enter a sales order for this material and verify the conversion.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� &XVWRPHU�0DVWHU�


• Create a customer master

The customer is a business partner of your company, someone who orders goods and services from you. The customer master record contains all the necessary customer related data for processing orders, delivering goods and handling customer payments. In this exercise, you will create a customer master record. View the AFS specific data stored in the customer master record.

1-6 Create a &867�� with reference to &867��.

'DWD�Customer &867�� Company code �� Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� Division �� Account group ��±�6ROG�7R�3DUW\� Reference customer &867�� 9LHZV��*HQHUDO�'DWD Address: 6HDUFK�WHUP Address: &RXQWU\ '(�Address: 7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�=RQH

9LHZV��&RPSDQ\�&RGH�'DWD Accounting: 5HFRQ��$FFRXQW ��9LHZV��6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD Sales: &XVW. 3ULF��3URF� -��$)6�6WDQGDUG��Shipping: 6KS��&RQG�� Shipping: 'HOLYHULQJ�SODQW �� Billing: ,QFRWHUPV )2%�+DPEXUJ Billing: 7HUPV�RI�3D\PHQW �� Billing: 7D[�FODVVLILF�� /LDEOH�IRU�7D[HV��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-6-1� 2SWLRQDO��You may want to allow for more than one possible ship-to party for one sold-to. For AFS, you have to maintain the partner functions for the sold-to as well as for the ship-to parties. To record &867��and &867��as possible ship-to parties for the sold-to party &867��, enter them as partner function in &867��. 9LHZV�±�6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD� Partner function: 6+��6KLS�WR�SDUW\��

In addition, enter &867�� with the partner function JS (Multi Store) in both master records for &867��and &867��.

9LHZV�±�6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD�� Partner function: -6��0XOWL�6WRUH��

�1-6-2 Create a standard order and enter &867��. View the popup displaying

the possible ship-to parties for &867��. Double-click on one of the entries to choose the ship-to party for this sales order. The next steps for order entry will be covered in the following units.

1-6-3� 2SWLRQDO��Display General data and sales area data of your customer master and view the AFS additional data.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�DQG�$SSOLFDWLRQ�*ULGV�

1-1 Create two characteristic (dimension) IDs.

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�&RPSRQHQWV��!�&ODVVLILFDWLRQ�6\VWHP��!�0DVWHU�'DWD��!�&KDUDFWHULVWLFV��

Create the two characteristics step by step –LMS_## afterwards CLR_##, the values for CLR_## mentioned in brackets

�• Enter characteristic ID LMS_##

• Press Enter

• PopUp screen appears: Do You Want to Create the Characteristic?

• Press YES

• Enter:

o Description: LMS_## Group ## ; (CLR_## Group ##)

o characteristic group: /AFS/SAP-D AFS characteristic for dimension

o data type: CHAR

o number of characteristic: 3 for LMS; (3 for CLR)

• Press Tabstrib 9DOXHV��• Enter values of characteristic and description

• Save characteristic

Set relevances:

• Press button Change -> basic screen of characteristic is displayed

• Press button Relevances -> flag relevancies

• Save characteristic

Create the second characteristic in the same way: CLR_##

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-1 Create a master grid.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�0DWHULDO�*ULG�o�&UHDWH�

Create master grid using size and color as characteristics (dimensions).

(QWHU�JULG�W\SH�0��PDVWHU�JULG��Push the button (Create dimension values) and select the dimensions from the exercise with their increments.

Flag the required combinations.

1-1-2 Create a second master grid using waist, inseam and color as characteristics (dimensions).

Push the button (Create dimension values) and select the characteristics (dimensions) from the exercise with their increments.

Flag the all possible combinations.

1-1-3 Create a sales grid.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�o��0DWHULDO�*ULG�o�&UHDWH� Enter material grid type 6 (sales grid). Remember to flag the &RS\�JULG�YDOXHV field!

1-1-4 Create a condition record to determine the sales grid for your master grid. /RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�*ULGV�o�*ULG�FRQWURO�GDWD�o�� 6DOHV�*ULG�o�&UHDWH��

Key combination: Sales Grid: Sales org./Distr.channel/Master grid

2SWLRQDO��$GG�D�GLPHQVLRQ�YDOXH�

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�0DWHULDO�*ULG�o�&KDQJH�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-5 Perform a grid report for changes made to grids.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�*ULG�UHSRUWV�

Choose &KDQJHV�WR�0DWHULDO�*ULGV and enter the material grid number. Execute. By double-clicking on the 0DWHULDO�JULG, you may display the list of changes.

1-1-6 Perform a grid report for grid associations:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�*ULG�UHSRUWV�

Choose $VVRFLDWHG�0DWHULDO�*ULGV�and enter the material grid number of your master grid. Execute.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� *ULG�&RQWURO�'DWD�

1-2 Change your Condition Record for Presizing.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�*ULG�FRQWURO�GDWD�o�&KDQJH�Key combination: Sales Grid: Sales org./Distr.channel/Master grid

Enter Grid Condition Type 6*5'

Enter your material grid and the Sales Organization Data. Mark the line and hit the �&RQWURO�GDWD! button.

Use the �0RGH! button and choose 'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOH�IRU�SUHVL]LQJ. Make sure that the numbers for the separate grid values add up to a total of 100%.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� &DWHJRULHV�DQG�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJ\�

1-3 Maintain categories.

1-3-1 Create category structure in Customizing and define the relevancies.

IMG: /RJLVWLF�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o'HILQH�&DWHJRU\�6WUXFWXUHV��Press Button Change/Display, then select new entries and create your structure TS##.

Save the structure.

Maintain the next level &DWHJRU\�ILHOGV�by entering the structure fields LAB, QUA and COO. Create defaults for COO: Assign to application SD Sales Order the table KUAGV with field LAND1. Save the entries

Relevance check:

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�&RPSRQHQWV�Æ�&ODVVLILFDWLRQ�6\VWHP�Æ�0DVWHU�'DWD��Æ�&KDUDFWHULVWLFV��Enter: LAB;

Press button Relevance -> check marked flags

Check QUA and COO in the same way

1RWH�WKH�UHOHYDQFLHV�RI�DQ�$)6�FKDUDFWHULVWLF�FDQ�RQO\�EH�FKDQJHG��DV��ORQJ�DV�WKH\�DUH�QRW�XVHG�LQ�DQ\�JULG�RU�FDWHJRU\�VWUXFWXUH��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3-2 Create your coverage strategy in Customizing.

IMG: /RJLVWLF�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o�'HILQH�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJLHV��Press Button Change/Display, then select your structure TS## and press �/RFN�VWUXFWXUH!. �6DYH!

IMG:

/RJLVWLFV�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o�'HILQH�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJLHV Select your category structure and double click Coverage Strategies → Press Button Change/Display, then select new entries. Assign the Coverage Strategy TSCOV## to your Category Structure TS##. Green Arrow back and save. �

1-3-3 Create all valid category combinations at your coverage strategy. Select your coverage strategy and double click &DWHJRU\�&RPELQDWLRQV� With the F4 –help enter Labels and Quality values. All for each. For the Country of Origin you do not need to specify the value, it’ s defined via the assignment of the table assignment KUAGV/LAND1.

1-3-4 To be able to use categories in MRP, you have to maintain the relationship between the stock and requirement categories in Customizing.

IMG: /RJLVWLF�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o�'HILQH�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJLHV��o�6WUXFWXUHVo�&RYHUDJH�VWUDWHJLHV�o�$UXQ�053��5HTXLUHPHQW�6WRFN�$OORFDWLRQ�

Remember to choose �&KDQJH�9LHZ!�in order to maintain new entries for the allocation.

Delete the existing default entries.

Choose �1HZ�HQWULHV!.

�&6WU� 5HTXLUHPHQW�

FDWHJRU\�/HYHO� &R1R� 6WRFN�

FDWHJRU\�053��0RGXOH�

TSCOV## MLABEL-** 1 1 MLABEL-##

TSCOV## PLABEL-1- 1 2 PLABEL-1-

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3-5 Maintain the table to assign the allocation of secondary requirement categories to finished products.

IMG: /RJLVWLF�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o�'HILQH�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJLHV��o�6WUXFWXUHVo�&RYHUDJH�VWUDWHJLHV�o�'HSHQGHQW�5HTXLUHPHQWV�6WRFN�WUDQVIHU�Delete the existing default entries.

Choose �1HZ�HQWULHV!�

&6WU� &DW�6WU�� 6WRFN�FDWHJRU\�

&6WU� &DW��6WU�� 5HTXLUHPHQW�FDWHJRU\�

TSCOV## TS## ********* TSCOV## TS## *********

1-3-6 Maintain the sourcing proposal table to define the categories to be produced or procured for your coverage strategy.

IMG: /RJLVWLF�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�&DWHJRULHV�o�'HILQH�&RYHUDJH�6WUDWHJLHV��o�6WUXFWXUHVo�&RYHUDJH�VWUDWHJLHV�o��5HTXLUHPHQW�WR�6WRFN�&RQYHUVLRQ�

Delete the existing default entries.

Choose <1HZ�HQWULHV!.

�&6WU� 5HTXLUHPHQW�

FDWHJRU\�6WRFN�FDWHJRU\�

TSCOV## ********* *********

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly



1-4 Create a material master.

1-4-1 Create a material master for the trading good 76�76+,57�� with reference to 76�76+,57. ($)6�PDWHULDOV�DUH�FUHDWHG�LQ�WKH�VWDQGDUG�� SDWK�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o��0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o��7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&UHDWH��

1-4-2 Carry out a grid report for your master grid 0*6��.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�*ULG�UHSRUWV�� :KHUH�8VHG�/LVW�IRU�0DWHULDO�*ULGV!�� Enter your master grid 0*6��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


2SWLRQDO�� 1-4-3 Create a standard material and convert it into an AFS material using

the 6WDQGDUG��!�$)6�FRQYHUVLRQ. Fill in the AFS relevant data.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&UHDWH��

You may create this material with reference to an existing material, such as 76�76+,57. However, remember not to select any AFS views yet.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�o�&RQYHUVLRQ��$)6�0DWHULDO�±6WDQGDUG�0DWHULDO�

Enter your material number and the plant. Convert material to AFS material and select 8SGDWH�GDWDEDVH. Execute.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH�

Select $)6�%DVLF�GDWD, $)6�6DOHV�GDWD and $)6�053 views and enter the AFS relevant data:

AFS Status: <HV� � � � Enter a pricing indicator.

Enter a master grid. MRP Indicator: 1�Grid det.proc.SD Enter a coverage strategy.

Grid det.proc.MM AFS status MRP: <HV

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly



1-5 2SWLRQDO� Grid Conversion.�Maintain the settings for the grid conversion in Customizing.

1-5-1 Define the name of your conversion type.

IMG: /RJLVWLFV�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULGV�o�&RQYHUVLRQ�o�'HILQH�&RQYHUVLRQ�7\SHV��Choose �1HZ�HQWULHV!.

��1-5-2 To make the conversion available to all materials, no entry is necessary but

check the set-up in the next table.

IMG: /RJLVWLFV�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULGV�o�&RQYHUVLRQ�o�&RQWURO�&RQYHUVLRQ�7\SH�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�'HILQH�FRQYHUVLRQ�LQGLFDWRUV��

The relevant entry is blank for the ID type M = material, no conversion ID has been assigned. This entry is valid for all materials. No additional entry is required.

1-5-3 Assign your conversion type *(5��.

IMG:

/RJLVWLFV�*HQHUDO�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�*ULGV�o�&RQYHUVLRQ�o�&RQWURO�&RQYHUVLRQ�7\SH�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�$VVLJQ�&RQYHUVLRQ�7\SH��Choose �1HZ�HQWULHV!.�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-5-4 Define the conversion for your dimension values.

&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQ�&RPSRQHQWV��Æ�&ODVVLILFDWLRQ�6\VWHP�Æ�0DVWHU�'DWD�Æ�&KDUDFWHULVWLFV��Change your Characteristic /06B��. Choose �&RQYHUVLRQ! and then choose �1HZ�HQWULHV!. Make the following entries:�

&RQY��W\SH� 'LP9DO� /LQH�FRQY� *ULG�FRQY�GER-## XS 34 34

GER-## S 38 38

GER-## M 42 42

GER-## L 46 46

GER-## XL 50 50

1-5-5 Check the set-up of your material master grid MGS2-## and your sales grid SG2-## to allow for grid value conversion. At the same time check the sizes of your master grid 0*6�� again.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�0DWHULDO�JULG�o�&KDQJH�Check the box conv for the dimension LMS-##.

1-5-6 Check the result of the conversion of dimension values.

/RJLVWLFV�→�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�→�0DVWHU�'DWD�→�3URGXFWV→�0DWHULDO�→�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�→�'LVSOD\�

Select view $)6�6DOHV�'DWD – tab strip Status.

Choose �%DVH�9DOXHV!�Button and select your conversation type GER-##.

�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� $)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�7RSLF�� &XVWRPHU�0DVWHU�

1-6 Create &867�� with reference to &867��.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&UHDWH�o�&RPSOHWH�

1-6-1� Optional:�7R�UHFRUG�VHYHUDO�VKLS�WR�SDUWLHV�IRU�RQH�VROG�WR��

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&KDQJH�o�&RPSOHWH��Enter &867��.�Flag partner functions and press Enter. Enter partner function 6+ and &867��and &867��.

Also maintain the appropriate entries for the ship-to parties.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&KDQJH�o�7RWDO� Enter partner function -6 and &867��in both customer master records 2 and 3.

1-6-2� &UHDWH�D�VWDQGDUG�VDOHV�RUGHU��2UGHU�W\SH�25��

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

1-6-3� Optional:��'LVSOD\�FRQWURO�GDWD�DQG�VDOHV�GDWD�RI�\RXU�FXVWRPHU�&867�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�'LVSOD\�o�7RWDO� Choose �&RQWURO�'DWD!-Button and �6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD!-Button. Go to $)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD in both views.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�² 2UGHU�(QWU\





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RQWHQWV�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�(QWU\� $)6�6DOHV�2UGHU�VWUXFWXUH� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�8QLYHUVDO�3URGXFW�&RGH��83&��

DQG�RU�(XURSHDQ�$UWLFOH�1XPEHU��($1�� )(57�*HQHUDWRU

2UGHU�(QWU\�&RQWHQWV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�\RXU�$)6�PDWHULDO�

76�76+,57��

2UGHU�(QWU\��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

�� ! �"�� #�$&%'%��%( � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD

6DOHV�DQG'LVWULEXWLRQ ( �� )&� � � � ��!

�"��%'�* �� ( ��

3URFXUHPHQW � #� +�',��-��.*#/� �'� � � �� ( ��#� 0��$�� '�� *� � #� ��,��1 0%��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��'%/�-�� 34��5- �

(�1 � -��#4�� ! � � �'�/��%1 0%/' � +�'%*#�� 1 0%�� ' �64� 7�

� 0�'%*#��4�� *�8��+�� #�� 49� 0�'%*#��4�: �� !

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


$�� -;#��

( �'� �� <=�� (�> ��<?�� >

�5- �� 0��#/ +/<@��4�

)A� � �4�/��B��0� �� : ��0�!�� : #��'<=�

�B��0' � �� 2 � %��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� <RX�QHHG�WR�FUHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�\RXU�$)6�PDWHULDOV��<RX QHHG�WR�EH�DEOH�WR�FKRVH�LQIRUPDWLRQ�OLNH�VL]H��FRORXU�RU�FDWHJRU\�RI�WKH�PDWHULDO�

2UGHU�(QWU\��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$XJ�� 'HF�� -DQ�� )HE�� $SULO -XQH� -XO\� $XJ��

C5DFE7E G�H�IKJ DFLM G'NAJ OPL

Q�RAE G'NS DFT�G�H'R�N'I

U T�DAHAVAT G�WXGAL�ID�YPZPR�[

\ R'I G"T]J RAE N

6DOHV�2UGHU(QWU\

U T�D&^FV�H�IKJ D_LaÙ T�D;H�VAT�G�WbG"L�I

cdD&DA^*NZ�G�H�G�J+e'I

f E�E DAH�R'IgJ D_LZ=V�L

7UHQG$QDO\VLV

Q5hAJ7eAe"J+L*Oi J+E7E+J+L�O

$73

%XVLQHVV�3URFHVV��

�

� The above slide illustrates the typical apparel and footwear industry business processes – from design to shipping – which occurs within a year.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HPDQG�0DQDJHPHQW��6DOHV�2UGHU�&\FOH

6DOHV�2UGHU3URFHVVLQJ

,QYHQWRU\6RXUFLQJ

'HOLYHU\

,QYRLFLQJ3D\PHQW

$)6��$OORFDWLRQ5XQ

�

� The above slide illustrates the sales order cycle, from sales order processing to incoming payment.

� For each process within Sales and Distribution there are electronic documents available. These are linked to the preceding and subsequent electronic documents within the cycle.

� Inventory Sourcing (Make/Buy) determines:

� If the product is available (availability check)

� How the product will be supplied

� Allocation Run (ARun) is a tool to efficiently manage the allocation of stock to sales orders in AFS.

� Creating the delivery document signals the start of all shipping activities for your sales order.

� Creating a delivery document involves copying information from the sales order, such as the materials and the quantities, into the delivery document.

� Creating a billing document involves copying information from the sales order and the delivery document into the billing document.

� The billing document serves several important functions. It is the electronic means to help you prepare invoices - the output of billing. The billing document also serves as a source for Financial Accounting (FI) to help you monitor and manage customer payments.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�2UGHU


&XVWRPHU0DVWHU

0DWHULDO0DVWHU

6WDQGDUG�RUGHUV�QRUPDOO\�FRQWDLQ�� &XVWRPHU�DQG�PDWHULDO�LQIRUPDWLRQ� 3ULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQV�IRU�HDFK�LWHP� 6FKHGXOH�OLQHV�DQG�GHOLYHU\�LQIRUPDWLRQ� %LOOLQJ�LQIRUPDWLRQ

�

� A sales order is an electronic document that captures and records your customer’s request for goods or services.

� The sales order contains all pertinent information needed to process the customer’s request throughout the customer order management cycle.

� Sales and distribution automatically proposes appropriate existing data from relevant master records in order to minimize errors and redundant effort in order processing.

� You can enter a sales order with many items in a single screen, or place a complex order using an expanded order view.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�6WUXFWXUH��6WDQGDUG�5��

6DOHV�GRFXPHQWV�FRQWDLQ�LQIRUPDWLRQ�WKDW�LV�ORJLFDOO\�RUJDQL]HG�� 7KH�KHDGHU�FRQWDLQV�FXVWRPHU�

UHODWHG�GDWD�DQG�GHIDXOW�KHDGHU�GDWD�IRU�WKH�HQWLUH�RUGHU�

� ,WHPV�FRQWDLQ�GDWD�DERXW�WKH�PDWHULDO�DQG�TXDQWLWLHV�RUGHUHG�

� 6FKHGXOH�OLQHV�VWRUH�GHOLYHU\�LQIRUPDWLRQ�OLNH�GHOLYHU\�TXDQWLW\�DQG�GDWH�

+HDGHU

,WHP��

6FKHGXOH�OLQH��

,WHP��



�

� The order header contains customer-related data for the entire order:

� Conditions

� Partners

� Texts

� Order Items contain data on the material and quantities ordered.

� A sales document can contain as many items as you require.

� Schedule lines store delivery data such as delivery quantity and date.

� Each item may contain several schedule lines.

� Schedule lines contain information such as delivery dates and the quantities to be delivered on these dates.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�2UGHU�6WUXFWXUH

25'(5�+($'(5Customer numberShip-to addressNameRequested delivery date

Cancellation dateQuantityCustomer Partner IDCustomer PO / Date

25'(5�,7(06ItemMaterialPlantQuantityDelivery groupRequested Category

Delivery plantDepartmentSeason indicatorRequested delivery date,cancellation date

6&+('8/(�/,1(6CategoriesOrder/Confirmed/Deliveryquantity

Grid valuesSeason indicatorLine group

�

� The order header contains customer-related data for the entire order.

� Order items contain data about the material and quantities ordered.

� Schedule lines store delivery data like delivery quantity and date.

� Within the sales order structure for an AFS material, however, dimension and category data are included.

� In other words, in AFS, the order structure will use the standard order header, order line, and schedule lines with extensions for size. This is to optimize performance so that common data for a style/color (for example, delivering plant, price) is stored once at the line level. The sizes are stored at the schedule line level for which there are significantly fewer fields.

� This means there is one schedule line for each color/style/size. The ordered, confirmed and delivered quantity fields for that dimension exist on the schedule line. If the ATP (Available to Promise) check proposes different scheduled delivery dates for the style/color/size/quantity, a new schedule line is automatically created. The schedule line also contains the <line group indicator> field to provide size level control over delivery creation and order scheduling.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

,WHP��

,WHP��

6DOHV�2UGHU��6ROG�� WR�3DUW\� &XVWRPHU��

76�6KLUW��%/.��%/.76�3ROR��%/.��%/.

��

��

��

0DWHULDO 4XDQWLW\ 3ULFH��¼

��¼

6DOHV�2UGHU�DQG�0DVWHU�'DWD

-�$3$)6'$7$

$)6'$7$

$)6�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU $)6�3ULFLQJ $)6�&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU

�

� Master data is stored (shared across application modules) and processed centrally to eliminate data redundancy.

� When you create a sales order without a reference, the system automatically copies the following:

� Material master: line item or material data from the material master record

� Customer master: sold-to party and partner data from the customer master records

� Condition records for pricing

� Configuration tables for shipping point and route

� NOTE: Presales activities, such as an inquiry or a quotation, can be the source of a sales order. If a presales activity serves as the source of a sales order, this can influence the data adopted in the sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6FUHHQ�(QWU\

�

� Sales document data is mainly displayed in the following screens:

� AFS Sales

� AFS Item overview

� AFS ATP Dimension (size) entry

� AFS Fast entry

� AFS Conditions

� AFS MSO (only available in MSO orders)

� AFS Ordering party

� AFS UPC/EAN

� AFS VAS Proposal

� Sales (standard view)

� Item overviews (standard view)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�(QWU\��$)6�,WHP�2YHUYLHZ�0RGH�

�

� The AFS Item overview screen is the usual order entry screen where you can order a number of material grid value variants (for example, sizes) for each product. This is the most efficient way of processing an order if the customer requires different dimensions to be delivered on different days.

� For the standard screen there will be two lines for the material fixed and lines on SKU-level are dependant from the window size.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�(QWU\��*ULG�(QWU\�0RGH

�

� The matrix order entry screen displays possible grid entries on horizontal and vertical scroll bars. Only the order quantity fields for valid grid values are displayed.

� In this order entry screen, you only need to enter quantities.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�,WHP�)XQFWLRQDOLW\

$YDLODELOLW\ &KHFN *ULG (QWU\ 5HTXLUHPHQW &DWHJRU\

6KRZ�6FKHG��/LQHV )DVW�&KDQJH

�

� With the fast change function, you can carry out certain changes for several or all items at the same time. Using this function, you can change the following data:

� Reason for rejection

� Delivery block

� Billing block

� Delivery date

� Delivery priority

� Plant

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

3UHVL]LQJ

�

� If you enter a total quantity for a material, the system automatically determines the quantity of the dimensions according to the grid control data (for example, fewer small and extra large sizes and more average sizes of a material).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

,WHP�'HWDLO

jklm no pnqr s

�

� On the AFS Item overview screen, you can double-click on the material and then display the item detail, such as item category, allocation strategy or seasonal indicator at material level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6FKHGXOH�/LQH�'HWDLO

jklm no pnqr s

�

� On the AFS Item overview screen, you can choose the path *RWR�Æ�2YHUYLHZ�Æ�&RPSOHWH�VWUXFWXUH�and then double-click on a grid value to display the schedule line detail, such as EAN/UPC and the seasonal indicator at dimension level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� 6RPH�FXVWRPHUV�PD\�RUGHU�JRRGV�E\�PHQWLRQLQJ�WKHLU�FRPSDQ\¶V�PDWHULDO�QXPEHUV�LQVWHDG�RI�WKH�PDWHULDO�QXPEHU�VHW�XS�LQ�WKH�$)6�V\VWHP��,Q�RUGHU�WR�EH�DEOH�WR�SURFHVV�WKH�LQFRPLQJ�VDOHV�RUGHU�D�FXVWRPHU�PDWHULDO�QXPEHU�LV�VHW�XS�EHIRUHKDQG�DQG�WKHQ�XVHG�GXULQJ�WKH�RUGHU�HQWU\�

&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�WRSLF��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH WKH�RUGHU�HQWU\�SURFHGXUH�XVLQJ�D�

FXVWRPHU�PDWHULDO

2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO��7RSLF 2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO

&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUG

�

� In AFS, you can use the material number used by your customer for your sales order creation.

� The customer material number is set up in standard material determination

� Determination is enhanced to enable customer material name per grid value

� Tab strip AFS Ordering Party is used to enter customer material numbers.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� )RU�(',�VFHQDULRV�LW�PD\�EH�HDVLHU�WR�RUGHU�PDWHULDOV�XVLQJ�WKH�($1��(XURSHDQ�$UWLFOH�1XPEHU� RU�WKH�83&��8QLYHUVDO�3URGXFW�&RGH��RI�D�PDWHULDO�LQVWHDG�RI�WKH�PDWHULDO�QXPEHU��

� (DFK�VLQJOH�6.8�PD\�KDYH�LWV�VSHFLILF�($1�DQG�RU�83&

($1�83&��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�(QWU\�8VLQJ�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU

�

� When the EAN/UPC of a material is entered in the respective sales order view, the system automatically displays the material master number in the material column.

� The EAN/UPC of a material can be entered in the Basic Data view of the material master record.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� )XQFWLRQDOLW\�RI�WKH�)(57�*HQHUDWRU

)(57�*HQHUDWRU��7RSLF�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� $�6ROG�WR�SDUW\�RUGHUV ERRWV��7KH 6ROG�WR�SDUW\�VSHFLILHV WKH KHLJKW RI�WKH KHHOV��KRZ WR�IRUP�WKHWLS DQG�ZKLFK RUQDPHQWDWLRQ LV WR�EH DSSOLHG��

)(57�*HQHUDWRU��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU 9LHZV

)(57�*HQHUDWRU��&RQILJXUDEOH�0DWHULDO

%DVLF�'DWD

$)6�%DVLF�'DWD6DOHV��6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'DWD6DOHV��*HQHUDO�3ODQW�'DWD

%DVLF�'DWD

$)6�%DVLF�'DWD6DOHV��6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'DWD6DOHV��*HQHUDO�3ODQW�'DWD053�053�

$)6�053

([FOXGLQJ�&DWHJRULHV� ,QFOXGLQJ�&DWHJRULHV�

�

� When maintaining a configurable material, the following views in the material master are necessary:

� Excluding categories:

Basic Data

AFS Basic Data

Sales: Sales Organization Data

Sales: General/Plant Data

� Including categories:

Basic Data

AFS Basic Data

Sales: Sales Organization Data


MRP1

MRP2

AFS MRP

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

)(57�*HQHUDWRU��5HIHUHQFH�0DWHULDO

%DVLF�'DWD$)6�%DVLF�'DWD6DOHV��6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'DWD6DOHV��*HQHUDO�3ODQW�'DWD053�053�$)6�053:RUN�6FKHGXOLQJ$FFRXQWLQJ&RVWLQJ$)6�9DOXDWLRQ

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU9LHZV &RQILJXUDEOH�0DWHULDO

�

� The following views in the material master are necessary when maintaining a reference material:

� Basic Data

� AFS Basic Data

� Sales. Sales Organization Data

� Sales: General/Plant Data

� MRP 1

� MRP 2

� AFS MRP

� Work Scheduling

� Accounting

� Costing

� AFS Valuation

� The reference material must have the same base unit of measure and the same master grid as the configurable material.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

)(57�*HQHUDWRU

&RQILJXUDEOH0DWHULDO 5HIHUHQFH�0DWHULDO�

$)6�0DWHULDO0DWHULDO�7\SH��)(57

MaterialMasterViews

SuperBOM

SuperRouting

ConfiguratedBOM

ConfiguratedRouting

6WRFNDEOH�$)6�0DWHULDOZLWK�PDWHULDO�W\SH�)(57

�

� The FERT Generator creates a material variant, that is, a stockable material from a configurable material. The creation of the new material is done with reference to a reference material which provides the material master fields.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�(QWU\��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�DQ�$)6�PDWHULDO� ([SODLQ�WKH�YDULRXV�$)6�VFUHHQ�OD\RXWV� 8VH�WKH�FXVWRPHU�PDWHULDO�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� &UHDWH�VDOHV�RUGHU�XVLQJ�WKH�($1�RU�83&�QXPEHU� ([SODLQ�WKH�)(57�*HQHUDWRU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��%DVLF��7RSLF�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�(QWU\�


• Post goods receipt for created materials

• Create a sales order using AFS Item overview, Grid and AFS Fast entry

Create a sales order for your newly created material TS-TSHIRT-##. Choose the sales view which best suits the business.

1-1 Post a goods receipt:

1-1-1 Post a goods receipt for your material 76�76+,57�� so that you have enough in stock. Use the enjoy-transaction.

'DWD Movement type ��(Receipt w/o purchase order

into warehouse) Plant ��(Germany) Storage location ��

1-1-2 After entering the material, you have to enter quantities by grid values and stock category in a separate screen. Use the <Distribute qty> button to activate that screen. Post 100 pcs for each dimension you want to use in the sales order. Save your entry.

1-1-3 Check the result in the $)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�/LVW. Material 76�76+,57�� Plant ��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-2 Create a sales order for &867�� and use the sizes of your material for which sufficient stock is available.

'DWD Order type 25 Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� Division �� Sold to &867�� Purchase order number ;;�RUGHU�<< Check the pricing of your materials. You may manually add a price using condition type -�$3. AFS Pricing is covered the following day.

Use $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ, *ULG�(QWU\, or )DVW�(QWU\ to add quantities (request 20 pcs each dimension).

1-3� 2SWLRQDO� Presizing

1-3-1 Create a sales order for &867�� and use the Presizing (total 100 pcs) functionality.

'DWD Order type 25�Sales organization �� Distribution channel ��Division �� Sold to &867�� Purchase order number ;;�RUGHU�<<�

�1-4� 2SWLRQDO� Create a sales order for &867�� using 76�76+,57��You set up a

size conversion for this data in the previous optional material master exercise.

Enter your material and a quantity for some sizes. Verify the conversion by choosing the �&RQYHUVLRQ! button (you may choose from the system values and the values of the Material ID *(5��).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�


• Set up a condition record to assign customer material number to your material number

• Create a sales order using customer material master order entry screen

The customer may order goods by mentioning their company’ s material numbers instead of the material number set up in your system. In order to be able to process the incoming sales order, you set up a customer material number beforehand and then use the same number during the order entry.

1-5 Order entry using customer material.

1-5-1 Set up a customer material number for material 76�32/2�� and customer &867��. 'DWD Material determination type -�$&�(Cust.Material)�Key combination &XVW�6DOHV2UJ�'LVWU�&XVW�PDWHULDO Customer material number &867�32/2�� Material 76�32/2�� Reason ��(Customer material)�

1-5-2 Create a standard order for &867�� and use the customer material number in order entry. Do not save the order!

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�83&�DQG�RU�($1�


• Set up an EAN number at SKU level in the AFS applications

• Create a sales order using EAN numbers

• Check Customizing settings

The customer may order goods mentioning the European Article Number (EAN) instead of the material number set up in your system. In order to be able to process the incoming sales order, you set up an EAN beforehand and use this during order entry.

1-6 Set up a European Article Number for a particular size of material 76�32/2��.

'DWD�Material 76�32/2��EAN category ,QVWRUH�($1 (int. Assignment possible)�

Create EAN numbers for some sizes and note these new numbers.

1-6-1 Create a standard order for &867�� and use the $)6�83&�($1 tab strip.

1-6-2 2SWLRQDO� Check the Customizing settings:

IMG:

/RJLVWLFV�±�*HQHUDO�→��0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�→�6HWWLQJV�IRU�.H\�)LHOGV�→�,QWHUQDWLRQDO�$UWLFOH�1XPEHUV��($1V��

Check the sub menu and look for the AFS specific customizing settings.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��%DVLF��7RSLF�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�(QWU\�


1-1-1 Post a goods receipt for your material so that you have enough in stock. /RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW��0,*2��'DWD��+HDGHU *RRGV�UHFHLSW��RWKHUV Movement Type ��

0DWHULDO 76�76+,57��

47< TXDQWLW\

:KHUH 3ODQW��

6WRUDJH�/RFDWLRQ�� 1-1-2 Press <Distribute qty> to enter quantities by grid value and stock category.

1-1-3 AFS Stock/Requirements List: /RJLVWLFV�o�3URGXFWLRQ�o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�� OLVW�

1-2 Create a sales order for &867��.

�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

Enter Sold to, requested delivery date, and purchase order number. Choose $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ tab screen and enter your material.

Double click the requested delivery date and enter grid values and quantities making sure you have enough stock!

To view pricing, flag your item: ,WHP → &RQGLWLRQV or

Choose $)6�&RQGLWLRQV tab screen.

Save the order.�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3�� 2SWLRQDO� Presizing.

1-3-1 Create a sales order for &867�� and use the 3UHVL]LQJ�functionality.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Enter your material. Flag your item and call up the size spread functionality by using the path (GLW�o�3UHVL]LQJ. On the pop-up screen enter total quantity 100 pcs and press 3UHVL]LQJ.

Check the quantities on the matrix entry screen via �0DWUL[�(QWU\! button.

Save your order.

1-4� 2SWLRQDO� Verify the conversion set up for your material 76�76+,57��:

Create a sales order for &867�� and enter your material as well as quantities for some sizes.


Press the button �'RFXPHQW�FRQYHUVLRQ�W\SH!�on Matrix Entry screen and choose your Conversion-type from the menu. From the system values (such as XS, S, M, L and XL) or the values of the Material ID (such as 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�

1-5 Order entry using customer material:

1-5-1 Set up a customer material number for 76�32/2�� and &867��. /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�&UHDWH�

1-5-2 Create a standard order:�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

Choose the $)6�2UGHULQJ�SDUW\ tab screen

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�RUGHU��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 2UGHU�(QWU\�XVLQJ�83&�DQG�RU�($1�

1-6 Set up a European Article Number (EAN) for a particular size of your material TS-POLO-##.

�/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�o�0DWHULDO�o�&KDQJH�Choose %DVLF�'DWD�� and press button �$GGLWLRQDO�GDWD!� Choose $GGLWLRQDO�($1V tab screen

EAN category: ,QVWRUH�($1

Create EAN numbers by marking several grid sizes or choose the button 6HOHFW�$OO. Push the Button <Create numbers> and confirm.

1-6-1 Create a standard order.�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

Goto→Overview → Order view → AFS UPC/EAN

OR: Choose the $)6�83&�($1 tab screen.

1-6-2 Please refer to the Exercises.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�² $)6�3ULFLQJ





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� 3ULFLQJ�&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUGV�LQ�$)6�� SHU�6.8� SHU�VL]HJURXS� SHU�PDWHULDO� WZR GDWH�SULFLQJ

&RQWHQWV�

$)6�3ULFLQJ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� ,GHQWLI\ DQG�VHW�XS�$)6�SULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQV�DQG�

FRQGLWLRQ�WHFKQLTXHV

$)6�3ULFLQJ��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� 7KH�SULFHV�RI�D�PDWHULDOV�FRXOG�YDU\��DFFRUGLQJ�WR�WKH�6.8��)RU H[DPSOH��VL]H�6�ZRXOG�FRVW�OHVV�WKDQ�VL]H�/�

$)6�3ULFLQJ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

3ULFLQJ�DQG�&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUGV

&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUG � $�SULFH�LV�UHSUHVHQWHG�E\�D�YDOXH

� 2EMHFWV�LQ�WKH�V\VWHP�WKDW�UHTXLUH�D�YDOXH�DUH��IRU�H[DPSOH�� 0DWHULDOV� 'LVFRXQWV�VXUFKDUJHV� )UHLJKW� 7D[HV

� 7KH�SULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�UHFRUG�OLQNV�WKH�YDOXH�ZLWK�WKH�REMHFW

�

� The record that contains the data of predefined, automatic price modifications is called a condition record.

� Conditions are prices and the predefined modifications made to prices at order time. You define them, including the following:

� Discount

� Surcharge

� Freight charge

� Taxes

� A condition type is defined in Customizing. It can be:

� A calculation

� A percentage

� A scale of charges

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�3ULFLQJ

)DFWRU�3ULFLQJ

$)6�3ULFLQJ

3ULFH�DW6L]H�*URXSV

-�$3

3ULFH�DW0DWHULDO�/HYHO

3ULFH�DW6L]H�/HYHO

-�$3

&RQGLWLRQ�7HFKQLTXH

-�$3�35��

-�$)

�

� Pricing for AFS materials is created and maintained via condition records.

� You can price at material level, size groups, and size level. You can also apply factor pricing or two-date pricing.

� The different types of pricing are described in more detail from pages 7 - 12.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DWHULDO3ROR6KLUW

6L]H�

3ULFH�

0DWHULDO3ROR6KLUW

6L]H60/;/

3ULFH��

0DWHULDO

3ROR6KLUW

6L]H

60/;/

3ULFH

��

3ULFH�DW�'LPHQVLRQ�/HYHO 3ULFH�DW�6L]H�*URXS

6L]H�*URXS�� 6L]H�*URXS��

3ULFH�DW�0DWHULDO�/HYHO

9DOLG�IRU�DOO�VL]HV

3ULFLQJ &RQGLWLRQ�7\SHV ��

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�-�$3��5HJXODU�6DOHV�3ULFH�

�

� There are several types of prices in AFS that can also operate at the grid dimension and category level.

� The regular sales price (J3AP) is the base price of a product. It can be maintained at size, size group, and material level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&UHDWH�%DVH�3ULFHZLWK

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�-�$3

&UHDWH�)DFWRU�3ULFLQJZLWK�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�-�$)

For� Price at material/color level� Price at size groups� Price at size level

3ULFLQJ�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SHV��

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�-�$)��)DFWRU�3ULFH�

�

� A factor price (J3AF) is a percentage of the base price (for example, 110% or 90%).

� Price can be maintained at size, size group level, or material level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5XOHV�GHSHQGHQW�RQ�� Order received date� Actual ship date� Scheduled ship date

3ULFLQJ�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SHV��

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�-�$��7ZR�'DWH�3ULFH�

7ZR�'DWH�3ULFLQJ

�

� A two-date price (J3A2) is dependent upon two dates: the order date and the delivery date.

� You can also have a factor two-date price (J3A3) which is a percentage of the base price and is related to two dates.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$FWLYLWLHV IRU 7ZR�'DWH�3ULFLQJ

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU3ULFH�,QGLFDWRU��

,0*�� 'HILQH�$)6�7ZR�'DWH�3ULFLQJ

$)6�6HOHFWLRQ YLD�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH

0DLQWHQDQFH SHU�6L]H*URXS�SRVVLEOH

�

� If you use a two-date price, you can persuade customers to order and take delivery at times convenient to you. For example, you could give a favorable price for customers ordering in December and taking delivery in April and a less favorable price for other dates.

� Condition record: Condition type J3A2

� Condition type J3A2 does not get an access sequence

� Entries are maintained in „AFS Selection via Condition Type“, transaction J3A4

� In two-date pricing with (condition type J3A2) the determination of the sales price takes place based on two time frames.�Usually the time of the incoming order and the expected (or actual) delivery date determine the two time frames. The basic idea behind two-date pricing is to provide long time periods between the incoming order and delivery date with affordable sales prices. In contrast, the customer’s request for receiving the delivery on very short notice would result in a higher sales price. The greater planning security would be rewarded in this case with more affordable prices. Two-date pricing is rules-based and can be correspondingly adapted to the individual requirements. When creating condition record for two-date pricing, an AFS rule indicator is used. This indicator and a defined form routine carry out the requested check of the date intervals.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU�'DWD9LHZ�� 6DOHV�$)6&XVWRPHU�3ULFLQJ3URFHGXUH�� -

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�'DWD3ULFLQJ�,QGLFDWRU�

�� 1R�VL]H�VSHFLILF�SULFLQJ�� $OO�VL]HV�KDYH�VDPH�SULFH�� 6L]H�VSHFLILF�SULFLQJ�� 3ULFLQJ�E\�VL]H�JURXS�� )DFWRU�SULFLQJ�� 7ZR�GDWH�SULFLQJ$)6�3ULFLQJ

6DOHV�2UGHU

&RQGLWLRQ�7\SH�3ULFLQJ$)6�&RQGLWLRQ�7\SHV )ODJ6L]H�FRQGLWLRQ� -�$37ZR�GDWH�FRQGLWLRQ -�$�)DFWRU�SULFH�FRQGLWLRQ -�$)

$)6�3ULFLQJ��0DLQWHQDQFH

$)6�0DVWHU�6DOHV�*ULG

�

� Factors influencing the price determined in the sales order are:

� Condition record: Condition type, e.g. J3A2 and Rules

� Customer master data (Sales data), for example, special customer pricing procedure (J - AFS Standard)

� Material master data (AFS Sales data), to indicate at which level to carry out the search, for example, Pricing indicator (01 - Size-specific Pricing)

� Grid information, to determine the available sizes for pricing

� All three options, combined, determine the type of search that is created in the condition file in order to determine the correct sales price.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$FFHVV�6HTXHQFH��-�$6&RQGLWLRQ�7DEOH�� &XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�6L]H�� &XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�

3ULFLQJ�6L]H�*URXS�� &XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�� 0DWHULDO�6L]H�� 0DWHULDO�3ULFLQJ�6L]H�*URXS�� 0DWHULDO

6DOHV�2UGHUDocument Pricing Procedure: A, Sales Document Type: ORSales Area: Sales Organization: 0001

Distribution Channel: 01Division: 01

Customer Pricing Procedure: J, Customer: Customer 1

$FFHVV6HTXHQFH

&RQGLWLRQ�7DEOH��-�$3�3ULFH� ��(85

&RQGLWLRQ�7HFKQLTXH LQ�6DOHV�2UGHUV

3ULFLQJ�3URFHGXUH� -B�$��1. Price J3AP2. Factor Price J3AF3. Manual Discount J3AM4.

�

� Condition technique in AFS is basically the same as in R/3 Standard; it describes how sales prices are found by the system, and it enables you to create your own pricing processes.

� The three main factors determining the AFS pricing procedure are the Sales Area, the document pricing procedure and the customer pricing procedure. These three factors lead to the AFS pricing procedure J_3A01.

� Specific condition data that you enter in the system is stored in a condition record. For example, when you enter the price for a product or a special discount for a favorable customer, you create an individual condition record. If you create, for example, a material price J3AP (Regular Sales Price) at material level (one price for all sizes) the information is stored in Condition Table 4. The price of DEM 99 is now automatically displayed in the order entry screen.

� The sequence of activities is generally as follows:

� Define condition types for each of the price elements (prices, discounts, and surcharges) that occur in your daily business transactions.

� Define the condition tables that enable you to store and retrieve condition records for each of the different condition types.

� Define the access sequences that enable the system to find valid condition records.

� Group condition types and establish their sequence in pricing procedures.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HWDLOHG�3ULFLQJ�$QDO\VLV

�

� The Pricing Analyses gives you exact information on which conditions were searched for and which not and for which conditions a match was found. This makes it easy to find out the reason a specific price is taken from the system

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� ,GHQWLI\�DQG�VHW�XS�$)6�VSHFLILF�SULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQV�DQG�FRQGLWLRQ�WHFKQLTXHV

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�

$)6�3ULFLQJ��8QLW�6XPPDU\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� $)6�3ULFLQJ�7RSLF�� 3ULFLQJ�DQG�&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUGV�LQ�&3�$)6�


• Post a goods receipt for existing materials

• Change the material and set up pricing at material level and size and size group level

• Create pricing condition records for material, size and size/group pricing using condition type J3AP

• Create a new sales grid and a condition record to determine the sales grid for your material

• Create price groups using grid control data of material

• Create different prices for the price groups

The prices of your goods may vary according to material, size or size groups as well as the customer. For example, size Small would cost less than size Large, or customers receive discounts for ordering your materials in advance. In this exercise, you will create pricing records at size group, size and material level.


1-1-1 Post a goods receipt for different materials so that you have enough on stock.

'DWD Movement type ��Plant �� Storage location ��

0DWHULDO� 76�32/2�� 76�-$&.(7�� 76�6+2(��

After entering the materials, you are asked to enter quantities by grid values in a separate screen. Post ��SFV for each dimension.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-2 Pricing at material level:

1-2-1 Change your 76�32/2�� to set up the pricing at material level.

9LHZ

AFS Sales data 3ULFLQJ�LQGLFDWRU��(All Sizes with same Price)

1-2-2 Create a condition record for your 76�32/2��. 'DWD Condition type -�$3�(Price Size & SZ)� Key combination 0DWHULDO�Sales organization ��Validation 7RGD\�WR�WKH�HQG�RI�WKH�\HDU

1-2-3 Create a new standard sales order for your &867�� and your 76�� 32/2��. Enter 100 pcs quantity for each dimension.

Check the pricing.

1-3 Pricing at size level:

1-3-1 Change your 76�6+2(�� to set up the pricing at size level. 9LHZ AFS Sales data 3ULFLQJ�LQGLFDWRU��(Different Price by size)�

1-3-2 Create a condition record for your 76�6+2(�� at size level. Choose different prices for different sizes. 'DWD Condition type -�$3�(Price Size & SZ) Key combination 6DOHV�2UJ��'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO��

� � 0DWHULDO�*ULG�9DOXH��Sales organization �� Validation 7RGD\�WR�WKH�HQG�RI�WKH�\HDU

1-3-3 Create a new standard sales order for your &867�� and your 76�6+2(��. Check the pricing and display the analysis.

� 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�RUGHU�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-4 Pricing for price groups:

1-4-1 Change your 76�-$&.(7�� from standard to AFS size group pricing and create material-level Grid control Data SD. 'DWD Plant ��Storage location ��

Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� 9LHZV AFS Sales data 3ULFLQJ�LQGLFDWRU�� (Size grouped for pricing)

9LHZV AFS Basic Data �*ULG�&RQWURO�'DWD�6'!�� (Size grouped for pricing)

Select the �&RQWURO�'DWD! button. Create *ULG�YDOXH�JURXS�IRU�SULFH�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�by using the �0RGH! button. 'DWD�IRU�*ULG�YDOXH�JURXSV� Size 6, 8 *URXS��(small)�Size 10, 12 *URXS��(medium)�Size 14, 16 *URXS��(large)

1-4-2 Create condition records for pricing. 'DWD Condition type -�$3�(Price Size & SZ)�Key combination 6DOHV�2UJ��'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO��

� � 0DWHULDO�*ULG�9DOXH�*URXS�� Sales organization� ��

Validation 7RGD\�WR�HQG�RI�WKH�\HDU Create different prices for the price groups you used in your sales grid.

1-4-3 Create a new standard sales order (Order type 25) for your &867�� and your 76�-$&.(7��. Order 20 pcs of each dimension. Check the pricing and display the analysis.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� $)6�3ULFLQJ�7RSLF�� 3ULFLQJ�DQG�&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUGV�LQ�&3�$)6�

1-1 Post a goods receipt.

1-1-1 Post a goods receipt for materials for which you have enough stock.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW��*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW��0,*2��'DWD��+HDGHU *RRGV�UHFHLSW��RWKHUV Movement Type ��

0DWHULDO 76�32/2��

� 76�-$&.(7�� 76�6+2(��47< TXDQWLW\

:KHUH 3ODQW��

6WRUDJH�/RFDWLRQ��Press <Distribute qty> to enter quantities by grid value and stock category. Save your entries.

1-2 Pricing at material level:

1-2-1 Change your material 76�32/2�� and set the pricing indicator for pricing at material level.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�2WKHU�0DWHULDO�o�&KDQJH�

1-2-2 Create a condition record for pricing. Note that you have to choose key combination 0DWHULDO.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o��0DVWHU�'DWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH�Enter a material and rate. Save the condition record.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-2-3 Create a new sales order for your customer and all materials.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

Enter your material 76�32/2��(100 pcs each dimension)�and�your customer. Check the pricing at material level:

Check the pricing: TabStrip $)6�&RQGLWLRQV To analyze pricing in the order screen, mark item:

� ,WHP�o�&RQGLWLRQV�

1-3 Pricing at size level:

1-3-1 Change your material 76�6+2(�� to set up pricing at size level.�Material:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�2WKHU�0DWHULDO�o�&KDQJH��

1-3-2 Create a condition record for your material 76�6+2(�� at size level.�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o��0DVWHU�'DWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH�Enter condition type and key combination.

Enter Material 76�6+2(��. Enter sizes and rates. Save the condition record.

1-3-3 Create a new sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV��2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�Check the pricing: TabStrip $)6�&RQGLWLRQV To analyze pricing in the order screen, mark item:

,WHP�o�&RQGLWLRQV�'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�RUGHU��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-4 Pricing for price groups:

1-4-1 Change 76�-$&.(7�� from standard to AFS size group pricing and maintain the Grid Cell Control Data SD� Material:

�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD��3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH��

1-4-2 Create a condition record for pricing.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o��0DVWHU�'DWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH��Enter condition type and key combination. Enter different prices for each price group in your sales grid (Pricing SKU groups 01, 02, 03). Save the condition record.

1-4-3 Create a new sales order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV��2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�Check the pricing: TabStrip $)6�&RQGLWLRQV To analyze pricing in the order screen, mark item:

,WHP�o�&RQGLWLRQV

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�² $73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ��6FKHGXOLQJ





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ�DQG�6FKHGXOLQJ

&RQWHQWV�� $)6�VSHFLILF�$73�/RJLF� 0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�DQG�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�RQ�6L]H��

0DWHULDO�DQG�3ODQW�/HYHO� $)6�2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ� $)6�VSHFLILF�2UGHU�5HVFKHGXOLQJ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ�DQG�6FKHGXOLQJ� 8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV�

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�XVLQJ�GLIIHUHQW�NLQGV�RI�

PDWHULDO�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�DQG�PDWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

�� !�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD

6DOHV�DQG'LVWULEXWLRQ ' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW � "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� �� ' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=� �B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ��6FKHGXOLQJ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

� :KHQ�RUGHUV�DUH�FUHDWHG�$73�FKHFNV�LI�WKH�PDWHULDO�ZLOO�EH�DYDLODEOH�EDVHG�RQ�YDULRXV�FRQGLWLRQV�OLNH�5/7��FRQILUPHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWHV�RI�SXUFKDVH�RUGHUV�DQG�RWKHU�RUGHUV�WR�JLYH�WKH�FXVWRPHU�LQIRUPDWLRQ�ZKHQ�KH�ZLOO�UHFHLYH�KLV�RUGHU�

� :KHQ�FXVWRPHUV�RUGHU�PDWHULDO�WKDW�DUH�QRW�RU�RQO\�SDUWLDOO\�DYDLODEOH�LW�PD\�EH�SRVVLEOH�WR�VXEVWLWXWH�WKH�PDWHULDO�ZLWK�D�VLPLODU�PDWHULDO��D�VLPLODU�FRORXU�RU�WKH�PDWHULDO�PD\�EH�DYDLODEOH�LQ�DQ�RWKHU�GHOLYHU\�SODQW�

� ,W�PD\�EH�UHTXLUHG�WR�FRPELQH��VFKHGXOH��WKH�GHOLYHU\�GDWHV�RI�DOO�IRRWZHDU�SURGXFWV�LQ�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�WR�HQVXUH�WKH\�DUH�GHOLYHUHG�WKH�VDPH�WLPH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�2YHUYLHZ

� 6WDQGDUG�6$3�RIIHUV�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�RQ�PDWHULDO�OHYHO��&RQGLWLRQ�7HFKQLTXH�LV�XVHG�WR�GHWHUPLQH�WKH�QHZ�PDWHULDO�

� $)6�RIIHUV�DGGLWLRQDO�OHYHOV�RI�VXEVWLWXWLRQ��SODQW�DQG�FKDUDFWHULVWLF��L�H��6L]H��&RORXU�RU�&DWHJRU\�

� $�FRPSOH[�UXOH�LV�DYDLODEOH�LQ�$)6�ZKHUH�PLQLPXP�IXOILOPHQW�UDWHV�WKDW�WULJJHU�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�FDQ�EH�PDLQWDLQHG��7KLV�UXOH�DOVR�VWRUHV�LQIRUPDWLRQ�LQ�ZKLFK�RUGHU�GLIIHUHQW�VXEVWLWXWLRQV�DUH�SHUIRUPHG��(�J��ILUVW�FKHFN�DYDLODELOLW\�LQ�DQ�RWKHU�SODQW�DQG�WKHQ�FKHFN�LI�RWKHU�PDWHULDOV�FRXOG�EH�XVHG�

� $�VWUDWHJ\�FDQ�EH�PDLQWDLQHG�WR�GHWHUPLQH�WKH�UXOH�HQDEOLQJ�D�YHU\�IOH[LEOH�XVH�RI�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOH

/

0

$OWHUQDWLYH�4XDOLW\

$OWHUQDWLYH�6.8

$OWHUQDWLYH�3ODQW

$YDLODELOLW\�7ULJJHU��7ULJJHU�'DWH3ULFLQJ�XVDJH�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5HDVRQ

0D[LPXP�RI�6XEVWLWXWLRQV�

0LQLPXP�2ULJLQDO��

/$OWHUQDWLYH�0DWHULDO(Condition Technic)

)LUVW�/HYHO�6XEVWLWXWLRQ 6FRQG /HYHO�6XEVWLWXWLRQ

�

� To substitute a material it has to be defined what substitutes are allowed. E.g. size L may be substituted by M, quality “seconds” may be substituted with “thirds” and instead of delivering from plant P001 it may be allowed to deliver from plant P002.

The following settings will be done in the substitution rule:

� If there are several options how one material may be substituted it needs to be defined in which order the options are applied.

� Check for another plant and then for alternative material or vice versa

� Check for alternative grid value and then for category or vice versa

� Define how many substitutions are allowed of one material

� Threshold percentage defines when a substitution takes place. If there are only 5% missing this may not justify to substitution. Also the percentage of the original material that needs to remain in the order can be defined.

� Is it rather the required date or the cancel date of a sales order when the material needs to be available

� If the substitute material has a different price – which of the two has to be used

� It is possible to automatically enter a substitution reason

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�6WUDWHJ\

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�6WUDWHJ\

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOH

'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�7DEOH�IRU�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�7DEOH

«RZQ�ILHOGV6%6*<0$1'7'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

'HIDXOW

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU�)LOH

�

� The substitution rule gets determined with a substitution strategy

� Either a default substitution rule per strategy can be used or a determination table.

� The determination table can hold additional fields beside the substitution strategy and the client to define the values used to find the substitution rule.

� The strategy needs to be entered in the customer master.

1RWH��If a default substitution rule has been defined for use in allocation run then the default rule mentioned in the slide above does not work. In this case the determination with determination table has to be used.

1RWH��If substitution is not allowed for a customer it has to be defined in customer master by setting the flag „Substitution off“

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�LQ�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW([HFXWH 6XEVWLWXWLRQ

(QWHU 6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOH8QGR 6XEVWLWXWLRQ

,0*�6L]H 6XEVWLWXWLRQ

�

� ATP detects a stock shortage of the requested material / size

� Later delivery would be possible due to future procurement

� OR substitution is used. The substitution rule is either entered manually or defaulted with user of substitution strategy

� Pressing „Substitution“ calls the size substitution rule maintained in substitution rule Z001. Size 7 is first substituted with size 6, if this is still not enough size 8 can be used.

� Substitution creates two more schedule lines.

� If the result is not wanted it can be undone which would result in the later delivery of the original size.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73�2YHUYLHZ

� $73�LV�XVHG�WR�FKHFN�ZKHWKHU�D�UHTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH�FDQ�EH�IXOILOOHG�EDVHG�RQ�VWRFN�DQG�UHTXLUHPHQW�VLWXDWLRQ�

� 6WDQGDUG�$73�VHWWLQJV�FRYHU�PDLQO\�ZKLFK�NLQG�RI�VWRFNV�DQG�UHTXLUHPHQWV�DUH�WDNHQ�LQWR�DFFRXQW�

� $)6�HQDEOHV�FKHFNLQJ�RQ�6.8�OHYHO��)XUWKHUPRUH�$)6�FDQ�XVH�VHDUFK�KRUL]RQV�RQ�ERWK�PDWHULDO�DQG�6.8�OHYHO�

� $Q�DGGLWLRQDO�VFUHHQ�LQIRUPV�WKH�XVHU�RI�YLRODWLRQV�RI�WKH�UHTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH�

� 7KH�PXWXDO�LQIOXHQFHV�RI�$73�DQG�$5XQ�QHHG�WR�EH�WKRURXJKO\�FRQVLGHUHG�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

� <RX�ZDQW�WR�FKHFN�WKH�DYDLODELOLW\�RI�D�PDWHULDO�EDVHG�RQ�WKH�FXVWRPHU¶V�UHTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH��,I WKH�PDWHULDO�LV�QRW�DYDLODEOH��$73�ZLOO�SURYLGH�D�VFKHGXOHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH�EDVHG�RQ�FHUWDLQ�UXOHV��9DULRXV�IDFWRUV�FDQ�LQIOXHQFH�$73�� 5/7��5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�7LPH�� 7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�WLPH� :DUHKRXVH�SURFHVVLQJ�WLPHV� &RQILUPHG�GDWHV�RI�LQFRPLQJ�VWRFN� $OUHDG\�H[LVWLQJ�VDOHV�RUGHUV� «

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�6DOHV�2UGHU

This may be warehouse stock or future receipts.Replenishment lead time can be considered.

ATP shows free available stock

Without stock the quantity gets rejected

CEDGF�HIKJ�L I MON7P

6WRFN (�J��32 5/7

�

� A sales order is an electronic document that captures and records your customer’s request for goods or services. The sales order contains all pertinent information to process the customer’s request throughout the order cycle (material data, pricing information, customer data, order quantity).

� The AFS ATP check determines whether or not a required quantity can be delivered on the customer’s requested delivery date.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HPDQG�0DQDJHPHQW��,QYHQWRU\�6RXUFLQJ��$73�


,QYHQWRU\6RXUFLQJ

'HOLYHU\

,QYRLFLQJ3D\PHQW

$)6��$OORFDWLRQ5XQ

�

� Inventory sourcing (make or buy) determines if the product is available and how the product will be supplied.

� AFS ATP is designed to enable customer service staff to confirm exact delivery dates and shipping quantities to customers. Based on real time data, this is done down to the size/category level. The AFS ATP check will determine whether a required quantity can be delivered on the customer’ s requested delivery date and if not, when a full or partial quantity is able to be delivered.

� The check for availability could be based on:

� Stock on hand

� Replenishment (purchase order or production order)

� Shipments from other warehouses

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73�$UFKLWHFWXUH�DQG�/RJLF

Standard “ATP Check Control” determination

ATP for all sizes/categories at once

Special Options:

- Splitting indicator on/off- Turn replenishment lead time off by size- ATP Search / SKU Level Horizon- ATP against planning figures

Category consumption options:

- Consume all stock categories today, then go to next day

- Consume primary stock category over all days,then go to first day and next stock category

ATP results screen

�

� AFS ATP is highly integrated with the AFS category and AFS size architecture and is designed to meet the individual needs of the apparel and footwear industry. As the AFS ATP check is performed for all dimension values entered in a sales order, a new AFS availability check control screen has been designed to enable the user to manage mass results from potentially many sizes/colors and categories.

� The relevant information used in the ATP check are the purchase orders that are finally sized, production orders that are finally sized, and physical stock. Uncommitted capacity is not considered in the ATP check. The replenishment lead time for each supplier determines when the orders must be finally sized.

� The AFS ATP check is completely new functionality which is integrated with the standard checking rule and checking group determination logic. For non-AFS products, the standard SD ATP check is performed which uses standard availability control screens.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6FRSH�RI�&KHFN

$YDLODELOLW\&KHFNLQJ�5XOH

6WDQGDUG�6HWWLQJV

Q*R)S�T*U�V!WYXBZ&[/W&\�]YX^\O_!S�`Q*R)S�T*U�V!WYX�\�_AS!`ba*Rdcê/Z;R�f&[�W�eQ*R)S�T*U�V!WdghU�Z!T�a \/]iQ*R�f%jYXk\/_%S�`Q*R)S�T*U�V!Wil@T _AS!`.W)VmXk\/_%S�`

6WRFNVQ0R�S!T*U�V!WonBUAe�S�p;q�rse�VAW!e/fQ0R�S!T*U�V!WonBUAe�S�p;q)tkW�u�fQ0R�S!T*U�V!WdV�W!j�W!R�V!W!R)\^tBW�uvq

5HFHLSWV�,VVXHV

5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�7LPHw p�W)S�`yxYa \zp)_Û�\^t@{)c

��$

9

$)6�6SHFLILF 6HWWLQJV$YDLODELOLW\ &KHFN&KHFNLQJ 5XOH$73�053�&KFN 0WKG$73�6HDUFK +RUL]RQ

��$

��6L]H /HYHO�+RUL]��6HWWLQJVX5|5}~{)W&��WAT&��_ve�a ��_^R�@S&\Kq�X={A�~�sW&\�po� ��

rhRYcâ7�oWi{;a7R)WtBW�uvq�a0RYX5{;�

nvrEfn�U!e�S�p)Z�f�Wot�W�u�f6L]H /HYHO�+RUL]��6WRFN�7\SHV

$73��&RQWURO

�

� For the scope of check of the ATP check, you maintain R/3 standard and AFS-specific settings. For example, which stocks and receipts are to be taken into account and which search and SKU level horizons are set. The SKU level horizon is usually shorter than the search horizon. As for the stocks and receipts in the Scope of Check supported by AFS, please refer to Note 184170.

� You can maintain the SKU level horizon for the ATP check in the sales order. You can choose from method 1 and method 2. With method 1 there is an assignment of requirement and stock either within the SKU level horizon or outside the SKU level horizon. With method 2 it is also possible to assign requirements outside the SKU level to stock within the SKU level horizon and thus have a comprehensive check.

� The prerequisite for the SKU level horizon is that the ATP is checked without replenishment lead time. If you would like to use method 2, also flag the indicator that stock is considered within the SKU level horizon at material level.

� As settings can be made for the ATP check as well for MRP, make sure that the entries are consistent and meet your requirements.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDUF

K�+RUL]R

Q

10,000 pieces\/_!V!Z)] ��.�G��

� ��4� ��4�

��.��4� �4�� 4� ��4�

rheOV�WAev�

6WRFN

8,000 pieces

5HTXLUH�PHQW

4,000 pieces��G�4� �4��rseOV�W!eB�

5HTXLUH�PHQW

6,000 pieces� ��

rbe�V!W!e%�

5HTXLUH�PHQW

$73��6HDUFK�+RUL]RQ$)6�$)6�6SHFLILF6SHFLILF 6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJV

$73�6HDUFK +RUL]RQ ��

6WRF

N5H

TXLUH

PHQW 7LPH

�

� The search horizon defines the period of time or time horizon in which the ATP is carried out. If the Replenishment Lead Time (RLT) is activated for a material, the ATP check will either consider the period until the end of the RLT (if within the search horizon) or the end of the search horizon. Stock and requirements outside the search horizon will not be taken into account.

� The above slide demonstrates a situation in which the customer (order 3) requires 8,000 pieces of a material (3,000 pieces of size XL and 5,000 pieces of size M). If checked without RLT, this sales order could not be confirmed as the stock has been consumed by order 1 and order 2. If the requested delivery date for these two orders is far in the future, it makes sense to disregard these requirements (for example, the procurement could be arranged at short notice). When using a search horizon in the scope of check, the requirements after the search horizon (order 1 and 2) will be ignored. Therefore, order 3 and the requirement of 8,000 pieces will be confirmed.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�$73�6HDUFK�0HWKRG

3DUDPHWHU�VHWWLQJ� �³��³

5HTXLUH�PHQW��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�$

6WRFN��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�%

6WRFN��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�$


6WRFN��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�&

6WRFN��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�%


6WRFN��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�&

5HTXLUH�PHQW��SLHFHV&DWHJRU\�$

3DUDPHWHU�VHWWLQJ� �³&³7LPH

7LPH

$)6�$)6�6SHFLILF6SHFLILF 6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJV$73�053�&KFN 0WKG &


�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6.8�/HYHO�+RUL]RQ 0HWKRG ��

7LPH

SKU Horizon 1

��3FV;/

��3FV0

��3FV0

��3FV/

w _��)W!e�Z��!WR�_�\

j�_�f�f;a*�!T Ww _��)WAe/Z��!W

R�_�\j�_�f�f%a7�AT W

w _!�)W�e�Z��Wj�_�f&fva7�AT WZ�\;�mZ&\�W!eKa Z�T

T W��&WAT

within horizon outside horizon

��3FV(no gridvalue)

Incoming Stock 1 Incoming Stock 2Incoming Stock 3

Incoming Stock 4

w _!�&WAe/Z��!Wj�_�f�f%a*�!T WZ�\;�mZ�\�W!eKa Z!T

T W&�)W!T

6WRF

N5H

TXLUH

PHQW

$)6�$)6�6SHFLILF6SHFLILF 6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJV6L]H6L]H /HYHO�/HYHO�+RUL]+RUL]��6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJVX�|5}~{�W&��W!T��_%eza ��_^R ��

RLT

�

� AFS MRP handles the assignment of requirements to stock at material and SKU level differently depending on whether they lie within the SKU level horizon.

� Also AFS ATP uses the SKU level horizon to determine when to search for exact SKU matches and when to search at material level.

� 6.8��OHYHO�KRUL]RQ�PHWKRG��Any demand entered with a requirement date later than the SKU-level-horizon will be planned and displayed on material-level. The SKUs of stock outside the horizon can be disregarded for ATP or MRP. A requirement that is outside the SKU horizon cannot be assigned to stock that is within the SKU horizon.

� The 6.8�OHYHO�KRUL]RQ indicates the number of workdays always counted from the current date. SKU-level-horizon method 1 may be entered globally for a plant in Customizing (3URGXFWLRQ�±�053�±�3ODQW�3DUDPHWHUV�±�'HILQH�*HQHUDO�$)6�6SHFLILF�&RQWURO�3DUDPHWHUV) or for a material in the $)6�053�YLHZ. The material master settings are first priority.

� The end of the SKU horizon is displayed in the $)6�053�OLVW in the column DGGLWLRQDO�LQIRUPDWLRQ.

� R/3 Standard requires you to enter a quantity for each BOM line item. In AFS you can enter deviation or zero quantities at SKU level. The line value is the quantity used in MRP when planning on material level past the SKU-level-horizon when using method 1.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6.8�/HYHO�+RUL]RQ 0HWKRG �

7LPH

6WRF

N5H

TXLUH

PHQW

��SFV;/

��SFV0

��SFV0

��SFV(no gridvalue)

w _��W!e�Z��!WiR�_�\j�_�f�f%a*�!T W

��V;a [�[OW�e�W�R)\;X5|�}�f!�w _��W!e�Z��!W��

f)Z)�mWX5|5}

w _��W!e�Z��Wo�Z�\;�iZ&\�W!eKa Z!T�T W��W!T

��SFV0

w _��W!e�Z��!Wo�f)Z)�iWbX�|@}

$VVLJQPHQW 3KDVH��DW�6.8�/HYHO

$VVLJQPHQW 3KDVH��DW�0DWHULDO�/HYHO

Incoming Stock 1 Incoming Stock 2

Incoming Stock 3

Incoming Stock 4

within horizon outside horizon

$)6�$)6�6SHFLILF6SHFLILF 6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJV6L]H6L]H /HYHO�/HYHO�+RUL]+RUL]��6HWWLQJV6HWWLQJVX5|5}�{)W��)W!T��_%eza ��_kR�=S�\�q.X={A�~�yW&\�pd� ��

9SKU Horizon 1

�

� By chosing SKU Level Horizon Method 2 the system is forced to assign at SKU level in a first phase and then remainings on material level.

� Further related settings are

6.8�/HYHO�+RUL]RQ�5HT��,QVLGH�,QGLFDWRU�� With the requirements inside indicator, you could force ATP to check incoming stock outside the

SLH even if the requirement is inside the SLH; ATP would first check on SKU Level and look for stock elements with the same SKU. If the quantity is not fully confirmed after this first run it would look on material level for the remaining open quantity on the second run.

6.8�/HYHO�+RUL]RQ�7LPH�,QGLFDWRU�� The time indicator optimizes the run time of ATP. The system tries to confirm as much stock as

possible looking for elements available with time as priority. This will be checked on material level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

3UHUHTXLVLWHV�w U�f�\�_;��a ��a0R�� W&[�a*R!a \Oa _kR�_![%_)xdRiQ \OW�� w Z�\/W)�;_%e�]� tkW)uvU!a*e�W��oW!R)\Ac%]�j)Wb o¡�|��@c^n�¢ Æ Z&f�f!a �^R�W)Vo\�_

tkW)uvU!a*e�W��oW!R)\ w T Z�f�f� tkW)uvU!a*e�W��oW!R)\ w T Z�f�fv£!tkW�VÛ�S�\Ka _vRmQ*R)V^q��U&f�\��WYf�W�\� ��f)f;a �^R��oWAR�\;_![kt�W�u!cA]�jd\�_ocê�ZAR�f�Z�S&\Oa7_^R� �yZ&\/W!eKa Z�T� � W&[�a*R!a \Oa _kR�_![ w _kR�fAU��j&\Ka _vRi�h_;V!WbZAR�V¤n%W�eza _AV�/�sZ&f�\/W!e � Z�\/Z)�� Q7R�V!WAj�WAR�V!W;R�\kt�W�uvU%a7e�W)�iWAR&\/f

w ZAT7T.cveOZ!R&f�Z)S&\Oa7_vR&fi¥¦��E§��¨*¦B�E§��

w p�Z!R��!WoQ \�W)� w Z&\/W��A_%e�]© t�W)uoc!]!j�Wo|��Ecvnª_^R{Aa7R)W«Q \�W��

w p�W)S�`s�5�)ZAa7T Z��%a*T7a \/]

,QWHUQDO�3URFHVV��q � W&\/W!eO�ªa0R)Whf�\/Z!e/\%Z!R)VmW�R�Vi_�[Bn%W�eza _;Vd[�_ê w p�W)S!`�!q¬tBW�Z�VmZ!T7T)n^Q0tBfYZAR)Vdf!Z�T W�fo_ve�VAWAe�fbxdp!a SApb[/Z!T7T)a*R&\O_d\KpAa fªj�W!eKa _;V�!q¬n%W!e/[�_ve�� w _%R�f;U��ªj)\�a _^Rb[�_%evZAT7T�W�;a f�\Ka7R��df)Z�T W&f�_veOV!W!e/f® q¬n%W!e/[�_ve��«S)_vR)f!U��j)\�a _^Rb[�_vekUAR�S�_^R&fAU��mW)Vªn�Q7tBfYZ)�;Z�a*R)f&\

S�UAeKe�W!R)\Af�Z!T W&fd_ve�V!W�e; iS&_^R�[�a7e��«S�_%R)f;U!�oZ!�!T WduvU�Z!R&\�a \�a W�f�¯e�W�°�W)S�\%ZAT7T�a0R�S&_^R�f;U��iZ!�!T W�uÛ)Z�R)\�a \�a W�f�a*R�f�Z!T W�fo_%eOVAW�e

� a f;jAT Z�]b�Ec^nZ)�!Z�a0R�f&\kn�T Z!R;RAa7R��

tBW�fAUAT \/f

$73�$JDLQVW�)RUHFDVW

� �

��

�

� Customizing: Sales and Distribution Æ Basic Functions Æ Availability Check and Transfer of Requirements Æ Transfer of Requirements

� Define an own Item Category for the usage of ATP against forecast

� Check the assignment of the requirement type KATP to the requirement class. Standard customizing will be requirement type KATP Æ requirement class 011

� Check the assigned requirement class: Reduction Indicator must be set

� Assign the requirement type to the item category and MRP type

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73�$JDLQVW�)RUHFDVW6DOHV�2UGHU�(QWU\

$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�2YHUYLHZ

$73�DJDLQVW�XQFRQVXPHG SODQQHGLQGHSHQGHQW�UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ�WKH VDOHVRUGHU�E\ PDLQWHQDQFH RI�UHTXLUHPHQW W\SH.$73

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�$73�&KHFN

+RUL]RQV�LQ�$73�FKHFN

7RGD\��6/+ 5/7��VHDUFKKRUL]RQ�

$)6��5��6WG��$73�8VDJH��0536.8�OHYHO�KRUL]RQ

6HDUFK�KRUL]RQ

5HSOHQLVKPHQW�OHDG�WLPH

9

9

9 9 99

9

9 9

7LPH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73�'HOLYHU\�2SWLRQV

6HOHFW�D�GHOLYHU\�FROXPQ�ODWHU�VFKHGXOH�OLQHV�DXWR�FDQFHOOHG�

6HOHFW�DOO�GHOLYHU\�GDWHV�IRU�H[DPSOH�IRU�RUGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ�

2SWLRQV$XWRPDWLFDOO\�VHOHFWV�ODWHVW�GDWH�IRU

��GHOLYHU\

�

� An ATP check is carried out for all the dimensions and categories of a material at once. A green light indicates that all dimension values of the material can be procured. A yellow light reveals that at least one dimension value cannot be replenished. Finally, a red light indicates that dimension values are not available on stock and cannot be procured.

� You only need to respond to an ATP check if the results show there is not enough stock for your order. However, the ATP check at order entry is carried out on the basis of the current information at the time of order entry. Based on the ATP results, the system comes up with a confirmed delivery date. Nevertheless, there is a period of time of several months in between order entry and the actual delivery with changing stock and requirement situations. The customer may amend the order quantity or the delivery date. Therefore, the actual allocation of the pending requirements to the available stock in AFS is carried out by the Allocation Run.

� Please take note that you may also perform an ATP Simulation in the AFS Applications for Sales and Distribution.

� 2QH�WLPH: the customer will accept only one delivery (depending on cursor position, all dimensions on that date are confirmed, the ones after that date are rejected) even if it is not a full quantity. There must be only one delivery regardless of the quantity.

� )XOO�TXDQWLW\: a full quantity must be delivered regardless of the requested delivery date. There must be only one delivery, and it must be a full quantity. Thus, this option shifts DOO dimension quantities out to the last date.

� 3URSRVDO: this option accepts the proposed series of delivery dates and quantities which will eventually ensure a full quantity is delivered.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5HVXOW

6HOHFWHG�GHOLYHU\�FROXPQ��ODWHU�VFKHGXOH�OLQHV�DXWR�FDQFHOOHG�

6HOHFW�DOO�GHOLYHU\�GDWHV��IRU�H[DPSOH�IRU�RUGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ�

$XWRPDWLFDOO\�VHOHFWV�ODWHVW�GDWH�IRU��GHOLYHU\

�

5HVFKHGXOLQJ�� 1. Rescheduling is started for each material and plant. Your entries here decide which requirements

records (and therefore which sales document schedule lines) are processed during rescheduling. � 2. The requirements records are arranged along the time line according to the sort sequence you have

assigned. You can sort according to the requested delivery date, for example. � 3. Each requirements record contains a requirements lock. This ensures that the availability check

does not consider requirements that have not yet been processed. This way they might not reduce stock for a requirement that ATP is processing.

� 4. The individual requirements records are checked for their availability one by one for each sales document. If different delivery dates / quantities than the previous ones are determined, the document is saved with the new data.

� 5. The log for rescheduling is updated parallel to this. 6DYLQJ��5HSRUW�DV�%DFNJURXQG�-RE��RU�2XWSXW��5HSRUW�LQ�WKH�'LDORJ��RI�WKH�/RJ�DV�/LVW�RI�5HVXOWV�5HVFKHGXOLQJ�(YDOXDWLRQ�� 1. You can have segments from the complete rescheduling list of results displayed. You control this

via the selection criteria for the evaluation. � 2. You can restrict the display criteria of the list of your evaluation by reducing it to improvements or

deteriorations. $)6�5HVWULFWLRQV�� Note that when you use the order scheduling and the rescheduling at the same time, the order

scheduling will take over and determine the delivery date.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$73��5H�UXQ

�

� An availability check is usually only performed when a sales document is created. If material sizes/ quantities or dates are changed in the document and availability needs to be re-checked, it is performed automatically. However, you can initiate a manual availability check in sales order entry and maintenance.

� In the following situations, a new availability check is carried out automatically:

� &KDQJH�LQ�TXDQWLW\. AFS will check whether availability can still be confirmed for the increased quantity. However, if the quantity is reduced, it is assumed that no further availability check is necessary since the original quantity could be confirmed. The schedule line(s) are updated to reflect the reduced quantity and the requirements transfer records are reduced.

� 6HWWLQJ�WKH�PDWHULDO�DYDLODELOLW\�GDWH�HDUOLHU. If the material availability date is VHW�HDUOLHU either manually or as a result of delivery scheduling being performed again and the materials can be prepared for delivery earlier, the system performs a new availability check.

� 6HWWLQJ�WKH�PDWHULDO�DYDLODELOLW\�GDWH�ODWHU��If the material availability date is�VHW back, an availability check is only carried out if a quantity in the sales order could not be confirmed in IXOO by a specific date.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ 2YHUYLHZ

� $V�D�UHVXOW�RI�$73�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�PD\�KDYH�YDULRXV�FRQILUPHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWHV�GHSHQGLQJ�RQ�WKH�DYDLODELOLW\�RI�WKH�PDWHULDOV�WKDW�FRPSRVH�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�

� 2UGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ�FRPELQHV�VFKHGXOH�OLQHV�WR�EH�GHOLYHUHG�DW�D�FRPPRQ�GDWH�

� 7KH�UHVXOW�LV�D�FRPPRQ�RUGHU�VFKHGXOH�OLQH��26/��QXPEHU�IRU�DOO�UHTXLUHPHQWV�WKDW�ZLOO�EH�GHOLYHUHG�DW�WKH�VDPH�GDWH�

� 9DULRXV�UXOHV�FDQ�EH�VHW�XS�KRZ�WR�FRPELQH�VFKHGXOH�OLQHV�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�6WUXFWXUH

2UGHU�+HDGHU

2UGHU�/LQH

6FKHGXOH�/LQHV

0DWHULDO��$VVRUWPHQW��%20��+HDGHU��/LQH�*URXS

6XE�/LQH/LQH�*URXS��6L]HV�

6FKHGXOH�/LQHV 6L]HV��/LQH�*URXS

$VVRUWPHQW��%20�FRPSRQHQW��/LQH�*URXS

$73&KHFN

2UGHU6FKHGXOLQJ

&KHFN0RGXOH

2UGHU(QWU\

�

� Order scheduling can be called and carried out:

� Once a set of delivery options has been selected

� If the order has been configured to automatically perform delivery proposal

� Order scheduling is an optional process that automatically groups and splits an order into customer acceptable and manufacturer acceptable deliveries based on the customer and global business rules.

� This process takes place during sales order entry and maintenance.

� The results of order scheduling are used in allocation, order release, and delivery processing to ensure that the final delivery is acceptable

Order scheduling applies OS (order scheduling) rules at the following order levels:

� Schedule line level (SKU Level), for example, color/style/size level

� Order line level (lot level), for example, color/style

� Line group level (order/delivery/shipment) for example, grouping of order lines for delivery together

� Order level, for example, all line groups on the order

� NOTE: The line group on the order line and sub-line would only be filled in by the OSL module if DOO schedule lines under it had the VDPH line group number.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�7\SH

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU

2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�5XOH�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

2UGHU2UGHU

10 TS-TSHIRT 100 pieces for 04.03.2000

6FKHGXOH�/LQHV��/LQH�*URXS� �BB��SLHFHV �� /LQH�*URXS� �BB��SLHFHV �� /LQH�*URXS� �BB��SLHFHV ��

10 TS-TSHIRT 100 pieces for 04.03.2000

6FKHGXOH�/LQHV��/LQH�*URXS� ��SLHFHV �� /LQH�*URXS� ��SLHFHV �� /LQH�*URXS� ��SLHFHV ��

58/(

2UGHU

�

� The rule for order scheduling can either be maintained in the customizing settings for the order type or the customer master record. The rule in the customer master has priority over the rule of the order type.

� The rule may also be entered manually in the sales order.

� In the example above, order scheduling groups the different schedule lines to one delivery date and thus optimizes the delivery process.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5HVFKHGXOLQJ 2YHUYLHZ

� 5HVFKHGXOLQJ�LV�W\SLFDOO\�XVHG�LQ�VLWXDWLRQV�ZKHUH�DYDLODELOLW\�GDWHV�DQG�TXDQWLWLHV�RI�VWRFN�DV�ZHOO�DV�UHTXHVWHG�GDWHV�DQG�TXDQWLWLHV�RI�UHTXLUHPHQWV�FKDQJH�YHU\�PXFK�

� 5HVFKHGXOLQJ�HUDVHV�$73�FRQILUPHG�GDWHV��VRUWV�UHTXLUHPHQWV�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�VRPH�IHZ�FULWHULD�DQG�UHFRQILUPHV GHOLYHU\�GDWHV�ZLWK�),)2�ORJLF�

� $)6�HQDEOHV�UHVFKHGXOLQJ�RQ�6.8�OHYHO�� %HFDXVH�RI�WKH�$5XQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\�WKH�IXQFWLRQ�RI�

UHVFKHGXOLQJ�PD\�QRW�EH�QHHGHG�LQ�DQ�$)6�HQYLURQPHQW��7KRURXJK�LQYHVWLJDWLRQV�RI�WKH�EXVLQHVV�QHHGV�DUH�UHTXLUHG�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5HVFKHGXOLQJ

Selection of the requirements records according tomaterial /plant ATP for all sizes/categories at once

Sorting the requirements records according to sort criteria

Setting requirements lock per requirements record

Availability check run per requirements record

Updating each schedule lineUpdating changes to the delivery date / quantity

Creating a segment of the list of resultsaccording to sort criteria

Setting the display criteria of the list

5HVFKHGXOLQJ

(YDOXDWLRQ

6DYH�/LVW�RI�5HVXOWV 'LVSOD\�/LVW�RI�5HVXOWV%DFNJURXQG 'LDORJ

�

� 5HVFKHGXOLQJ�� 1. Rescheduling is started for each material and plant. Your entries here decide which requirements

records (and therefore which sales document schedule lines) are processed during rescheduling. � 2. The requirements records are arranged along the time line according to the sort sequence you have

assigned. You can sort according to the requested delivery date, for example. � 3. Each requirements record contains a requirements lock. This ensures that the availability check

does not consider requirements that have not yet been processed. This way they might not reduce stock for a requirement that ATP is processing.

� 4. The individual requirements records are checked for their availability one by one for each sales document. If different delivery dates / quantities than the previous ones are determined, the document is saved with the new data.

� 5. The log for rescheduling is updated parallel to this. � 6DYLQJ��5HSRUW�DV�%DFNJURXQG�-RE��RU�2XWSXW��5HSRUW�LQ�WKH�'LDORJ��RI�WKH�/RJ�DV�/LVW�RI�5HVXOWV�

� 5HVFKHGXOLQJ�(YDOXDWLRQ�� 1. You can have segments from the complete rescheduling list of results displayed. You control this

via the selection criteria for the evaluation. � 2. You can restrict the display criteria of the list of your evaluation by reducing it to improvements or

deteriorations. � $)6�5HVWULFWLRQV�� Note that when you use the order scheduling and the rescheduling at the same time, the order

scheduling will take over and determine the delivery date.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5HVFKHGXOLQJ $SSOLFDWLRQ

6HWWLQJV�IRU�%DFNJURXQG��SDUDOOHO�-RE

6RUWLQJ�RI�VHOHFWHG�5HTXLUHPHQWV

6LPXODWLRQ�0RGHDYDLODEOH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� ([SODLQ�WKH�$)6�VSHFLILF�VHWWLQJV�LQ�$73� 8VH�WKH�H[WUD�OHYHOV�RI�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�WKDW�$)6�RIIHUV� 6HW�XS�D�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�UXOH� ([SODLQ�ZKDW�$)6�2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�FDQ�EH�XVHG�IRU� 'HVFULEH�WKH�LQWHUGHSHQGHQFLHV�RI�$73��

5HVFKHGXOLQJ�DQG�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

$73��6XEVWLWXWLRQ��6FKHGXOLQJ��8QLW�6XPPDU\�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� $YDLODEOH�WR�3URPLVH�


• Create a sales order carrying out ATP, for materials with insufficient stock

• Check statuses in AFS Stock/Requirements List

Run ATP to check availability of materials in stock. ATP check is automatically carried out after every goods movement.

1-1 In this exercise you will learn how ATP is carried out in sales order entry. Create a sales order for &867�� and use the sizes of 76�6+2(�� for which there is no stock posted.

'DWD Order type 25 Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� Division ��

Key in &867�� and a requested delivery date 2 days after today’ s date. Go to $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ. Enter 76�6+2(��, choose category 0/$%(/�� and confirm your entry. Double click on �5T�'OY�'DWH! (requested delivery date) to open the $73�GLDORJ�ER[. Enter quantities that exceed the stock of the sizes concerned.

1-1-1 When is the earliest possible delivery date?

1-1-2 How did the system calculate the delivery date?

1-1-3 Confirm the delivery dates by selecting the button �3URSRVDO! and save the order.

1-1-4 Display the order.

In the $)6�,WHP�2YHUYLHZ� flag your item and display the quantities and dates of your order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-5 Create a second sales order and enter order quantities for sizes with and without stock. By double-clicking on the field 4XDQWLW\�the system will display the $YDLODELOLW\�&RQWURO screen. Put the cursor on the appropriate ATP percentage and press �2QH�WLPH! to instruct the system that the customer will accept only one delivery even if it is not a full quantity. All remaining quantities after the selected date are discarded.

The top priority here is that there must be only one delivery regardless of the initially requested order quantity. For the unavailable size, the item has been rejected �UHMHFWLRQ�FRGH�-��$73�>$)6�,QWHUQDO@�. Save your order.

1-1-6 Change the order quantity of your sales order in order to execute the ATP Rerun.

1-2� 2SWLRQDO� Carry out two grid values for one of your materials.

1-2-1 Change your material master record 76�6+2(�� and set $)6�6DOHV�VWDWXV�� GLVFRQWLQXHG�ZLWKRXW�UHSODFHPHQW� and $)6�053�VWDWXV�� $73�FKHFN�ZLWKRXW�UHSOHQLVKPHQW�OHDG�WLPH� for two dimension values. Check the results in sales order entry: If there is still some quantity for these dimension values available on stock, enter an order quantity exceeding the stock quantity. The system will only confirm the available quantity; the non-available dimension values will be rejected (reason for rejection = J0).

'DWD� AFS Sales Status: ��GLVFRQWLQXHG�ZLWKRXW�UHSODFHPHQW� Valid from: ________________________________

AFS MRP SKUStatus: ��1R�UHSOHQLVKPHQW�OHDG�WLPH��Valid from: ________________________________

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� 2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�


• Outline the order scheduling process

The customers order different materials. Some sizes and colors are available in stock; the unavailable dimension values have to be procured. By order scheduling, you group and combine the schedule lines by the latest confirmed delivery date to have only one delivery for the customer.

1-3 Check stock of your materials 76�32/2��76�6+2(��, 76�6:($7(5�� and so on. Create a sales order for &867�� and enter several materials 76�32/2��76�6+2(��, and so on.

Order different sizes, some of which are available on stock and some of which are not. Therefore, check the stock and the planned delivery times of the materials by checking the AFS Stock/ReqsList and the entries in the material master records.

1-3-1 Check the different confirmed delivery dates due to the stock being available and the different planned delivery times (verify material master record, 053� view).

1-3-2 Perform Order Scheduling and execute strategy 6�� (Ship-to party). Check the schedule lines.

1-3-3 2SWLRQDO� Check customizing settings for scheduling strategies as well as order scheduling entries for the order type.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�DQG�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�


• Set up a condition record to substitute your substitution material and sizes of your material

• Create a sales order using different types of material substitution

At times, you may want to substitute a particular material ordered by the customer with another material. For example, you may run a promotion and offer a special material. In this case, you can set up a product substitution so that the material entered may be replaced by the promotion material.

With size substitution, you may replace a particular size with a different size of the same material. Usually, this kind of substitution is used when the ATP check reveals that a particular size is not on stock whereas a different size is available and may be shipped instead to meet the customer’ s requested delivery date.

1-4 Product substitution

1-4-1 Set up a condition record to substitute your substitution material by using 76�-$&.(7��. 'DWD Material determination type $��(Material Entered)�Material entered 76�68%67��Material 76�-$&.(7��Reason ��(Manual matl selectn)

1-5 Size substitution

1-5-1 Set up a condition record to substitute sizes of TS-POLO-##. 'DWD�Material determination type -�$� Material entered 76�32/2��8VH�VL]HV�ZLWK�QR�VWRFN��Material 76�32/2�� (8VH�VL]HV�ZLWK�HQRXJK�VWRFN��Reason ��(Manual matl selectn)� Choose grid values with no stock and substitute values with stock by dimension.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-5-2 Make sure your Customer allows Substitution. 'DWD�Customer &867�� Sales Organization ��Distribution Channel ��Division ��

1-5-3 Create a standard order for CUST2-## and your materials (substitution material as well as the polo). For 76�32/2��, choose sizes with no stock. In the $73�5HVXOWV screen, use the �6XEVWLWXWLRQ! button to confirm size substitution. Save the order.

1-6� 2SWLRQDO��Check the Customizing settings:

IMG:

6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�→�%DVLF�)XQFWLRQ�→�0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�→�0DLQWDLQ�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�PDWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�→�0DLQWDLQ�SURFHGXUH�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�→�%DVLF�)XQFWLRQ�→�0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�→ $VVLJQ�SURFHGXUH�WR�VDOHV�GRFXPHQW�W\SHV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� $YDLODEOH�WR�3URPLVH�

1-1 Create a sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��It is important to follow the instructions closely to reach the screens in this exercise.

� Tabstrip�$)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ�

1-1-1 When is the earliest possible delivery date?

7RGD\¶V�GDWH�SOXV��GD\V��

1-1-2 How did the system create the delivery date? /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�� 0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�'LVSOD\�

View: MRP2 Planned delivery time: 8 days.

GR processing time: 1 day

Please note that the system also takes into account 2 days for route determination.

1-1-3 Choose �3URSRVDO!.

1-1-4 Display the order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�'LVSOD\�Select $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ and double click the Requested Delivery Date. Quantities and Dates of your order are displayed.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-5 Create a second sales order.

� � �� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH� In the < 6FKHGXOH�OLQHV > view of 76�6+2(�� you can see that the second schedule line item got a rejection code.

1-1-6 Change the order quantity of your sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH��

1-2�� 2SWLRQDO��Carry out two grid values for one of your materials.

1-2-1 Change your material master record 76�6+2(�� and set $)6�6DOHV�VWDWXV�� (discontinued without replacement) and $)6�053�6.8�6WDWXV�� (ATP check without replenishment lead time).

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH��Select $)6�6DOHV�GDWD view. Choose dimensions that will be discontinued and set Status: ��'LVFRQWLQXHG�Z�R�5HSODFHPHQW. Set a 9DOLG�IURP date.

Select MRP data view. Choose the same dimensions and set SKU Status: 1R�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH.�Set a 9DOLG�IURP date.

Create a sales order to verify the SKU status.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�You will get a message that the grid value you have chosen has status: Discontinued w/o Replace

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW��6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF��2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�

1-3 Create a sales order in order to perform order scheduling.

Check stock of your materials:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�OLVW�� For order entry, choose some sizes which are available on stock and some which are not. Create a sales order for your customer:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o��2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Use Order type 25 (Standard Order). Save your order.

1-3-1 Check the different confirmed delivery dates in your order.

Check different planned delivery times.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o��0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�'LVSOD\��View 053��, 6FKHGXOLQJ area: Planned delivery time

1-3-2 Perform Order Scheduling.

In your order:

6DOHV�GRFXPHQW�o�2UGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ

Execute with strategy 6�� (Ship-to party) or choose the �2UGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ! button. Check schedule lines: Field /LQH�*URXS��'HOLYHU\�GDWH and flag 6FKHGXOH�OLQH�LQGLFDWRUV.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3-3 2SWLRQDO� Customizing settings for scheduling strategies as well as order scheduling entries for the order type.

IMG: �6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�%DVLF�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�2UGHU�6FKHGXOLQJ�o�'HILQH�VFKHGXOLQJ�VWUDWHJLHV�

IMG: �6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQo�6DOHV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQWV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU�o��0DLQWDLQ�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SHV�SHU�6DOHV�$UHD�IRU�$)6

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


8QLW�� 2UGHU�(QWU\��'HWDLO��7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�DQG�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�

1-4 Product substitution:

1-4-1 Set up a condition record to substitute your substitution material by using 76�-$&.(7��.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�&UHDWH��

� For more details double-click on the item line. �

1-5 Size substitution:

1-5-1 Set up a condition record to substitute sizes of your material.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�&UHDWH�Choose the �5HSODFH�6L]HV! button to maintain the dimensions.

1-5-2 Make sure, your Customer CUST2-## allows Substitution.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�3DUWQHU�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&KDQJH�o�&RPSOHWH�

� Enter your Customer CUST2-## and Sales Organization.

Select <6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD> button and choose tab strip <$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD>. In section Order Proposal enter Substitution Strategy �� to allow Substitution.

1-5-3 Create an order for materials without stock and double click on <5HT�'HO�'DWH!�in the ATP results screen. For 76�32/2��, perform the substitution by choosing the �6XEVWLWXLRQ! button in the availability check screen. Select the appropriate proposal and click <3URFHVV�� 6XEVWLWXWLRQ>.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��

1-6 Please refer to the Exercises.

IMG:

6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�%DVLF�)XQFWLRQ�o�0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�0DLQWDLQ�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�PDWHULDO�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�0DLQWDLQ�SURFHGXUH�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�%DVLF�)XQFWLRQ�o�0DWHULDO�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�o�$VVLJQ�SURFHGXUH�WR�VDOHV�GRFXPHQW�W\SHV

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�² 6HDVRQV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQDOLW\�&RQWHQW

&RQWHQWV�� ,Q�WKH�DSSDUHO�DQG�IRRWZHDU�LQGXVWU\�PDQ\�PDWHULDOV�

IROORZ�D�VHDVRQDO�VDOHV�F\FOH�� ([FHSWLRQV�DUH�EDVLF�VW\OHV�WKDW�DUH�VROG�WKURXJK�WKH�

ZKROH�\HDU�� $)6�XVHV�VHDVRQ�LQGLFDWRUV�WKDW�DUH�XVHG�WR�FODVVLI\�

PDWHULDOV�� 6HDVRQDO�PDWHULDOV�PD\�RQO\�EH�RUGHUHG�RU�GHOLYHUHG�

GXULQJ�VSHFLILF�SHULRGV�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� (VWDEOLVK�VHDVRQDO�LQGLFDWRUV� $GG�D�VHDVRQ�WR�D�PDWHULDO�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�DQG�FKHFN�WKH�YDOLG�VHDVRQ� :RUN�ZLWK�WKH�'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP

6HDVRQV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� 2XU�PDWHULDO�ZLOO�RQO\�EH�DYDLODEOH�IRU�WKH�VXPPHU�VHDVRQ��:H�LQGLFDWH�WKH�SHULRG�ZKHQ�WKH�VKLUW�FDQ�EH�RUGHUHG�DQG�GHOLYHUHG�

� 6HDVRQV�GDWHV�PD\�YDU\�GHSHQGLQJ�RQ�UHJLRQV�RU�IRU�VRPH�FXVWRPHUV�

6HDVRQV��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6SULQJ�6XPPHU )DOO�:LQWHU

$)6�%DVLF�'DWD�9LHZ�RI�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU� 6HDVRQV�&RQFHSW

�

� The seasonality of business (spring, summer, fall, winter, back-to-school, and Christmas) requires that certain products be available for their corresponding season, with the�special need to “mark down” or “move” inventory that will soon be out of season.

� Price lists, reports, inventory displays, and so on, are all necessary for seasons, not the usual calendar periods.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQ

&ROOHFWLRQ�� &ROOHFWLRQ��

7KHPH�$ 7KHPH % 7KHPH &7KHPH $

9DOLGLW\�$UHD�E\¾ 6DOHV 2UJDQL]DWLRQ�¾ &RXQWU\¾ 5HJLRQ¾ &XVWRPHU *URXS¾ &XVWRPHU

7LPH�ZLQGRZ�IRU�RUGHU�FUHDWLRQ7LPH�ZLQGRZ�IRU�GHOLYHU\�FUHDWLRQ'HOLYHU\�GDWH�SURSRVDO�DQG�GDWH�FKHFN$73�VWDUW�GDWH&DWHJRU\�SURSRVDO

'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP

'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP��&RQFHSW

�

� Definition of strategic delivery programs within a 3 level season hierarchy.

� Upon Sales order entry, requested delivery date is set based on maintained season (rather than just a check of entered delivery date against a season, as before).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU

2UGHU�7\SH 6HDVRQ�&KHFN 1HZ�6HDVRQ'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

6HDVRQ�6HDVRQDO�,QGLFDWRU

�

� Prerequisites for Seasonal Processing:

� Define a Seasonal Indicator (in AFS Customizing)

� Establish valid periods for order entry and delivery in the AFS Applications (this can be done at the level of the Sales Organization, the Country/Region and Customer Group/Customer)

� Assign the Seasonal Indicator to your material master (either at material or at grid value level) in the AFS Basic Data view

� Flag the season check in Customizing in the order type (at item or schedule line level)

� Maintain the message type for the season check (information, warning or error)

� You can also perform new season determination during order entry.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

2UGHU�(QWU\��6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ�DW�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�/HYHO

&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUGVIRU�WKH�6HDVRQVSales Organization: 0001Country: __Region: __Sold to: __Customer Group: __

Delivery DateFrom To

W00 1.6.00 1.9.00S01

0DWHULDO0DVWHUTS-POLO: W00

S00

6HDVRQDO,QGLFDWRUS00: Summer 00W00: Winter 00S01: Summer 01

6DOHV�2UGHUSold to: Customer 1Material Grid value Qty SIn

TS-POLO M BLK 10 W00

TS-SHIRT S RED 5 ---

2UGHU�'DWH� ��5HTXHVWHG�'HOLYHU\'DWH� ��

Order DateFrom To1.12.99 31.3.00

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHUSold to: Customer 1Sales Organization: 0001Distribution Channel: 01Division: 01Country: USA

6DOHV�2UGHU7\SHUse seasonfunction

�

� AFS offers two “ time windows” : order entry date and delivery date.

� In AFS, seasonal processing is possible at the material, dimension and category levels.

� Material TS-POLO can only be sold and delivered during the winter 2000 and summer 2000 seasons.

� Material TS-SHIRT has no valid season.�� In AFS, you can define a season at the following levels:

� Sales organization

� Country

� Region

� Customer group

� Customer

� A sales organization is the top level of the above hierarchy. Therefore, if you define a season for a sales organization, then all the countries, regions, customer groups and customers for that sales organization are included in that season definition.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HWWLQJV LQ�6DOHV�2UGHU�7\SH

6DOHV�2UGHU�6HDVRQ 6HWWLQJV �SHU�6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�

6HDVRQDOLW\�QHHGV�WR�EH�DFWLYDWHG�SHU�VDOHV�RUGHU�W\SH��SHU�6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'HILQH�LI�ZURQJ�VHDVRQ�FDQ�EH�SURFHVVHG'HIDXOW�YDOXHV�FDQ�EH�GHILQHG

�

� In the customizing for the Sales Order Type you can choose, if the delivery program shall be used for item level, for schedule line level, for both or for none of them.

� Also on the item level the use of the Delivery Program can be turned on or off.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQDOLW\ LQ�6DOHV�2UGHUV1HZ�6HDVRQ 'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

6HDVRQ ,QGLFDWRU

2QO\ YDOLG6HDVRQVGLVSOD\HG

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ

6DOHV'RFXPHQWExample:Contract

6DOHV�'RFXPHQWExample:Call off orders

,0*��C�DAE F&G

H D!I7J�K/D!I7JML)NPO�QRL)N%J)KTS�N%E�UVN%S;G)D;E F&GXW�NALAY!Z[F!J&K/G

&RS\�6HDVRQ�,QGLFDWRU

�

� The system can also take over the season when copying sales documents. To activate this function for your sales documents, you must set the indicator copy season data at item or schedule line level in the copy control.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HDVRQV��8QLW�6XPPDU\�

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� (VWDEOLVK�VHDVRQDO�LQGLFDWRUV� $GG�D�VHDVRQ�WR�D�PDWHULDO�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 0DLQWDLQ�VDOHV�RUGHU�W\SHV�WR�XVH�WKH�GHOLYHU\�

SURJUDP� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�DQG�FKHFN�WKH�YDOLG�VHDVRQ� ([SODLQ�WKH�'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 6HDVRQV�7RSLF�� 6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ��'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP�


• Check the season/collection/theme settings in Customizing

• Create a season/collection/theme for a sales organization.

• Assign a valid season/collection/theme to your material in the material master

• Create validity period for seasons/collection/theme and maintain the delivery program settings

• Create sales orders using season and delivery program functionality

Certain materials will only be available for a particular season. We indicate the period when the material can be ordered in the material master.

With delivery program functionality you could force the system to put a launch date as requested delivery date to your sales order.

1-1 Seasons / Collection / Theme Customizing

1-1-1 Create a season 6��in Customizing. 6�� and description: 6HDVRQ�*URXS��

1-1-2 Create a collection &��in Customizing. &�� and description: &ROOHFWLRQ�*URXS��

1-1-3 Create a theme 7��in Customizing. 7�� and description: 7KHPH�*URXS��

1-1-4 Check the season settings in Customizing for order type =7$��and�=7$��

1-2 Maintain validity periods and delivery program setting:

1-2-1 Define valid delivery and order dates for your season for sales organization 0001. Fill in the delivery program parameters into your season/collection/theme settings.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-3 Apply seasons.

1-3-1 Assign your valid season/collection/theme to 76�32/2�� in the material master.

9LHZ $)6�%DVLF�GDWD�Æ�6HDVRQV�

1-4 Check season functionality.

1-4-1 Create a sales order with order type =7$� for &867�� and for seasonal material TS-POLO-##. Use requested delivery dates within and outside the valid time period. Verify the results of the season check. Do not save the order!

1-5 Check delivery program functionality.

1-5-1 Create a sales order with order type =7$� for &867�� and for seasonal material 76�32/2��. Verify the results of the delivery program functionality. Do not save the order!

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 6HDVRQV�7RSLF�� 6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ�'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP�

1-1 Seasons Customizing:

1-1-1 Create a season 6��.

IMG: /RJLVWLFV��*HQHUDO�o�'HILQH�$)6�6HDVRQV�

Select the �1HZ�HQWULHV! button. Enter 6�� and save your entry.

1-1-2 Create a collection &��.

IMG: /RJLVWLFV��*HQHUDO�o�'HILQH�$)6�6HDVRQV�

Select �1HZ�HQWULHV! button. Enter &�� and save your entry.

1-1-3 Create a theme 7��.

IMG: /RJLVWLFV�±�*HQHUDO�o�'HILQH�$)6�6HDVRQV�

Select �1HZ�HQWULHV! button. Enter 7�� and save your entry.

1-1-4 Check the season settings in Customizing: IMG: 6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW��o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�� +HDGHU�o�0DLQWDLQ�VDOHV�GRFXPHQW��W\SHV�SHU�VDOHV�DUHD�IRU�$)6�� Check the entries for order type =7$��=7$� in the 6HDVRQ�FKHFN�OHYHO area. Do NOT change entries.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-2 Maintain validity periods and delivery program setting:

1-2-1 Define valid delivery and order dates for your season for sales organization 0001.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�'HOLYHU\�3URJUDP��6HDVRQV�&ROOHFWLRQ�7KHPH��Enter your new season/collection/theme in the 0DLQWDLQ�OLQH�area by using the �'LVSOD\��&KDQJH!�button. Then double click the period’s folder and then choose the button �1HZ�(QWULHV!��Use valid delivery and order dates including today’s date: the order date range will typically be earlier than the delivery date range. Fill in the delivery program settings. Choose first delivery date as requested delivery date. Save your entries.

1RWH��,I�\RX�HQWHU�D�&ROOHFWLRQ�DQG�7KHPH�LQ�WKLV�VFUHHQ�\RX�PXVW�HQWHU�WKLV�GDWD�ODWHU�RQ�ZKHQ�FKDQJLQJ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU��WRR��

1-3 Apply seasons:

1-3-1 Assign valid season to TS-POLO-## in the material master. Logistics → Sales and distribution → Master data → Products → Material → Other material → Change

View: $)6�%DVLF�GDWD -> 6HDVRQ�area. Select the �)DVW�HQWU\! button. Enter your season for all grid values (*) and save your data.

1RWH��,I�\RX�PDLQWDLQHG�D�&ROOHFWLRQ�DQG�7KHPH�LQ�WKH�GHOLYHU\�SURJUDP�VFUHHQ�\RX�QHHG�WR�HQWHU�WKHP�IRU�HDFK�GLPHQVLRQ�QRZ��

1-4 Check season functionality

1-4-1 Create sales order. /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��

Use order type =7$�. Check the entry of your season in $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ area: ,WHPV�GHWDLOV� Use a requested delivery date that is out of range of your season. Check the result. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�RUGHU�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-5 Check delivery program functionality

1-5-1 Create sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Use order type =7$�. Check the entry of your season in $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ area: ,WHPV�GHWDLOV� Check the requested delivery date and change it manually. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�RUGHU�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��9$6�

&RQWHQWV�9$6 IXQFWLRQDOLW\�VXSSRUWV�H[WUD�VHUYLFHV�WKDW�ZLOO�EH�DSSOLHG EHIRUH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�JHWV�GHOLYHUHG��7KRVH�VHUYLFHV�PD\�RU�PD\�QRW�EH�ELOODEOH�IRU�WKH�FXVWRPHU�

� 9$6�&ODVVLILFDWLRQ� 9$6�'DWDEDVH� 9$6�3ULFLQJ� 9$6�LQ�6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� 'HILQH�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�DQG�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�WKDW�SUHFLSLWDWH�9$6

$W�WKH�FRQFOXVLRQ�RI�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� $�PDWHULDO�LV�VROG�WR�VHYHUDO�GLIIHUHQW�FXVWRPHUV��2QH�FXVWRPHU�UHTXLUHV�VSHFLDO�SDFNDJLQJ��ZKLFK�KDYH�WR�EH�SDLG�E\�WKH�FXVWRPHU�

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��&ODVVHV�DQG�7\SHV7LFNHWV�DQG�/DEHOVL01 Label 01 T01 Ticket 01

L02 Label 02 T02 Ticket 02

3DFNLQJP01 Solid Sizes

P02 Assorted Sizes

6SHFLDO�6HUYLFHVType 001 Cresting Type 003 Special Finishing

Type 002 Hemming Type 004 Put on hangers

1RWH�A new item line for a „VAS material“ can be created in the order

�

� SAP Consumer Products for Apparel & Footwear supports three classes of value added services:

� Ticketing/labeling

� Packing

� Special services

� The classes are predefined in the system and cannot be changed.

� Each value added service belongs to a class and has a certain type.

� VAS types can be defined according to your needs.

� You can only have one VAS of a certain class and type per order item.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��'DWDEDVH

&RQGLWLRQ7HFKQLTXH

9$6'DWDEDVH

For example:Material + Customer GroupMaterial + Customer� Class� Type� VAS Material� Charge Code� Information fields

9$67

.H\�FRPELQDWLRQV

6DOHV�2UGHU$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

'HOLYHU\,QYRLFH

)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ

�

� Value added services are taken into account throughout the entire sales order process.

� There are two types of VAS condition records in AFS Standard:

� VAST (order)

� MSO (Multi-Store orders)

� VAS uses standard condition technique. With condition type “VAST” the customer can freely define the key combinations for condition tables.

� A VAS material must be specified for SD relevant services.

� In sales orders, VAS items can be added manually or automatically by use of the VAS database.

� Whether VAS are taken into account in ATP checks (available to promise) can be defined in Customizing.

� VAS items are copied from order documents to corresponding delivery documents.

� VAS appear on invoices and influence pricing according to the defined VAS conditions.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��3ULFLQJ

6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO�

&KDUJH�&RGH��&KDUJH�&RGH��&KDUJH�&RGH��

'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO�&KDUJH�&RGH��

��-�$&�-�$&�-�$&�

��-�$&�

-�$%�-�$%�-�$%�

-�$%�

��

��

��

��

'HWHUPLQHG IURP 9$6�&RQGLWLRQ�5HFRUG 3ULFLQJ &RQGLWLRQ

�

� VAS conditions can be fixed (condition type J3AC) or relative (condition type J3AB).

� They are realized via charge codes.

� Charge codes can be defined independently for each sales organization and distribution channel.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��6HWXS�DQG�0DLQWHQDQFH

9$6�&RQGLWLRQ6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO

&KDUJH�&RGH

9$6�'DWDEDVHH�J��0DWHULDO�&XVWRPHU

��&ODVV�W\SH��9$6�PDWHULDO�WH[W

��&KDUJH�&RGH

optional*URXSLQJ

Sales OrderAllocation Run

DeliveryInvoice

Financial Accounting


optional0DWHULDO�0DVWHU*URXSLQJ

2UGHU�7\SH9$6�21�2))

&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU9$6�21�2)) ,WHP�&DWHJRU\

9$6�21�2))

�

� Customer Master:

� Specify this field if your customer qualifies for ticketing/labeling, packing or special services.

� Optional: use the Grouping field to group customers with the same value added services.

� Order Type:

� Specify this field if your customer, order type or item category qualifies for ticketing/labeling, packing or special services.

� Item Category:

� Specify this field to qualify for ticketing/labeling, packing or special services.

� Material Master:

� If you sell several materials, for which you process value-added services before delivery, you can combine them in a material group.

� ARun Release Rule:

� Optional Correlation Rule

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9$6�)XQFWLRQDOLW\ LQ�6DOHV�2UGHUV

9$6�0HQX

9$6�7\SHV RQ�,WHP�/HYHO

&KDUJH�&RGH

3RWHQWLDO�9$6�0DWHULDO

�

� In the section „Logs“ of the menu you can also display how VAS was determined

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HILQH�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�DQG�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�

WKDW�SUHFLSLWDWH�9$6

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�7RSLF�� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�


• Change your customer master to assign value added services (VAS)

• Create a VAS condition record for ticketing and labeling

• Create a sales order using VAS functionality

• Check the specific VAS views

You sell your polo shirt to several different customers. One customer requires special packaging, which incurs additional costs.

1-1 Change &867�� in order to assign VAS.

Sales organization 0001

Distribution Channel 01

Division 01

Tab.: 6DOHV�$UHD�'DWD� View: �$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD� Packing material 1 T/L material 1 Special service material 1

1-1-1 Create a condition record for &867�� and 76�32/2��.�1RWH��0DNH�VXUH�WKDW�WKH�QHFHVVDU\�FXVWRPL]LQJ�VHWWLQJV�DUH�PDGH��

'DWD Condition type 9$67�Key combination 6DOHV�$UHD�±�&XVWRPHU�±�0DWHULDO� Choose Button �7LFN��/DE�! Label Type /��Tick./Label. Mat. 76�67,&.(5�� CharCode ��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-2 Create a sales order for &867�� and 76�32/2��. You can find the AFS information by drilling down to the VAS overview.

Check pricing. Save the order.

1-1-3� 2SWLRQDO: Create another sales order for your VAS customer. This time manually enter the VAS data in the sales order. Therefore use 76�-$&.(7��and manually assign the label 76�67,&.(5�� to the material. 'DWD�Type /��VAS material 76�67,&.(5�� VAS Charge Code ��


1-1-4 Your customer requires a special service and wants to put material 76�-$&.(7�� on hangers. Create a sales order for your VAS customer. Manually add the special service by choosing 7\SH��SXW�RQ�KDQJHUV. You do not need a VAS material. 'DWD Type ��SXW�RQ�KDQJHUV VAS Charge Code ��VWDQGDUG�VXUFKDUJH


Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�7RSLF�� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV�

1-1 Change your customer master in order to assign VAS.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&KDQJH�!6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ

In the area Value Added Services put a 1 in the fields Packing Material, T/L Material and Sp/Service material

1-1-1 Create a condition record for &867��and 76�32/2��. /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�$)6�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�9DOXH�DGGHG�� VHUYLFHV�o�&UHDWH�

1RWH��0DNH�VXUH�WKDW�WKH�QHFHVVDU\�FXVWRPL]LQJ�VHWWLQJV�DUH�PDGH��

,0*��6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU�o�0DLQWDLQ�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SH�IRU�$)6��Detail view of the order type OR:

VAS Function: Flag

VAS determ.: VAS001

T/L material: 1

Packing material: 1

SpService mater: 1

,0*��6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�,WHP�o�0DLQWDLQ�,WHP�&DWHJRULHV�IRU�$)6��Detail view of the Item Category TAN:

T/L material: 1

Packing material: 1

SpService mater: 1

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-2 Create a sales order for &867��and 76�32/2��. Where can you find AFS information? *RWR�o�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFH�o�9$6�GDWD�LQ�GRFXPHQW�

�Drill down the 9$6�RYHUYLHZ by double-clicking.

Check pricing. Choose to “$)6�&RQGLWLRQV” tab screen

Save order.

1-1-3 Create another sales order for your VAS customer. Manually add the VAS data in the sales order. *RWRo�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFH�o�7LFNHWLQJ�/DEHOLQJ�

�Enter Type /��, VAS material 76�67,&.(5�� and Code ��.

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKLV�RUGHU��

1-1-4 Create another sales order and manually add the special service: SXW�RQ�� KDQJHUV. *RWR�o�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFH�o�6SHFLDO�6HUYLFH��

Enter Type �� Put on hangers, no VAS material and Code ��.

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKLV�RUGHU��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 3UHSDFNV �$VVRUWPHQWV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

3UHSDFNV��$VVRUWPHQWV��'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV

� &RQWHQWV�2UGHU HQWU\�RI�PDWHULDOV�WKDW�DUH�RIIHUHG�LQ�FRPELQDWLRQV�RU�LQ�SUHGHILQHG�VL]H�GLVWULEXWLRQV�FDQ�EH�VLPSOLILHG�E\�WKH�XVH�RI�

� 3UHSDFNV� $VVRUWPHQWV� 'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 1DPH�WKH�GLIIHUHQW�W\SHV�RI�$)6�%LOO�RI�0DWHULDOV�

�%20�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�D�%20

3UHSDFNV �$VVRUWPHQWV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(;� � �4�� /� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�A��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� <RX�ZRXOG�OLNH�WR�VHOO�SUHGHILQHG�FRPELQDWLRQV�RI�TXDQWLWLHV�DQG�VL]HV�RI�SDUWLFXODU�PDWHULDOV�WR�\RXU�FXVWRPHUV��,Q�WKLV�FDVH��\RX�FUHDWH�D�SUHSDFN�IRU�XVH�LQ�6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ��SURFHVVLQJ�DW�PDLQ�LWHP�OHYHO��

� <RX�PD\�DOVR�JURXS�WRJHWKHU�GLIIHUHQW�PDWHULDOV�LQWR�DVVRUWPHQWV�LI�WKH�TXDQWLWLHV�DQG�VL]HV�YDU\�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�WKH�FXVWRPHU¶V�UHTXLUHPHQWV��SURFHVVLQJ�DW�FRPSRQHQW�OHYHO��

� <RX�PD\�VHOO�VLQJOH�PDWHULDOV�LQ�SUHGHILQHG�VL]H�FRPELQDWLRQV�

3UHSDFNV��$VVRUWPHQWV��'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�6'�%20�3UHSDFN

*ROI�3DFN

BLUSML

RED GRN*ULG�$

B

SBLUREDGRN

M LC

*ULG�%28

283032

29 30 31*ULG�&

&DS�6WDQGDUG 0DW��

C

6KLUW�$)6�0DWHULDO�

3DQWV�$)6�0DWHULDO�

053

�

� A prepack is a set of predefined combinations of quantities and sizes in the BOM structure. The header material may contain a master grid that is different from the grids of the components. In this case, you maintain the assignment of grid values of the header to the components. If the header and component materials contain either the same master grid or grids with the same dimensions, you only maintain deviation quantities for the BOM. All items, independent of their levels in the BOM, are MRP relevant.

� A prepack is planned for requirements as one unit, not on the basis of the components. Processing is carried out at main item level (pricing, inventory management, delivery processing, and so on).

� The prepack header material needs to be defined as a regular AFS material. You have to assign a grid and flag the AFS status MRP. Moreover, you have to assign the item category (5/$ (components are only used as text positions and are not relevant for delivery).

� For example, a golf pack will always consist of a shirt, pants and a cap in the sizes relating to a size of the header material. The pricing is maintained at header level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�6'�%20�$VVRUWPHQW

*ROI�3DFN

SBLUREDGRN

M LC

*ULG�%28

283032

29 30 31*ULG�&

*ROI�%DOOV�6WDQGDUG 0DW��

C

6KLUW�$)6�0DWHULDO�

3DQWV�$)6�0DWHULDO�

SMALLMEDIUMLARGE

*ULG�$

B

053

�

� An assortment is usually put together at the request of the customer whereby the quantity and sizes of the set may vary but not the items within the BOM structure. A set material BOM is the same concept as a phantom assembly in the standard system, in that the header material is merely a grouping of two or more finished products. The components may have differing master grids. The sizes and quantities are allocated when the BOM is exploded after a sales order has been entered. The components are stockable items.

� Assortments are not planned as one single unit but on the basis of single components. Processing is carried out at component level (pricing, inventory management, delivery processing, and so on).

� You have to assign the item category /80) to the header material (only components are ready for delivery). The AFS MRP should not be flagged. The material grids are assigned to the material master of the components. The pricing is maintained at component level.

� For example, a customer may want to have an assortment consisting of a golf shirt, golf pants, and golf balls. The golf shirt and pants have a grid but the golf balls are a standard material. You enter the requirements at SKU level when entering the sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$VVRUWPHQW�ZLWK�&RUUHODWHG�'HOLYHU\�'DWH$VVRUWPHQW ([DPSOH 6XLW��-DFNHW��:DLVWFRDW��6ODFNV

��

6ODFNV:DLVWFRDWV-DFNHWV

32

0DWHULDO 5HTXHVWHG 4W\� $73�&RQILUPHG 4W\� &RUUHODWLRQ 5HVXOW6XLWV ��-DFNHWV ��

��ODWHU ��ODWHU:DLVWFRDWV ��

��ODWHU6ODFNV ��

��ODWHU

�

� With the correlated delivery date functionality the ratio of components is applied to each confirmed delivery date

� This functionality is activated in the AFS specific customizing of item categories

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6HW�XS�RI�4XDQWLW\ 'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV

Specify default order quantities per grid value

Profiles are set up for material grids and can be used for all materials that use this grid

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

8VLQJ�4XDQWLW\�'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV�LQ�6DOHV�2UGHUV

The default profile quantities are multiplied with the factor

If a profile exists for the master grid of a material it can be entered in the sales order

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

3UHSDFNV��$VVRUWPHQWV��8QLW�6XPPDU\�

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 1DPH�WKH�WZR�W\SHV�RI�$)6�%LOO�RI�0DWHULDOV��%20�� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�D�%20� 6HW�XS�4XDQWLW\�'LVWULEXWLRQ�3URILOHV�DQG�XVH�WKHP�

GXULQJ�VDOHV�RUGHU�FUHDWLRQ�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 3UHSDFNV�DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV�7RSLF�� 3UHSDFNV�DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV�


• Create materials and bill of materials for prepacks and assortments

• Create a sales order with prepacks and assortments

You would like to sell predefined combinations of quantities and sizes of particular materials to your customers. In this case, you create a prepack for use in Sales Order Processing.

You may also group together different materials into assortments if the quantities and sizes vary according to the customer’s requirements.

1-1 AFS Prepack

1-1-1 Create your header material (Trading Goods) 76�35(3$&.�� (use 76�%20�35(3$&. as reference material).

9LHZV Basic Data 1/ 2 Material description AFS Basic data Master grid: 35(3$&. AFS Status: <HV Sales: Sales Org. Data 1/ � Item category group: (5/$ Sales: General/Plant Data AFS Sales data Purchasing MRP1/ 2 MRP3/ 4 AFS MRP AFS status MRP: <HV No Coverage strategy Storage 1/ 2 Accounting 1/ 2 AFS Valuation

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-2 Create bill of material for 76�35(3$&.��.

BOM usage: ��(Sales and distribution) Plant: ��Validity: 7RGD\¶V�GDWH

Use 76�32/2�� 76�-$&.(7�� and the standard material�76�&$3�� as components.

Item category: / (Stock item).

Via the grid-entry maintain quantities for the prepack. Don’t forget to create condition record for pricing.

1-1-3 Create sales order for 76�35(3$&.��and enter quantities for grid values of the header material. Check the components of 76�35(3$&.��.

1-1-4� 2SWLRQDO� Create another prepack for shoes. Create the header material 76�6+2(�35(3$&.�� with reference to 76�%20�35(3$&.. Make sure that the AFS status is flagged, that master grid is 35(3$&. and the item category group is (5/$.

1-1-5� 2SWLRQDO� Create a bill of material for this prepack and assign the component 76�6+2(��.

� Via the grid-entry maintain quantities for the prepack 1, 2 and 3 (such as 12, 18 and 24 pairs in various shoe sizes). In this case, you would have different prices by prepack (e.g., assign pricing indicator 01 'LIIHUHQW�SULFH�E\�VL]H and create J3AP condition records for each prepack). On the other hand, you may want to enter different size spreads by prepack with the same total quantity for each prepack. In this case, you would assign the pricing indicator 00 $OO�VL]HV�KDYH�WKH�VDPH�SULFH and create one J3AP condition record for the prepack only.

1-1-6� 2SWLRQDO� Create a sales order for this shoe-prepack and check the pricing.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-2 AFS Assortment

1-2-1 Create header material for your assortment 76�$662570(17��(use 76�%20�$662570(17 as reference material). Select only the following views:

9LHZV Basic Data 1/ 2 AFS Basic data Flag ’$)6�6WDWXV’ and ‘1R�*ULG’ Sales: Sales Org. Data 1/ 2 Item category group��/80)


AFS Sales Data

1-2-2 Create bill of material for your assortment. Use 76�32/2�� DQG�76�-$&.(7��as components. Check if there are condition records for pricing for the components.

1-2-3 Create a sales order for your 76�$662570(17�� and enter quantities for the header material.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 3UHSDFNV�DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV�7RSLF�� 3UHSDFNV�DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV�

1-1 AFS Prepack

1-1-1 Create header material (Material Type: Trading Goods) 76�35(3$&.�� (reference material 76�%20�35(3$&.).

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o��3URGXFWV�o�� 0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&UHDWH

Enter Master grid 35(3$&. and Item category group (5/$ and set $)6�VWDWXV.

1-1-2 Create bill of material for 76�35(3$&.�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�� %LOOV�RI�PDWHULDO�o�%LOO�RI�PDWHULDO�o�0DWHULDO�%20�o�&UHDWH��

Enter components 76�32/2��, 76�-$&.(7��and 76�&$3�� (standard material) with quantity 1.

Save your data.

Create condition record for pricing (76�35(3$&.��):

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o��6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH��Condition Type -�$3�Key Combination 0DWHULDO�

Enter a price for your material 76�35(3$&.�� and save your data.

1-1-3 Create sales order (Order type 25):

�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-4� 2SWLRQDO� Create header material with reference to 76�%20�35(3$&..

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&UHDWH��Enter 76�6+2(�35(3$&.�� with master grid 35(3$&., item category group (5/$�and set $)6�VWDWXV.

1-1-5� 2SWLRQDO� Create a bill of material for 76�6+2(�35(3$&.��:

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�%LOOV�RI�PDWHULDO�o�%LOO�RI�PDWHULDO�o�0DWHULDO�%20�o�&UHDWH��Enter components 76�6+2(�� with quantities for grid values; choose the �*ULG�YDOXHV! button.

Save your data. If you want different prices for each size (SULFLQJ�LQGLFDWRU��):

Change material master data.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH�Select your material 76�6+2(�35(3$&.��, go to <$)6�6DOHV�'DWD> tab and enter in <*HQHUDO�'DWD> the pricing indicator 01.

Create a condition record for each grid value of 76�6+2(�35(3$&.��:

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH��Condition Type: -�$3�Key Combination: 6DOHV�2UJ��'LVWULEXWLRQ�&KDQQHO�� 0DWHULDO��*ULG�9DOXH��If you want one prices for your prepack (SULFLQJ�LQGLFDWRU��):

Change material master data.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH�Select your material 76�6+2(�35(3$&.��, go to <$)6�6DOHV�'DWD> tab and enter in <*HQHUDO�'DWD> the pricing indicator 00.

Create a condition record for 76�6+2(�35(3$&.��:

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH��Condition Type: -�$3�Key Combination: 0DWHULDO�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


1-1-6� 2SWLRQDO� Create a sales order for this prepack (Order type 25):

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH

Check the components and pricing: TabStrip $)6�&RQGLWLRQV�

1-2 AFS Assortment

1-2-1 Create header material for your assortment (reference material 76�%20�� $662570(17).

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&UHDWH�

Flag 1R�*ULG and set $)6�VWDWXV�and enter item category group /80)�

1-2-2 Create bill of materials.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�%LOOV�RI�PDWHULDO�o�%LOO�RI�PDWHULDO�o�0DWHULDO�%20�o�&UHDWH�

�Enter components 76�32/2��and 76�-$&.(7�� with quantities for grid values. Select the �*ULG�YDOXHV! button.

Save your data.

Check or create condition record for pricing of the FRPSRQHQWV: � /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�

XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH��Condition Type -�$3�Key Combination 0DWHULDO�

1-2-3 Create a sales order with order type 25.

�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 053�$5XQ 6WDWXVHV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

053�DQG�$5XQ�6WDWXVHV

7KLV�XQLW�H[SODLQV�$)6�VWDWXVHV�WKDW�DUH�WKH�UHVXOW�RI�053 DQG�$5XQ

� 7KH�FRQFHSW�RI�053�DV�VDOHV�RUGHU�DUH�SURFHVVHG�ZLWK�LQVXIILFLHQW�VWRFN

� )XQFWLRQDOLW\�RI�WKH�$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�/LVW� 7KH�GLIIHUHQFHV�EHWZHHQ�WKH�$)6�6WRFN�

5HTXLUHPHQWV�/LVW�DQG�053�UHVXOW�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


' �� (%� � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

053��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

� ,Q�VWDQGDUG�5��VWRFN�LV�VHJPHQWHG�LQ�FDWHJRULHV�OLNH�³XQUHVWULFWHG�XVH�VWRFN´��³TXDOLW\�LQVSHFWLRQ�VWRFN´�RU�³FRQVLJQPHQW�VWRFN´

� $)6�KDV�DGGLWLRQDO�053�VWDWXVHV�GHSHQGLQJ�RQ�WKH�SURFHVV�SURJUHVV��

� 6WRFN�WKDW�ZLOO�EH�GHILQLWHO\�VKLSSHG�FDQ�EH�DOORFDWHG�WR�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�DQG�ZLOO�QRW�EH�DYDLODEOH�IRU�RWKHU�VDOHV�DFWLYLWLHV�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�QRUPDOPRGH�

'HOLYHU\&UHDWLRQ

'HOLYHU\�&KDQJH3RVW�*RRGV�,VVXH

6DOHV2UGHU

5HGXFH�4XDQWLW\�3LFNLQJ�

'

Stock/futurereceiptsDYDLODEOH

$ ) ' 5HTXLUHPHQW'HOHWHG

Stock/futureReceipts QRWDYDLODEOH yet

%

5

053�67$786��DV�RQUHTXLUHPHQW�UHFRUG�

(9(17

7

053�6WDWXV�(YHQW�)ORZ

053

�

� MRP Status types:

$: Freely available, %: Blocked, ': Delivered, ): Fixed, 5: Reserved, 7: Temporarily assigned.

� If there is no stock or future receipt available yet, you have to run MRP to create, for example, a purchase requisition/order, before the stock can be reserved ("R") or fixed for delivery ("F").

� Only unrestricted stock can create an assignment with an MRP status of "F“ or “R”.

� If required, Simulation and Preview runs could normally use future receipts.

� The MRP status obtained after reducing the picking quantity in the delivery change transaction depends on the deallocation switch setting in AFS delivery type Customizing. $)6�'HOLYHU\�7\SH� 2OG�053�6WDWXV� 3LFN� 5HVXOW� $XWR�'HDOORFDWH� ON 10 pieces D 8 pieces D 8D and 2T or 2B (depending on stock/MRP) OFF 10 pieces D 8 pieces D 8D and 2F

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

053��0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�/HYHO

3XUFKDVH5HTXLVLWLRQ

3ODQQHG2UGHU�6HFRQGDU\5HTXLVLWLRQ

)RUHFDVW�3ODQQHG5HTXLUHPHQWV

6DOHV2UGHU &XVWRPHU

5HTXLUHPHQWV

3XUFKDVH2UGHU

3URGXFWLRQ2UGHU

053

�

� Material requirements planning is used to plan the on-time production or procurement of the required quantities for both internal consumption and customer demand.

� This process involves monitoring stock levels and automatically creating order proposals for purchasing and production.

� MRP parameters are set at the material master level.

� Sales order and/or product forecasting data is taken into consideration during the MRP run, and in turn, purchase requisitions and/or planned orders are generated.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

053

$)6�053��0DWHULDO�/HYHO��6.8�/HYHO

3XUFKDVH5HTXLVLWLRQ

3ODQQHG2UGHU�6HFRQGDU\5HTXLUH�PHQWV

)RUHFDVW�3ODQQHG5HTXLUHPHQWV

6DOHV2UGHU &XVWRPHU

5HTXLUHPHQWV

3XUFKDVH2UGHU

3URGXFWLRQ2UGHU

'LPHQVLRQ�&DWHJRU\/LEUDU\

�

� AFS requirements contain dimensions and categories. MRP has been modified to enable AFS to handle these stock keeping units.

� AFS introduces an entirely new AFS MRP tool. This tool enhances standard R/3 System material requirements planning functions by drilling down through planning information to the level of style/color/size. In R/3 MRP, material requirements stemming from planned orders or sales orders are either allocated to inventory or to a purchase requisition, or the system generates a production order. A sizing horizon based on the replenishment period determines when size ratios need to be specified in planned orders or purchase orders. At this point, MRP rounds up lot sizes to optimum manufacturing levels for each size. AFS MRP optimizes the two values to ensure consistency between planning at material and size level. AFS MRP is used for all materials designated as AFS products in the material master data. Standard MRP functionality continues to be available for all non-AFS products.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�/LVW�YHUVXV�053

'LVSOD\�FDSDELOLW\�RQO\6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�/LVW��$)6�0'��

8SGDWH�FDSDELOLW\�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��$)6�0'��Overview of stock andrequirements atMaterial/Plant level

Dimensions and categoriesof stock and requirementsare displayed

Snapshot view at runtime ofstock supply and therequirements that consume them

Creates supply to meet demand(requirements)Requirement assignments tostock are saved

Overview of stock andrequirements atMaterial/Plant level

Dimensions and categoriesof stock and requirementsare displayed

Snapshot view at runtime ofstock supply and therequirements that consume them

Excess supply (for example,requirements) are seen with "B" MRP Status No new supply is created to meet demandRequirement assignments tostock are NOT saved

�

� In AFS, an overview of stock and requirements at material/plant level can be seen in both the Stock/Requirement List and in MRP. While the capability is only displayed in the Stock/Requirement List, supply can be created in MRP to meet demand. The MRP List displays the result of an MRP run as it is created after running MRP and is saved on the assignment table.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW /LVW�2YHUYLHZ

6WRFN�7\SHH�J��&� �%DWFK

%� �32)UHH�6WRFN

2UGHUV�Z�R�6WRFN053�QHHGHG

)L[HG DOORFDWLRQ�5HVXOW RI�$5XQ�

7HPSRUDU\$VVLJQPHQWV

�$73�6LPXODWLRQ�0DWHULDO�

,QIRUPDWLRQ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 1DPH�GLIIHUHQW�053�VWDWXVHV�LQ�$)6� ([SODLQ�WKH�GLIIHUHQFHV�EHWZHHQ�WKH�VWRFN�

UHTXLUHPHQWV�OLVW�DQG�053

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RQWHQWV�� 3URFHVV�IORZ�RI�$5XQ� 6WRFN�DQG�5HTXLUHPHQWV�6HOHFWLRQ� &KHFNLQJ�DQG�)LOWHU�2SWLRQV� 3HUPDQHQW�DQG�7HPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ� 6RUWLQJ�2SWLRQV� $OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF� 5HOHDVH�&KHFN�DQG�5HOHDVH�&KHFN�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ


�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ��&RQWHQWV�

&RQWHQWV�FRQWLQXHG�� 3UHYLHZ�0RGH�RI�$5XQ� $5XQ�DJDLQVW�IXWXUH�UHFHLSWV� $5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�� &XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�$UHDV�DQG�&XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�

5HSUHVHQWDWLYHV� $5XQ�DV�EDFNJURXQG�MRE

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 2XWOLQH�WKH�DOORFDWLRQ�DQG�UHOHDVH�SURFHVV� $OORFDWH�DQ�RUGHU�IRU�$)6�PDWHULDOV�DQG�UHOHDVH� 5HRUJDQL]H�DQG�RSWLPL]H�DOORFDWLRQV�ZLWK�$5XQ�

2SWLPL]HU� 8VH�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�LQ�EDFNJURXQG�PRGH


�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � �� $)60DVWHU�'DWD


�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW � "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� �� ' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >�5, �� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOHV

� 7KUHH�FXVWRPHUV�KDYH�HDFK�RUGHUHG��SLHFHV�RI�WKH�VDPH�PDWHULDO��+RZHYHU��WKHUH�DUH�RQO\��SLHFHV�LQ�VWRFN��<RX�KDYH�WR�GHFLGH�LI�\RX�ZDQW�JLYH�SULRULW\�WR�RQH�RI�WKH�FXVWRPHUV��<RX�FRXOG�DOVR�VSUHDG�WKH�H[LVWLQJ�VWRFN�DPRQJ�WKH�FXVWRPHUV�

� $�FXVWRPHUµV�VDOHV�RUGHU�RI��SLHFHV�FDQ�RQO\�EH�IXOILOOHG�ZLWK��SLHFHV��<RX�ZDQW�WKH�V\VWHP�DXWRPDWLFDOO\�WR�GHFLGH�ZKHWKHU�D�GHOLYHU\�ZLOO�EH�FUHDWHG�

� $Q�LPSRUWDQW�FXVWRPHU�SODFHG�D�FRQWUDFW�ZKLFK�ZLOO�EH�GHOLYHUHG�SDUWO\�LQ�WKH�QH[W�GD\V��7KH�VWRFN�QHHGV�WR��EH�VHFXUHG�VR�WKDW�QR�RWKHU�GHOLYHULHV�FRQVXPH�LW�EHIRUH�WKH�FXVWRPHU�FDOOV�RII�IURP�WKH�FRQWUDFW

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

CED*D FAG&H)IKJ FMLN5OAL

CEN@OALPRQ IKJ STJ U.VAW

3URFHVV�)ORZ

X�V!D7J Y�V!WKZ[ W�V�H�IKJ F\L

] V!D V)G�I^J F;L _`WKF%O Q J7L�a ] F%W/I^J7L�a CbD7D7FAG�H�I^J FcL N�VAD V�H�d)V[fe V�G!g

hBH�G�g�iF\W�j!V�W�d

P WKj�V!Wk�L�IlW�Z

C=mcn[be V)G�g

] H&Y)VP W�j!V�W

P WKj�V!W] G e V�jcO!D*J*L�a

o SpSqV)j%J H)I/VCbD*D FAG�H�IlJ FcL

o*L�Y)F\J G�VXBV!D7J Y&VAW�Z[fe H!L�a�V&d&rn%F�d�Ic_ò

stH!W�V e F%O�d�VquvH!L)H�a!V)SqVAL&I ] Z&d�I�V)SF%W�w)V&HALxi�syu ]_bFAF;j�dqo d)dAO�VCbN@O!L{z!O;L�G�I^J F\L�dCEz ] z%O�L�G�IlJ FcL&dP`Q IlJ F%L)H!D�nMWKF�G)V&d�d

s|u ]

_ò

n�W�V�YAJ V�}

~�w)V�HAL�i��syu ]

�

� $5XQ�KDV�WR�EH�SHUIRUPHG�IRU�DOO�$)6�PDWHULDOV on sales orders after saving the orders and before creating deliveries. An order must pass the release checks in the ARun in order to be eligible for delivery. However, you can override these checks and manually release and manage stock on orders in the ARun Management Tool.

� The Allocation Run and Release process is as follows:

� Order Entry: Methods will vary, for example, EDI, manual entry, sales force automation tools, and so on.

� ATP Check and Order Scheduling: No specific ARun functionality. ARun picks up the results of ATP and order scheduling

� Selection: Select orders for allocation from the aggregate open order pool.

� Sequence: Set the priority or sequence in which orders and items (and optionally schedule lines) will be selected for the order allocation run.

� Backorder processing/stock reservations: Based on user-defined criteria, the ARun process determines if the allocated stock should be deallocated or remain allocated.

� Delivery Creation: Orders are ready for follow-on SD processing or ARun provides the allocated quantities for delivery creation/follow-on processes.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�7\SH

$5XQ��$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�7\SH

�� 2UGHU��SFV2UGHU

��SFV2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV ��

��

��

2UGHU��SFV ��

$5XQ�2QOLQH&KHFN�$5XQ�7\SH

��

�

� All Allocation Run processes are controlled by an ARun type which is set up in Customizing. You can have many different ARun types. Each ARun type can have different rules attached which influence the ARun process, for example, which stock types can be used.

� The configuration of the�ARun type influences the allocation result.

� Each ARun attribute is created in individual Customizing steps and has to be assigned to the separate ARun types.

� 1RWH� The button ³&KHFN�$5XQ�7\SH´ performs a test of the maintained entries.�� An ARun type is run online or in background mode and can run in 4 modes which you can determine

at runtime:

1 – Normal mode – updates AFS databases (J_3ABDBS) and reserves stock

3 – Simulation mode – no update

2 and 4 – Preview mode – saves results to a separate AFS database (J_3ARESH) but does not reserve stock. Results of preview can be viewed from sales order display (for example, to show if a sales order would be late because of a late purchase order).

� By starting an ARun online you can overwrite the following settings:

release parameters requirement sorting stock sorting

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ��$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

XBV!D7J Y�V!WKZ[ W�V�H�I^J F\L

_RW�F\O Q J*L)a ] F\W/I^J7L�a CED7D FAG�H�I^J FML N�V�D V�H�d�V[fe V)G!g

P W�j!V!Wk�L&I^W/Z

C@mcn[fe V�G�g

] H�Y�VP WKj�V!W

P WKj�VAW] G e V)jcO!D*J*L�a

o S{SqV)j%J H�I/VCbD0D FAG&H�IlJ F\L

nMW�V&Y!J V&}

~/w)V)HAL�i��syu ]

CEN=OALPRQ IlJ STJ U�V!W

CED*D FAG&H)IKJ F\LN=O!L

] V!D V�G�I^J F%L

o*L�Y)F\J G&VX�V!D7J Y)V�WKZ[be HAL�a!V�d&rn%F�d�I\_Ro

�

� Requirements and stock are selected for the follow on steps in ARun.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-10

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��6HOHFWLRQ�� 6DOHV�2UGHUV��

672&.��

��

��

��

��

2UGHU��SFV0D\��VW

2UGHU��0D\��VW


2UGHU��0D\��UG


2UGHU��SFV0D\��UG

2UGHU��SFV ��SFV0D\��WK 0D\��WK

2UGHU��0D\��WK 0D\��WK

WLPH

$5XQ�6HOHFWLRQ�6FUHHQ6DOHV��

2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\ �� WR

�

� It is possible to override the open-to-delivery dates by using an extension.

� If the &RPSOHWH�6DOHV�2UGHUV extension is used (in the selection screen) for example, all open requirements of the order will be selected for the originally specified order requirement.

� If the extension is not used, only those sales orders specified and within the open-to-delivery date specified will be selected.

� In the ARun selection screen, you can set open-to-delivery dates to filter sales orders that you want selected for delivery creation.

� In the above slide, the open to delivery date is set from May 1 - May 15 in the ARun selection screen. Sales order 9 with date May 20 will be excluded from selection.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-11

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��6HOHFWLRQ�� 6DOHV�2UGHUV��

672&.��

��

��

��

��




2UGHU��0D\��UG


2UGHU��SFV0D\��UG

2UGHU��SFV ��SFV0D\��WK 0D\��WK

2UGHU��0D\��WK 0D\��WK

WLPH

&RPSOHWH6DOHV�2UGHU

$5XQ�6HOHFWLRQ�6FUHHQ6DOHV��

2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\ �� WR��([WHQVLRQ

�

� In the above slide, the extension has been set to include all sales orders for selection. Sales order 9 passes selection.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-12

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��6HOHFWLRQ�� 6WRFN��5HFHLSWV

'HILQH�$OORZHG�6HJPHQWV

$5XQ�6WRFN�6HOHFWLRQ�5XOH

�

� The ARun stock rule determines which stock types can be used in ARun.

� Stock selection is independent on sales order selection.

� Unrestricted stock, special sales order stock and consignment stocks are supported for normal mode. These stock types and future receipts are supported in preview and simulation mode.

� The allowed�VHJPHQWV per stock have to be defined and set active in an extra table in ARun customizing. E.g. CLABS for batch stock or KULAB for consignment stock.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-13

SAP AG 2005


X�V!D7J Y)V�WKZ[ W/V)H&IlJ F%L

_RWKF%O Q J7L�a ] F\W/IlJ*L�a CED7D7F!G&H�IlJ FcL N�V!D V�H)d)V[fe V)G�g

P W�j!V!WkcL�IlW�Z

Cfm\n[fe V)G!g

] H)Y&VP W�j!V!W

P W�j!VAW] G e V�jcOAD7J0L)a

o S{SqV)j%J H�I/VCbD7D7FAG�H)IlJ FcL

nMW�V�Y�J V�}

~�w�V�H;L�i��s�u ]

CbN@OALPRQ IlJ S�J U�V!W


] V!D V)G&I^J F\L

o7L�Y�F%J7G&VX�VAD7J Y�V!W�Z[be H�L�a!V&d�rn\F�d)I%_Ro

�

� In this step the selected stock and requirements can be checked to see if they can be included in the following steps of ARun.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-14

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��&KHFNLQJ

2UGHU��2UGHU��

� &KHFNLQJ�SHUIRUPV�D�SURFHGXUH�WR�GHWHUPLQHLI WKH�RUGHU�VKRXOG�WDNH�SDUW�LQ�$5XQ

� 5HVXOWV�RI�&KHFNLQJ�DUH�ORJJHG

� ,W�LV�SRVVLEOH�WR�RYHUULGH�RUGHUV�WKDW�IDLOHGZDUQLQJ

�

� Checking is optional.

� A dynamic ARun credit check is available in the release rule(s) as an alternative to header credit check�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-15

SAP AG 2005


XMV!D0J Y)V!W�Z[ W�V�H&IlJ F%L

] F\W/I^J7L�a CED7D FAG�H)I^J FcL NBV�D V�H�d�V[be V�G�g

P WKj�V!Wk�L&I^W/Z

Cfmcn[fe V�G�g

] H&Y�VP WKj�V!W

P WKj�V!W] G e V)jcO!D*J0L�a

o S�S�V)j%J H�I/VCED*D FAG&H)IKJ F\L

n�W�V&YAJ V�}

~�w)V�HAL�i��syu ]

CvN5OALP`Q IlJ STJ U�V!W

CED7D7F�G�H�IlJ FcLN=O!L

] VAD V)G�I^J F%L _`WKF%O Q J7L�a

o7L)Y�F;J7G&VX�V�D0J Y)V!W�Z[be H�L�a!V&d�rn\F�d�I%_Ro

�

� Grouping is an optional step in ARun.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-16

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��*URXSLQJ

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�QRW LQ�VFRSH�

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�LV LQ�VFRSH�

� *URXSLQJ�LV�RSWLRQDO�� <RX�FDQ�XVH�WHPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ� *URXSLQJ�LV�DSSOLHG�WR�XVH�VSHFLDO�UHOHDVH�SDUDPHWHUV�IRU�D�VHOHFWLRQ�RI�RSHQ�UHTXLUHPHQWV

� *URXSLQJ�LV�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWH�IRU�VSUHDG�ORJLF�� :LWKRXW�*URXSLQJ�HYHU\�VDOHV�RUGHU�LVDXWRPDWLFDOO\�FRQVLGHUHG�DV�RQH�JURXS

� 3HUPDQHQW�*URXSLQJ�LV�UHTXLUHG� (DFK�VFKHGXOH�OLQH�LWHPV�JHWV�DQ�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXSQXPEHU�DWWDFKHG�ZKHQ�VDOHV�RUGHUV�DUH�FUHDWHG

� $5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�XVHV�WKH�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXS�QXPEHU�DV�VHOHFWLRQ�FULWHULRQ

� 7HPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ�FDQ�EH�XVHG�DGGLWLRQDOO\

�

� Grouping is an optional feature that adds workload to the Arun.

� You can sort according to groups and thus influence the sequence in which stock is allocated to open requirements.

� Temporary Grouping: groups are created as an extra step during the execution of an ARun.

� Permanent Grouping: groups are already formed during the creation of the sales order. Thus, it takes workload out of the Allocation Run.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-17

SAP AG 2005

*HQHUDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�*URXSLQJ*URXSLQJ 5XOH

5XOH 'HVFULSW�� $5XQ�WHVW

)LHOGV5XOH.8115��('$78��

2UGHU��&XVW��%

2UGHU��&XVW��$



2UGHU��&XVW��$

��

,QWHUQDOJURXS QR�

([W��*US�5XOH��

5HOHDVH�5XOH

�

� Temporary grouping is an optional feature in the ARun type.

� Temporary Allocation Groups are dynamically formed from orders with like data values from the fields specified in the grouping rule.

� In the example above the requirements are grouped according to the customer number (KUNNR) and the order creation date (EDATU). One group is created�for each combination of customer and date.

� You can assign LQGLYLGXDO group numbers (called external group number) to your groups by defining constant values for fields.

� There is the also the possibility to assign a Release Rule to an external group.

� Choose among the Release Rules that already exist in customizing

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-18

SAP AG 2005

3HUPDQHQW�*URXSLQJ

*URXSLQJ 6WUDWHJ\&XVWRPHU 0DVWHU

/LQN�7DEOH*US��6WUDWHJ\ ± $*�7DEOH

'HW��7DEOH�IRU $*�7DEOH0$1'7*56*<$*7$%��2ZQ ILHOGV«

� �

� $�ILHOG�FRPELQDWLRQ�LV�XVHG�WR�GHWHUPLQH�$OORFDWLRQ*URXS�QXPEHUV

� 2UGHU�7\SHV�QHHG�WR�EH�IODJJHG�IRU�SHUPDQHQW�*URXSLQJ� 2SWLRQDO� 6WUDWHJ\�WR�GHWHUPLQH�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXS�WDEOH

�

� As soon as a determination table for permanent grouping exists in the system an Allocation Group number will be created for each new combination of its fields.

� An own number range can be defined for Allocation Groups

� If a more elaborated determination of AGs is needed a strategy can be used.

� The strategy can be entered into the customer master and also a 1:1 link between strategy and AG table is created. See (1) in the slide above

� In this case several AG determination tables will be in the system to one has to be set up as default for those orders that will be created for customers that do not have their own strategy.

� It is also possible to determine AG tables with an even more advanced determination table. Various fields can be used here.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-19

SAP AG 2005

8VH�RI�*URXSLQJ

$5XQ�7\SH

$XWRPDWLF�*URXSLQJ�± SUHGHILQHG�LQ�&XVWRPL]LQJ

�

� Instead of Temporary Grouping you can use Permanent Grouping.

� In this case the Groups are already formed during sales order creation. By doing�this you can improve the performance of ARun as workload is decreased.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-20

SAP AG 2005


XBV�D*J Y)V!W�Z[ W�V&H&IlJ F\L

_`WKF%O Q J7L�a ] F\W/I^J7L�a CED7D FAG�H�I^J FML N�V�D V�H�d�V[fe V)G!g

P W�j!V!Wk�L&I^W/Z

C@mcn[fe V�G�g

] H�Y�VP WKj�V!W

P WKj�V!W] G e V�jcOAD7J0L�a

o S{SqV)j%J H�I/VCbD0D FAG&H�IlJ F\L

n�W/V�YAJ V�}

~/w)V)HAL�i��syu ]

CEN=OALPRQ IlJ STJ U�V!W

CED*D FAG&H)IKJ F\LN=O!L

] V!D V�G�I^J F%L

o7L�Y�F%J7G&VX�VAD7J Y�V!W�Z[be H�L�a!V&d�rn\F�d)I%_Ro

�

� The sorting of the selected stock and requirements influences the result of the allocation.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-21

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��5HTXLUHPHQW�6RUWLQJ�E\�&ULWHULD

��

��

��

��

��

&XVW��$2UGHU�1U��SFV

6WRFN

&XVW��%2UGHU�1U��SFV

&XVW��&2UGHU�1U��SFV

&XVW��$2UGHU�1U��SFV ��

&XVW��%2UGHU�1U��SFV ��


5HTXLUHPHQWV $VVLJQPHQWV

'HILQH�UHTXLUHPHQW�VRUWLQJ6RUW�)LHOG 3ULR$8)15 �

�

� In the above example, the sequence of the sales orders is random before sorting.

� The sales orders are sorted according to their 2UGHU�(QWU\�'DWH (AUDAT).

� Therefore, the allocation sequence depends on time of order entry: The orders with the earlier order entry dates receive the stock first.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-22

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��5HTXLUHPHQW�6RUWLQJ�E\�9DOXH

��

��

��

��

��

6WRFN

��

��

5HTXLUHPHQWV $VVLJQPHQWV







'HILQH�UHTXLUHPHQW�VRUWLQJ6RUW )LHOG &RQVWDQW 3ULR.8115.8115.8115

��

&XVW��$&XVW��%&XVW��&

�

� Sort orders prior to allocation.

� Each field can have a data value priority

� You can always rank your customers individually in order of priority.

� By sorting customer orders before they enter allocation, you can ensure that your most important customers are allocated stock first.

� You can sort according to combinations of Sort Fields. In the above example a sorting by Order Entry Date could be done after the sorting by customers. If there is only one sales order per customer, the result would be the same. But if there are several sales orders per customer the orders of each customer would be sorted by their order entry date.

� ARun can also sort stock using criteria such as:

� Creation date of batch

� Plant

� Storage location

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-23

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��6WRFN�6RUWLQJ

6WRFN�FDQ�EH�VRUWHG�ZLWK�D�VWRFN�VRUW�UXOH�RU�G\QDPLFDOO\

6WRFN�6RUW�5XOH

'\QDPLF�6WRFN�6RUWLQJ

� 6RUWLQJ�ZLWK�WDEOH�ILHOGV� *OREDOO\�GHILQHG�DQG�DVVLJQHGLQ�$OORFDWLRQ�5XOH

� 6RUWLQJ�RI�6WRFN�7\SHV�OLNH�%DWFK6WRFN�DQG�3XUFKDVH�2UGHUV��

� 5HOHYDQW�IRU�$OORFDWLRQ�DJDLQVWIXWXUH�UHFHLSWV

� 'HILQHG�SHU�$OORFDWLRQ�5XOH

�

� The upper example sorts first according to the stock type (batches, PO) and after that accoring to storage location and then batch creation date.

� Dynamic Stock Sorting in the example above would use:

y PO s that have a delivery date which lies at least 8 days before the requested date but at most 14 days

y Confirmed PO s that will be delivered at most one week before the requested delivery date

y Any batch stock

� Other stock types like PR s would not be used because no window is defined for them

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-24

SAP AG 2005



_`WKF%O Q J7L�a ] F\W/IlJ*L�a N�V!D V�H)d)V[fe V)G!g


Cfm\n[fe V)G!g

] H)Y&VP W�j!V!W

P W�j!V!W] G e V�jcOAD7J�L�a



~�w�V�H;L�i��s�u ]

CbN@OALP�Q I^J S�J U�V!W


] V!D V)G&I^J F\L CED7D7F!G&H�IlJ FcL

o7L�Y)F\J G�VX�V!D7J Y)V�WKZ[be HAL�a�V&d&rn\F�d�I\_Ro

�

� In this step the stock is allocated to the requirements

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-25

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��$OORFDWLRQ /RJLF

� $OORFDWLRQ�VWUDWHJLHV�RSHUDWH�RYHU�DQ�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXS��$*�� )LUVW�,Q�)LUVW�2XW��),)2�� '\QDPLF�6SUHDG��635'��IRU�JURXSHG�UHTXLUHPHQWV

� 'HIDXOW�$OORFDWLRQ�UXOH�RQ�$5XQ�W\SH

�

� A simple method is to use one allocation logic (rule) in the ARun type. The allocation logic rules include:

� FIFO – Top down. Orders at the top of the sequence have the best chance of receiving the stock. No action (message or error) when/if the stock runs out.

� Spread – If ARun detects a stock shortage it will spread available stock over the orders in the allocation group. This works out to a percentage spread based on stock over order demand – only for orders in the currently processed allocation group. The spread percentage is used on each schedule line confirmed quantity to calculate the stock to allocate. The stock is therefore spread over an allocation group – and not the entire order selection.

� 1RWH� For using spread logic it is necessary to use allocation groups, otherwise every sales order is considered as one group.

� Reference Dates:

� The Requirements Date can be calculated on basis of three different dates (Confirmed delivery Date, Order Cancellation Date and Requested Delivery Date ) – this is necessary to guarantee in time deliveries

� The Goods Receipt Date can be calculated either on basis of the Schedule Line Date or Receipts/Requirements Date – this is necessary for stock availability check

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-26

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��$OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF��5HVXOWV��

*528

3��&RQILUPHG4XDQWLW\

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

��

��

��

��

��

),)2

��

��

635($'SURSRUWLRQDO

��

��

��

��

2QH�$5XQ *URXS5HOHDVH�5XOH��RQ�2UGHU +HDGHU�

672&.��SFV

�

� ([DPSOH�DERYH�� FIFO: First In First Out:

Sales orders 1 and 2 are allocated confirmed quantities of 50 pieces. Stock is then exhausted and all subsequent orders fail release.

� Proportional Spread: Divides available stock equally between the sales orders of this group. In the example, each sales order is allocated 25 pieces of stock.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-27

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��$OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF��5HVXOWV��*5

283��

*528

3��

&RQILUPHG4XDQWLW\

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

2UGHU��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�672&.��SFV

5HOHDVH�5XOH��(�PLQ��TXRWD�DQG��PD[��TXRWD�RQ�VL]H�OHYHO

),)2

��

��

��

635($'SURSRUWLRQDO

��

��

��

��

),)2PD[��TXRWD

��

��

��

��

635($'SURSRUWLRQDOPD[��TXRWD

��

��

��

��

�

([DPSOH�DERYH�� ),)2� here the stock is allocated top to button.

� 635($'��SURSRUWLRQDO� in group 1 there is no shortage (125 pcs available, 100 needed for order 1 and 2) so the two orders can be fulfilled. In group 2 there is a shortage (25 pcs available, 100 needed for order 3 and 4) and therefore the 25 pcs are distributed between order 3 and 4.

1RWH� The same quantities result from SPREAD with allocation up to minimum release quantities (order 3 and 4 would receive 10 pcs each) and an allocation of the remaining quantity.

� ),)2��PD[�TXRWD� with the maximum quota of 70% in the release rule, the orders are allocated 35 as long as there is enough stock available. For order 4 there are only 20 pcs remaining.

� 635($'��SURSRUWLRQDO��PD[�TXDQWLW\� in group 1 there is no shortage in material, so order 1 and 2 can be allocated the maximum allowed number. This results in 35 pcs each as a maximum quota of 70% is maintained in the release rule. In group 2 there is a shortage: 70 pcs are needed to allocate up to 70% but only 50 pcs are left over. These are equally distributed between order 3 and 4.

1RWH� the same quantities result from SPREAD with allocation up to minimum quantities and allocation of the remaining quantity: group 1, no shortage, allocation up to maximum quota. Group 2, shortage, allocation up to minimum quota (10 pcs for order 3 and 4) and the remaining quantity of 25 pcs is equally shared between order 3 and 4.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-28

SAP AG 2005

� 6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOHV�DUH�GHILQHG�LQ�WKH�VDPH�ZD\�DV�LQ�$73� 6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOHV�FDQ�EH�DFWLYDWHG�LQ�WKH�$5XQ�W\SH

� 7KH�V\VWHP�FDQ�XVH�WKH�VDPH�RU�GLIIHUHQW�6XEVWLWXWLRQ�5XOH�IRU�$73�DQG�$5XQ

� &XVWRPHU�VSHFLILF�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�FDQ�EH�FRQVLGHUHG�� 0DWHULDO�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�FDQ�EH�XVHG� ,W�FDQ�EH�UHTXLUHG�WKDW�DOO�VL]HV�DUHVXEVWLWXWHG�E\�WKH�VDPH�PDWHULDO�RUE\�VXEVWLWXWHV�RI�WKH�VDPH�SODQW�

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�LQ�$5XQ

6XEVWLWXWLRQ�6HWWLQJV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-29

SAP AG 2005



_`WKF%O Q J7L�a ] F\W/IlJ*L�a N�V!D V�H)d)V[fe V)G!g


Cfm\n[fe V)G!g

] H)Y&VP W�j!V!W

P W�j!V!W] G e V�jcOAD7J�L�a



~�w�V�H;L�i��s�u ]

CbN@OALP�Q I^J S�J U�V!W


] V!D V)G&I^J F\L CED7D7F!G&H�IlJ FcL

o7L�Y)F\J G�VX�V!D7J Y)V�WKZ[be HAL�a�V&d&rn\F�d�I\_Ro

�

� Release consists of rules on different levels with minimum (maximum) quantities that must be fulfilled.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-30

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ��5HOHDVH

$73 5HVXOWV

'

7 )'

2UGHU��UHT�

2UGHU��UHT�

2UGHU��UHT�

2UGHU��UHT�

$5XQ�5HOHDVH�5XOH

(QRXJK VWRFN�IRUPLQLPXP TXRWD

Î 6WDWXV )

��DOORFDWHDEOH

��DOORFDWHDEOH

��DOORFDWHDEOH

�DOORFDWHDEOH �

� Release rule: Determines minimum allocation by allocated percentage (at allocation group, header, delivery group or line group, item or schedule line level). Release rules check the allocated quantity against the confirmed order quantity and compare this with a release percentage. Example: two schedule line requirements for a�T-Shirt:

Size Confirmed qty Dim. Release% Allocated qty Allocated % Pass/ fail release?

M 10 80% 9 90% PASS

L 10 80% 7 70% FAIL

� Release actions:

E: Error - Drop allocated quantity. Do not carry accumulated quantity to next release check.

W: Warning - Carry quantity forward and accumulated quantity forward to next release check.

A: Terminate - Exit ARun

I: Information

� All release actions of release checks are stored in a�results database or log file� If you want to report on the results of release checking, you will need a documentation rule in your ARun type.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-31

SAP AG 2005

*URXS�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXS�RI�2UGHUV�

2UGHU�+HDGHU

2UGHU�,WHP(Material)

6FKHGXOH�/LQH(Dimension)

'HOLYHU\�*URXS�*URXS�RI�,WHPV�

/LQH�*URXS�*URXS�RI

6FKHGXOH�/LQHV�

$5XQ�5HOHDVH�7UHH

�

� If specified, the release rules are carried out in the following sequence:

1. Schedule line

2. Line Group (see below)

3. Item

4. Delivery Group (see below)

5. Order Header

6. Group (Allocation Group)

1RWH� You can only select line group or delivery group in one release rule - but not both together.

� The creation of Line Group or Delivery Group can be done manually in the sales order (or with a user exit). With this grouping it is possible to check specified sizes or materials separately��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-32

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�5HOHDVH�5XOH�/HYHOV

5HOHDVH�5XOH

�

� In the example, you can see a screenshot of a part of the release rule customizing.

� Minimum quotas can be defined together with the system reaction in case the quota is not reached (E=error, W=warning,..)

� Also note the option to check against fulfillment rates against heart sizes. (Heart sizes need to be defined in the grid first.)

� VAS rule: This rule determines, how VAS items should be handled during release in ARun. E.g. VAS items could be reduced accordingly, if there is a stock shortage for the correlated main material

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-33

SAP AG 2005

5HOHDVH�5XOH 'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

5HOHDVH�6WUDWHJ\&XVWRPHU 0DVWHU

/LQN�7DEOH5HO��6WUDWHJ\ ± 5HO��5XOH

'HW��7DEOH�IRU 5HO0$1'75(6*<5(5(*��2ZQ ILHOGV«

� �

� 5HOHDVH�5XOH�FDQ�EH�GHWHUPLQHG�ZLWK�D�5HOHDVH�6WUDWHJ\

� 6LPSOH�RSWLRQ��/LQN�EHWZHHQ�5XOH�DQG�6WUDWHJ\��6WUDWHJ\�HQWHUHG�LQ�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU

� &RPSOH[�RSWLRQ'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�WDEOH�ZLWK�RZQ�ILHOGV�WKDW�GHWHUPLQH�D�5HOHDVH�5XOH

� $�GHIDXOW�VWUDWHJ\�QHHGV�WR�EH�GHILQHG�LI�VHYHUDO�VWUDWHJLHV�H[LVW

�

�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-34

SAP AG 2005

5HOHDVH�5XOH 'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�LQ�$5XQ�7\SH

$5XQ�7\SH

� ³5HOHDVH�5XOH´�GHILQHV�WKH�GHIDXOW�JOREDO�5HOHDVH�5XOH WKDW�LV�XVHG�GXULQJ�$UXQ

� ³'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�/RJLF´�VSHFLILHV�ZKLFK�5HOHDVH�5XOH�WDNHV SULRULW\�RYHU��LI�WKHUH�LV�PRUH�WKDQ�RQH�5HOHDVH�5XOH��

�

� )LQG�/RJLF specifies which Release Rule has to be processed in ARun if there is more than one GHIDXOW: � A Release Rule can be assigned to a VDOHV�RUGHU during it‘s creation

� Customer specific Release Rules can be attributed in the customer master via a Release Strategy (GHWHUPLQDWLRQ)

� &DOF��0HWKRG determines if quantities that failed release check on a low level are nevertheless taken into calculation in the next higher level (see previous slide).

� &DOF��%DVLV��A sales order with Release Rule 80% on header level was partially delivered:

Quantity Confirmed Status

100 pcs 90 D

Now there are 5 pcs more due to a new goods receipt.

With the entry ³&RQILUPHG�TXDQWLW\�OHVV�TXDQWLW\�LQ�GHOLYHU\´ the calculation for the new pieces is the following: 5/(100 – 90) = 50% and neither status F nor a delivery can be created.

With the entry ³&RQILUPHG�TXDQWLW\´�the calculation is: (90 + 5)/100 = 95%. As the deliveries are created separately the customer could receive one big and a small delivery depending on how the warehouse is organized.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-35

SAP AG 2005

5HOHDVH�5XOH��)LQDO�$FWLRQ


��

��

��

2SHQ� ��SFV

2UGHU��SFV��$

6WRFN�$ 6WRFN�%��

��

��

�� 2UGHU��

��SFV��%

$OORFDWDEOH��SFV


� $OORFDWDEOH�DQG�2SHQ�4XDQWLW\�VHWWLQJV�DUH�XVHG�IRU�VWDWXV�GHWHUPLQDWLRQ

� 'URSSHG�TXDQWLWLHV�DUH�QRW�RSHQ�DIWHU�GHOLYHU\�FUHDWLRQ� 4XDQWLWLHV�WKDW�FDQ¶W�EH�DOORFDWHG�FDQ�EH�UHMHFWHG�

DXWRPDWLFDOO\�

�

� Independent of the release check result in ARun, the question is how the allocatable and the open quantities will be further handled. The settings have influence on the status determination.

� The setting Keep / Drop is relevant during delivery creation: “Drop” triggers the setting of the “final delivery indicator” which again will close the line even if it is not fully delivered. If “Keep” is chosen the remaining quantity stays open and can be allocated and delivered later

� “Allocatable quantity” and “Open Quantity” together with the outcome of the release check are used to determine the status

� In the DERYH�H[DPSOH different scenarios are possible for the two orders:

� 2UGHU�� gets 80 pcs in F. The remaining 20 pcs could be kept until more stock is available. Or they get dropped during delivery creation and the order is fulfilled and displayed as complete. Or rejection is defined the remaining 20 pcs would be shown with a rejection reason in the order.

� With additional customizing 2UGHU�� could get 60 pcs in R and wait for at least 10 pcs to be added and get 70 pcs in F. Without the extra customizing nothing would be allocated and the stock might be used for other sales orders. The order would be selected in following ARuns and if more stock is available then it could get an F allocation

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-36

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�$SSOLFDWLRQ��

� $5XQ�LQ�RQOLQH�PRGH�LV�VWDUWHG�E\�FKRRVLQJ�DQ�$5XQ�W\SH�

� 9DULRXV�VHOHFWLRQ�FULWHULD�FDQ�EH�HQWHUHG��7KH�SODQW�HQWU\�LV�PDQGDWRU\

5HDO�$OORFDWLRQ�LV�GRQH�LQ�PRGH��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-37

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�$SSOLFDWLRQ��

� 7KH�UHVXOW�VFUHHQ�FDQ�GLVSOD\�WKH�UHVXOW�IRU�HDFK�OLQH� ([FHSWLRQV�FDQ�EH�GLVSOD\HG�DQG�DUH�VWRUHG�LQ�D�GDWD

WDEOH IRU�HYDOXDWLRQ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-38

SAP AG 2005

3URFHVV�)ORZ

�b�7�7�A��^� �c��=�!�

�E�@��R� �^� �� .�!�

�B�!�7� ��!�� &�&�l� �\�

� �!� �)��^� �%� �R��\� � �7�� \�/�K�0�� E�7�7��l� �c� �B�� &��b� �)��

�M��%�K ��!�/�

� �� !�!�¡��&�^�/�

�f¢\£�f� �)��

� �� K ��!�

� �� !�!�� ) \�A�7��

¤ �{��) \� ��E�7� �A��)�^� �c�

¤7��%� �&��B�!�7� ��!�K��@� �A��&�&¥£\��%��¤

¦§�� \��¨`�!�)��q�A�� &�)�/��\��©��;�x��¦y¨ ��v�!�; ��q¤ ��!�)��v�=�A�pªA�;�)��l� �\�&��`ª � ª;�!��K� �M�� ^� �\��!�)£��A�)�&��

¦y¨ �

�R¤

«/©)�)�A��¬¦y¨ �

£M��&�!� ��

�

� Preview performs the same steps as normal ARun but without real allocation and the option to use non-physical stock.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-39

SAP AG 2005

3UHYLHZ��3UHYLHZ�5XQ�2YHUYLHZ

2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV

,QFRPLQJ�6WRFN��SFV

WLPH


� 3UHYLHZ�FDQ�EH�XVHG�DV�DQ�HDUO\�ZDUQLQJ�WRRO


2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV

2UGHU��SFV

��) ��) ��) ��) ��) ��5

� ([DPSOH�

� 7KH�VDPH�UXOHV�DQG�FKHFNV�DUH�DSSOLHG�DV�LQ�QRUPDO�PRGH� 7KH�UHVXOWV�DUH�VDYHG�LQ�DQ�H[WUD�WDEOH�3UHYLHZ 5HVXOWV 1RUPDO�5HVXOWV

�

� Mode 2 and 4 are available. The first allocates only to R even if the release check is successful, the latter shows status F or R depending on the outcome of release checks.

� After the Preview run, you can see the new preview dates using the ARun Management Tool.

� Once a purchase order has been used and saved in the Preview database, it is always updated with purchase order delivery date changes.

� The results above would be obtained if:

� A release rule with e.g. 70 % min quantity exists

� Customizing exist that triggers reservation if this percentage is not reached

� The allocation window for PO s allows for allocation of stock which arrives slightly later than needed (order 5 can be fulfilled

� 1RWH� unlike normal ARun mode it is possible to allocate against Planned Orders and Purchase

Requisitions in Preview

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-40

SAP AG 2005

$OORFDWLRQ�DJDLQVW�)XWXUH�5HFHLSWV 2YHUYLHZ

� $5XQ�FDQ�DOORFDWH�DJDLQVW�)XWXUH�5HFHLSWV�OLNH�� 3XUFKDVH�2UGHUV� 6KLSSLQJ�1RWLILFDWLRQ� 3URGXFWLRQ�2UGHUV

� 7KLV�FDQ�HQKDQFH�WKH�VHUYLFH�OHYHO�IRU�FXVWRPHUV

)XWXUH�$OORFDWLRQLQGLFDWHG

)XWXUH�6WRFN�32��QDPHG

,QFO��$YDLO��'DWH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-41

SAP AG 2005

$OORFDWLRQ�DJDLQVW�)XWXUH�5HFHLSWV��'HDOORFDWLRQ

2UGHU�1U��SFV

32��SFV

��

��

��

� 'HILQH�ZKDW�KDSSHQV�LI�IXWXUH�UHFHLSWV�RU�UHTXLUHPHQWV�DUH�FKDQJHG

1RWLILFDWLRQ��SFV

3XUFKDVH�2UGHU�'HDOORFDWLRQ�5XOH

�

� Complex customizing is available to define what happens if e.g. quantities or dates are changing after allocations had been saved.

� Deallocation rules are available for Sales Orders, Purchase Orders, Production Orders and Goods receipt.

� Ideally an existing allocation against a future receipt could be kept when a PO becomes confirmed and when the future stock turns into batch stock when the goods are received.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-42

SAP AG 2005

07�DQG�2SWLPL]HU�2YHUYLHZ

� ,Q�JHQHUDO�WKHUH�ZLOO�EH�WKH�UHTXLUHPHQW�WR�FKDQJH�DOORFDWLRQ�UHVXOWV�DIWHU�$5XQ�

� 7KH�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�FDQ�VHOHFW�DOORFDWHG�UHTXLUHPHQWV��7KH�$5XQ�VWDWXV�FDQ�EH�FKDQJHG�RQ�VFKHGXOH�OLQH�OHYHO�

� 7KH�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�RIIHUV�IDU�PRUH�� 6HOHFWLRQ�RI�DOORFDWHG�DQG�QRW�DOORFDWHG�UHTXLUHPHQWV

� $JJUHJDWLRQ�DQG�GULOO�GRZQ�RI�WKH�VHOHFWHG�LWHPV� (QKDQFHG�WRROV�WR�PDQLSXODWH�$5XQ�UHVXOWV�DQG�WR�PDQDJH�VDOHV�RUGHUV�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-43

SAP AG 2005

0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO

0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO��'LDORJ�DQG�5HVXOW�6FUHHQ

5HOHDVH�FKHFN

0DQXDO�KROG��EORFN�0DQXDO�UHOHDVH

��1RUPDO

��3UHYLHZ

5HVXOW VFUHHQ'HDOORFDWLRQ

6SHF��$OORFDWLRQ�+DQGOLQJ�)ODJ

$OORFDWH ZLWK DGG��VWRFN$OORFDWLRQ

�

� The Management Tool is a separate transaction.

� You can view the normal mode ARun results (Mode ‘�’) - the database J_3ABDBS is used.

� You can view the preview mode ARun results (Mode ‘�’) - the database J_3ARESH is used.

� You view assignments with MRP R and MRP F status.

� The fields for VHOHFWLRQ are chosen in customizing.

� There are several manual options in the Management Tool:

� 0DQXDO�5HOHDVH: Releases for delivery (status ‘R’ is converted to status ‘F’)

� 0DQXDO�+ROG: Blocks for delivery (status ‘F’ is converted to status ‘R’)

� 'HOHWH�$OORFDWHG�$VVLJQPHQWV: Deallocates assigned stock (returns to MRP status ‘T’)

� The Management Tool runs in dialog only.

� Alternatively, you can perform these changes in background as well with the 5HRUJDQL]DWLRQ.

� You can customize your own selection reports that select allocated (MRP R and F) assignments from the assignment database.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-44

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU��6HOHFWLRQ�5HSRUW�

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�FDQ�VHOHFW�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�� $VVLJQPHQWV� $OORFDWLRQ�*URXSV

)RU�DOORFDWLRQ�JURXSV WKH�WDEOH�WKDW�LV�XVHG�WR�FUHDWH�WKH�JURXSV�LV�DOVR�XVHG�WR�VXSSO\�WKH�VHOHFWLRQ�ILHOGV��$OVR�WKH�WDEOH�IRU�&6$V FDQ�EH�XVHG�WR�VXSSO\�VHOHFWLRQ�ILHOGV

)RU�DVVLJQPHQWV ILHOGV�FDQ�EH�FKRVHQ�IRU�WKH�WDEOHV�-B�$%'%6��-B�$9%8(��9%$.��9%$3��9%(3��9%.'

� 7KH�VHOHFWLRQ�UHSRUW�QHHGV�WR�EH�JHQHUDWHG�� ,W�LV�HQWHUHG�LQ�DQ�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�7\SH

�

� $VVLJQPHQW allows only to select assigned schedule lines, i.e those in status R and F.

� $OORFDWLRQV�*URXSV allow to select all schedule lines that have an allocation group and is therefore not restricted to lines that had already been allocated.l

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-45

SAP AG 2005

&6$��&65�DQG�6XEVWLWXWH

� &XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�$UHDV��&6$��DUH�ORJLFDO�JURXSV�WKDW�XQLTXHO\LGHQWLI\�D�VHW�RI�DOORFDWLRQ�JURXSV

� 2QH�&XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�5HSUHVHQWDWLYH��&65��LV�DVVLJQHG�WR�D�&6$�±7KH�&65�LV�WKH�RQO\�SHUVRQ�ZKR�LV�DOORZHG�WR�RZQ�DQG�PDQDJH�VWRFN�WKDW�LV�DOORFDWHG�WR�KLV�VDOHV�RUGHUV

� &65V FDQ�KDYH�VXEVWLWXWHV�ZKLFK�LQKHULW�WKH�DXWKRULW\�UROHV�RI�WKH�&65� :LWK�IXQFWLRQ�³3URFHVV�&6$´�&65V DQG�VXEVWLWXWHV�DUH�UH�DVVLJQHG�WR

D�&6$��&6$V FDQ�EH�PHUJHG�RU�VSOLW�DV�ZHOO�DV�GHOHWHG�

�

� Using CSR it is possible to reduce or minimize competition about stock, because sales order owner manage their own stock

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-46

SAP AG 2005

&XVWRPHU 6HUYLFH�$UHD �&6$��'HWHUPLQDWLRQ

*URXSLQJ 6WUDWHJ\&XVWRPHU 0DVWHU

/LQN�7DEOH*US��6WUDWHJ\ ± &6$�7DEOH

'HW��7DEOH�IRU &6$�7DEOH0$1'7*56*<$*7$%��2ZQ ILHOGV«

� $�ILHOG�FRPELQDWLRQ�LV�XVHG�WR�GHWHUPLQH�&6$

� 2UGHU�7\SHV�QHHG�WR�EH�IODJJHG�IRU�&6$�+DQGOLQJ� 2SWLRQDO��VWUDWHJ\�WR�GHWHUPLQH�&6$�WDEOH

� �

�

� As soon as a determination table for CSA handling exsists in the system an CSA number will be created for each new combination of its fields.

� An own number range can be defined for CSA

� If a more elaborated determination of CSAs is needed a strategy can be used.

� The strategy can be entered into the customer master and also a 1:1 link between strategy and CSA table is created. See (1) in the slide above

� In this case several CSA determination tables will be in the system to one has to be set up as default for those orders that will be created for customers that do not have their own strategy.

� It is also possible to determine CSA tables with an even more advanced determination table. Various fields can be used here.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-47

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�7\SH

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�7\SH

'HILQH�VHWWLQJV�IRU�SDUDOOHOSURFHVVLQJ'HILQH�VWRFN�VHOHFWLRQ�UXOH�VLPLODU�WR�$5XQ��DQG�&65VWRFN�XVDJH'HILQH�VWRFN�ILQGLQJ�LQ�FDVHRI�RZQ�&65�VWRFN�LV�VKRUW

$VVLJQ�VHOHFWLRQ�UHSRUW�WR�XVH�VHOHFWLRQV�

�

� In “ Find Stock” section it can be defined which stock shall be considered if own CSR stock is short – this means ARun Optimizer looks for other CSRs stock that could be used for allocation of own CSRs sales orders

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-48

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�1DYLJDWLRQ

5HOHDVH�FKHFN

0DQXDO�KROG��EORFN�0DQXDO�UHOHDVH

'HDOORFDWLRQ

6SHF��$OORFDWLRQ�+DQGOLQJ�)ODJ

$OORFDWH ZLWK DGG��VWRFN$OORFDWLRQ

� 'RXEOH�FOLFN�WR�GULOO�GRZQ�WR�OHYHO��)URP�OHYHO��GRXEOH�FOLFN�WKH�LWHP�OLQH

� 'HILQH�RZQ�SDWK�OHYHOV�LQ�FXVWRPL]LQJWR�GLVSOD\�UHVXOWV�LQ�GLIIHUHQW�OHYHO�RIGHWDLO�OHYHO�H�J��OHYHO��KDV�RQH�HQWU\�IRU�HDFK�RUGHU�

�

� Assume that you have made the following entries: AUFNR and POSNR for level 1 AUFNR and POSNR and ETENR for level two.

� The ARun Optimizer behaves as follows:

� On the first drill-down level, the system displays one entry for each order/item along with the corresponding sums.

� On the second drill-down level, the system displays one entry for each order/item/schedule line with the corresponding sums.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-49

SAP AG 2005

%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ 2YHUYLHZ

� 8VH�EDFNJURXQG�SURFHVVLQJ�WR�VSHFLI\�WKH�VHTXHQFH�RIDOORFDWLRQV WR�GHWHUPLQH�ZKLFK�UHTXLUHPHQWV�ZLOO�EHIXOILOOHG ILUVW�

� 'HFUHDVH�V\VWHP�ZRUNORDG�E\�H[HFXWLQJ�DFWLYLWLHV�GXULQJ��QLJKW

� &DUU\�RXW�RWKHU�IXQFWLRQV�LQ�SDUDOOHO

� 6HOHFW�LQGLYLGXDO�DOORFDWLRQ�UHVXOWV�DQG�FKDQJHV�DQG��XSGDWH WKHP�RQFH�PRUH�LQ�D�FROOHFWLYH�SURFHVVLQJ�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-50

SAP AG 2005

%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ�([DPSOH

0RQGD\ 7XHVGD\�� )ULGD\ 6DWXUGD\�� 6XQGD\

7DNH�PDLQWDLQRUGHUV

5XQ�$5XQ'HOLYHU\&UHDWLRQ

5XQ�$5XQ'HOLYHU\&UHDWLRQ

7DNH�PDLQWDLQRUGHUV

0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO

:DUHKRXVH

3UHYLHZ

'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ

'$<

1,*+7

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-51

SAP AG 2005

&UHDWH�6HOHFWLRQ�6HWV

&UHDWH 6HOHFWLRQ 6HW

/RJLVWLFV$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ

%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ&UHDWH 6HOHFWLRQ 6HW

optional

optional

�

� The ARun Type FXVWRPL]LQJ�VHWWLQJV�ZLOO�EH�VWRUHG for this Selection Set. So if later on there are changes in the customizing of the ARun Type and related rules (sorting, release etc.) the Selection Set will still use the settings that were valid during it’ s creation.

� It’ s possible to enter UHOHDVH and VRUWLQJ�UXOHV directly during creation of the Selection Set. If this is done these entries will overrule the settings of the ARun type.

� The VHOHFWLRQ�SDUDPHWHUV are the same as in online processing

� Normally only one set of selection parameters is used for one background job. But it is possible to create several parameters for one job. In this case all requirements and stock that match these several parameter sets are collected before the ARun starts.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-52

SAP AG 2005

'\QDPLF�2SHQ�WR�'HOLYHU\�'DWH

WLPH

2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�IUDPH2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�IUDPH2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�IUDPH

� (QWHU�2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�WLPHIUDPH�PDQXDOO\ÎIL[HG�WLPHIUDPH

� 1R�%DVH�GDWH�Î V\VWHP�GDWH��HJ��)HE��WK�� 72� ��DQG�)520� �� Î �� WR

�

� The Dynamic Open to Delivery date facilitates the regular use of background processing. By leaving the base date blank the system takes the actual system date and calculates the Open to delivery timeframe on the basis of the number of days which are entered in the “ TO” and “ FROM” date fields.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-53

SAP AG 2005

([HFXWLRQ RI�6HOHFWLRQ 6HWV

7UDQVDFWLRQ��Q�$)6�$581B%$7&+

60��³'HILQH�%DFNJURXQG�-RE³

-RE�VWDUW -RE�IUHTXHQF\

� 'HILQH�MRE�QDPH� (QWHU�MRE�FODVV��$��%�RU�&� (QWHU�SURJUDP��$)6�$581B%$7&+�DQG�YDULDQW�QDPH� 'HILQH� DQG

� 6DYH�DV�YDULDQW

�

� To execute a selection set:

� Enter selection set number that was defined during the creation of the set

� Define a description

� Choose mode: normal or preview

� Choose Release check:

- ³B�³ the release checks are performed as defined in “ Find logic” in ARun Type customizing

- ³�´ no release checks at all

- ³�´ the default release rule of the corresponding ARun Type is used

� The program name for parallel ARun is ��$)6�$581B3$5$//(/�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-54

SAP AG 2005

3DUDOOHO�$5XQ

2UGHU��SFV�&

2UGHU��SFV�$

2UGHU��SFV�%

2UGHU��SFV�$

2UGHU��SFV�% & ) * + HWF' (%$

'

(

WLPH

:3�

:3�

:3�

$

&

%

)

*

+

HWF

HWF

HWF

([HFXWH�6HOHFWLRQ�6HW

60��³'HILQH�%DFNJURXQG�-RE³

� 6DYH�DV�YDULDQW� 2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ

/LVW�RI�PDWHULDOV�

3DUDOOHO�KDQGOLQJ�RI�PDWHULDO�E\�GLIIHUHQW :RUN�3URFHVVHV

�

� Performing an allocation run can be resource intensive if a large number of sales orders are involved, as is usually the case. This function allows you to start multiple processes in parallel across several servers to VKRUWHQ�WKH�UXQ�WLPH and also to distribute system resources more evenly.

� You start one ARun on one server for your entire allocation run, but this main program triggers parallel tasks (ZRUN�SURFHVVHV) on multiple application servers. Each work process processes the requirements for a single material across all selected sales orders, then runs the allocation and relevant release steps for these requirements.

� 5HVWULFWLRQV�� Parallel ARuns FDQQRW�SHUIRUP�G\QDPLF�FUHGLW�FKHFNV. � The use of $OORFDWLRQ�*URXSV (temporary or permanent grouping) is QRW�SRVVLEOH.

� Parallel ARuns FDQQRW�KDQGOH�YDOXH�DGGHG�VHUYLFHV which require additional physical VAS materials (such as hangers, special labels and so on) because these materials are separate stock that cannot be allocated together in parallel. If there is a shortage of the required VAS material for a given schedule line item, ARun must be able to adjust the quantities so that they match.

� If you want to avoid these restrictions, use the standard sequential ARun function.

� You can perform parallel ARun online by using the function “ Execute selection set” .

� Additionally the VHUYHU�JURXS has to be chosen and the QXPEHU�RI�ZRUN�SURFHVVHV has to be defined.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-55

SAP AG 2005

$5XQ�5HRUJDQL]DWLRQ��%DFNJURXQG�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO

5HRUJDQL]DWLRQ

� 6DYH�DV�YDULDQW

:LWK SURJUDP -B�$$51�60��³'HILQH�%DFNJURXQG�-RE³

�

� The reorganization is the background version of the Management Tool (MT). This way you can combine larger volumes of data and process them outside of business hours. For example, you can plan a job for the weekend in which different allocations of the previous week are to be selected and changed. The reorganization can also be used online. By starting a single program you can easily process complete allocation runs whose results should be changed.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-56

SAP AG 2005

'HOHWLRQ RI�6HOHFWLRQ 6HWV/RJLVWLFV

$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ

&KDQJH�6HOHFWLRQ 6HW5HRUJDQL]H 6HOHFWLRQ 6HW

Sel. Set No

21

�

� The deletion process involves two steps:

1. Setting a GHOHWLRQ�IODJ for the sets in the selection set or in “ Change selection set”

2. Running the transaction 5HRUJDQL]H�6HOHFWLRQ�6HWV�(/AFS/SSET_REORG)�to remove all sets that have deletion flags

� Any amount of time can pass between steps 1 and 2. During this time you can set or remove deletion flags from sets as often as needed. Although, once you use the 5HRUJDQL]H�6HOHFWLRQ�6HWV�transaction to delete a set, you can no longer undo the deletion.

� It is not possible to delete selection sets which are still needed for planned background jobs or if they are used in statistic files.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-57

SAP AG 2005

$FWLYLWLHV�IRU $5XQ�LQ�%DFNJURXQG

&UHDWH�6HOHFWLRQ�6HW

6DYH�6HOHFWLRQ�6HW�DV�YDULDQW��6(��

6WDUW�SURJUDP��$)6�$581B%$7&+�ZLWK�YDULDQW�LQ�EDFNJURXQG��60��

6WDUW�SURJUDP��$)6�$581B3$5$//(/ IRU SDUDOOHO�SURFHVVLQJ$OWHUQDWLYH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-58

SAP AG 2005

$FWLYLWLHV�IRU�5HRUJDQL]DWLRQ

'HILQH�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�W\SH

6WDUW�5HRUJDQL]DWLRQ�DQG�VDYH�HQWULHV�DV�SURJUDP�YDULDQW

([HFXWH�SURJUDP -B�$$51��DV�EDFNJURXQG�MRE

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-59

SAP AG 2005


<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 3URFHVV�IORZ�RI�$5XQ� 6WRFN�DQG�5HTXLUHPHQWV�6HOHFWLRQ� &KHFNLQJ�DQG�)LOWHU�2SWLRQV� 3HUPDQHQW�DQG�7HPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ� 6RUWLQJ�2SWLRQV� $OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF� 5HOHDVH�&KHFN�DQG�5HOHDVH�&KHFN�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ� 3UHYLHZ�0RGH�RI�$5XQ� $5XQ�DJDLQVW�IXWXUH�UHFHLSWV� $5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�� &XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�$UHDV�DQG�&XVWRPHU�6HUYLFH�

5HSUHVHQWDWLYHV� $5XQ�DV�EDFNJURXQG�MRE

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-60

([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�7\SH�


• Create your own ARun type in Customizing

• Create a sales order

• Perform ARun in simulation mode

You can configure different ARun types in Customizing for different business scenarios.

1-1 Create your own ARun type by copying type $7�� to your type $7��. Save your ARun type $7��.

1-2 Check planned delivery time and goods receipt processing time of material 7$�76+,57�� and material 7$�+$7��. Make any necessary changes.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�3ODQQHG�GHOLYHU\�WLPH�

7$�76+,57��

0DWHULDO�3ODQQHG�GHOLYHU\�WLPH�

7$�+$7��

1-3 Create an order with two order lines for these two materials.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�2UGHU�W\SH�&XVWRPHU�

25�&867��

2UGHU�OLQH��4XDQWLW\�

7$�76+,57��SFV�VL]H�/�


7$�+$7��SFV�VL]H��

Check the results of the ATP check. Check the delivery time of each order line.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-61

1-4 Perform the ARun for your order in simulation mode.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�$5XQ�PRGH�6HOHFWLRQ�/LVW�$OORFDWLRQ�/LVW�

$7��6LPXODWLRQ��<(6�<(6�

Press <Execute>

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�3ODQW�2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�WLPH��6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�

��)URP��-DQ�� ®l¯ �FXUUHQW�\HDU�7R��(QG�RI�FXUUHQW�PRQWK�<RXU�VDOHV�RUGHU�QXPEHU�

Press <Execute> to get to the screen “ ARun Selection List” . Keep the selection.

Press <Continue (Enter)> to get to the “ ARun Result List”

Check the results of your ARun. 'R�127�VDYH�WKH�$5XQ.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-62

237,21$/��

1-5 Check the ATP parameters in customizing of order type 25 (sales org. ��, distribution channel ��, division ��)

Use F1-Help to find out more about the entries.

'21¶7�6$9(�$1<�&+$1*(6��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-63

6HOHFWLRQ��

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 6HOHFWLRQ�DQG�([WHQVLRQ�


• Select sales orders for ARun

• Use the extension function to include complete sales orders and rerun ARun

• Create your own Access Rule and Selection Variant

You can select sales orders according to their open to delivery dates and use extensions.

2-1 Create a sales order with two different confirmed delivery dates.

2-1-1


25�&867��


7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��WRGD\�


7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��LQ�WZR�PRQWKV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-64

2-2 Run ARun $7�� with different selection values.

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�5HVXOWV�RI�\RXU�$5XQV��

2-2-1

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�$5XQ�PRGH�$OORFDWLRQ�/LVW�

$7��6LPXODWLRQ��<(6�

2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�WLPH� )URP��WRGD\�7R��WRGD\��RQH�PRQWK�

2-2-2



2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�WLPH� )URP��WRGD\�7R��WRGD\��WKUHH�PRQWKV�

2-2-3



([WHQVLRQ�2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�WLPH�

��FRPSOHWH�VDOHV�RUGHUV��)URP��WRGD\�7R��WRGD\��RQH�PRQWKV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-65

2-3 Create your own ARun selection screen variant and predefine some fields.

2-3-1 Copy Access Rule 6�� to your own Access Rule $5��

2-3-2 Create Selection Variant 69�� with the following settings:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�3ODQW�2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\«WR��6DOHV�2UJDQL]DWLRQ�'LVWULEXWLRQ�FKDQQHO�'LYLVLRQ�6DOHV�'RF�W\SH�

��FXUUHQW�\HDU«�«��IROORZLQJ�\HDU��25�

2-3-3 Hide some fields you do not need: screen 0003: 2UGHU�5HDVRQ��'HOLYHU\�%ORFN��$5XQ�VWDWXV�KHDGHU and 'HOLYHU\�6WDWXV.

2-3-4 Enter your Selection Variant 69�� in your Access Rule $5�� and save.

2-3-5 Enter your Access Rule $5�� in your ARun Type $7��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-66

237,21$/�2-4 Create an order that requires material of a specified batch. Run ARun with stock

selection according to this requirement.

2-4-1 Post material 7$�6+2(�� with batch number ³86´�

2-4-2 Create an order with the following settings:


25�&867��


7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��WRGD\�

%DWFK�� 86�

2-4-3 Run ARun $7�� for your sales order and check the batch number that is used to fulfill the requirement. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�$5XQ�UHVXOW�

2-4-4 Copy Allocation rule �� to create your personal Allocation rule �� and flag the checkbox “ Batch Number” . Enter your Allocation rule �� in your ARun Type $7��.

2-4-5 Re-run ARun $7�� for your sales order and check again the batch number that is used to fulfill the requirement. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�$5XQ�UHVXOW�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-67

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� &KHFNLQJ�


• Define a checking rule in Customizing

• Amend an ARun type and enter a checking rule with your own checking criteria

You want to define your own checking rule that excludes delivery blocked sales orders from ARun processing.

3-1 Create a new checking rule &5�� and save it.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�'HOLYHU\�%ORFN� (��HUURU��

Amend your ARun type $7�� and enter your checking rule &5��.

3-2 Create an order for your customer &867�� )LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6DOHV�RUJDQL]DWLRQ�'LVWULEXWLRQ�FKDQQHO�'LYLVLRQ�

��

0DWHULDO�4XDQWLW\��

7$�+$7��SFV�VL]H��

3-3 Run ARun $7�� for this sales order in normal mode. 'R QRW�VDYH�WKH UHVXOW�

3-4 Change your sales order: Enter delivery block “ ��3ROLWLFDO�5HDVRQV”

3-5 Re-run ARun $7�� for this sales order in normal mode. 'R QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-68

237,21$/��

3-6 Change your sales order again:

3-6-1 Delete the delivery block

3-6-2 Enter a Cancellation Date: WRGD\��RQH�ZHHN

3-6-3 Enter a new item:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�4XDQWLW\��

7$�+$7��SFV�VL]H��

3-7 Change your checking rule:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�&DQFHO�'DWH�'D\V�

(��HUURU��

3-8 Re-run ARun $7�� for your sales order in normal mode. 'R QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-69

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� *URXSLQJ�


• Create a Grouping Rule in customizing

• Create a Grouping Strategy

You want to create a Grouping Rule that groups all orders with the same purchase order number.

4-1 Create a Temporary Grouping Rule and enter it in your ARun Type.

4-1-1 Create your own Temporary Grouping Rule *5�� by copying *5�� and define the “ customer purchase order number” as a field for grouping.

4-1-2 Make the following entries in your ARun Type:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�*URXSLQJ��5XOH�*URXSLQJ��8VDJH�

*5��'HIDXOW�*URXSLQJ�5XOH�RQO\�

4-2 Create three orders:


25�&867��

2UGHU��DQG��32�QXPEHU�0DWHULDO�4XDQWLW\�

��7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��

2UGHU��32�QXPEHU�0DWHULDO�4XDQWLW\�

��7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-70

4-3 Run ARun for these three sales orders and view the “ Internal Group Numbers”

You can display the “ Internal Grouping number” in the “ ARun Selection List” . Click on button <Select Layout> and choose “ Change Layout”

In the pop up find “ Internal Group” in the section “ Hidden Columns” , mark it and transfer it to the “ Displayed Columns” by pressing the arrow key. Transfer you changed Layout by pressing <Transfer (Enter)>.

4-4 Extend the Grouping Rule *5��: Enter an “ External Group Number” to your group field “ customer purchase order number” .

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�5XOH�([W��*URXS�)LHOG�&RQVWDQW�

*5��%671.��

5XOH�([W��*URXS�)LHOG�&RQVWDQW�

*5��%671.��

4-5 Re-run ARun for your three sales orders and check the “ External Group Number” .

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-71

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 6RUWLQJ�


• Create a new Sorting Rule

You want to sort your orders for requirements.

5-1 In customizing, create your own Sorting Rule 65�� to sort requirements according to the order number. Copy rule ��.

“ Rules”

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6RUW�5XOH�'HVFULSWLRQ�

65��(QWHU�D�GHVFULSWLRQ�

Enter your Sorting Rule 65�� in your ARun Type $7��

5-2 Create three sales orders.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�4XDQWLW\��VL]H�

&867��7$�6+2(��SFV�VL]H��

5-3 Run ARun on these three sales orders. Check which order has a quantity shortage.

5-4 Change your Sorting Rule SR##.

“ Fields”

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6RUW�)LHOG�'HVFHQGLQJ�

$8)15�<(6�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-72

5-5 Re-run ARun on the three sales orders. Check again which order has a quantity shortage in this case.

&KDQJH�\RXU�6RUWLQJ�5XOH�EDFN�WR��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-73

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�


• Assign a grouping rule to an ARun type and change allocation logic from FIFO to SPREAD mode

By allocating stock to sales orders using FIFO (first in first out), the results show that some of your most valued customers will not receive deliveries. You change the allocation logic to SPREAD mode, to spread the available stock over your sales orders. You will find out how the other basic allocation logics work over two ARun groups.

6-1 Create three sales orders for &867��)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�3XU��2UGHU�QXPEHU�0DWHULDO�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

��7$�6+2(��SFV�

6-2 Change ARun Type $7��6-2-1 Change Grouping Rule back to *5��6-2-2 Make sure Allocation Logic is “),)2��OLQH�OHYHO”

6-3 Run ARun on your three orders in normal mode and check how much stock is allocated to each order. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOWV�

6-4 Change your Allocation Logic to “G\QDPLF�VSUHDG��SURSRUWLRQDO”

6-5 Re-run ARun on your three orders in normal mode and check how much stock is allocated to each order. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOWV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-74

237,21$/�6-6 Use different allocation logic for your sales orders for the ARun.

6-6-1 Create two orders for &867��

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��SFV�

6-6-2 Post a goods receipt of �� pieces VL]H�� of your material 7$�6+2(�� with movement type�� in storage location ��

6-7 Change the allocation logic of $7�� from “G\QDPLF�VSUHDG��SURSRUWLRQDO” mode to “G\QDPLF�VSUHDG�WR�PLQLPXP�UHOHDVH�TXDQWLWLHV” .

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF��5HOHDVH�5XOH�

��dynamic spread to minimum release quantities

RRA1�

6-7-1 Run ARun in normal mode on you ODVW�IRXU orders. Fill in the ARun results in the table at the end of this exercise. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW��

�6-8 Change the allocation logic of $7�� with Release Rule 55$� so that it allocates

sales orders up to 70% but with “),)2��OLQH�OHYHO” instead of “G\QDPLF�VSUHDG�WR�PLQLPXP�UHOHDVH�TXDQWLWLHV” .

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF�5HOHDVH�5XOH�

��FIFO / line level

RRA2�

6-8-1 Run ARun in normal mode on your last four orders. Fill in the ARun result in the table at the end of this exercise. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW��

2UGHU�1R�

635($'�WR�PLQ��UHOHDVH�TW\�

),)2�WR�PD[LPXP�TW\�

1-7-1 1-8-1

/RJLF� ��

��

��

��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-75

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 5HOHDVH��


• Create a Release Rule in Customizing

• Create a customer specific Release Rule

There is a default Release Rule in each Allocation Run Type. However it is possible to maintain Release Rules for specific customers or for special sales orders.

237,21$/�7-1 Create a sales order for your customer &867��

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�2UGHU�7\SH�6DOHV�RUJ��'LVWU��&K��'LY��

25��

View AFS Doc header

5HOHDVH��5XOH��5562�

0DWHULDO�5HT��'HO��'DWH�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��7RGD\��SFV��SFV�

Save your order.

�237,21$/�

7-2 Create a Release Rule.

7-2-1 View the release parameters of Release Rule 5562.

7-2-2 Create a new Release Rule 55�� by copying Release Rule 5562� Enter a minimum quantity of 60 % together with an error message on “ Sales order dimensions” level. Change the description of the new Release Rule to “5HOHDVH�5XOH�*US��” . Save your settings.

7-2-3 Enter your Release Rule 55�� in your ARun Type $7�� and make sure it is used as the default Release Rule when you execute your ARun Type.

Save your settings.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-76

�237,21$/�

7-3 Run ARun with different settings in customizing:

7-3-1 Run ARun in normal mode for your latest sales order and check the result. Take a look in the ARun log to find out why allocation failed. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�$5XQ�UHVXOW�

7-3-2 Change your ARun Type $7�� so that the Release Rule in the sales order is used during ARun.

7-3-3 Re-run ARun in normal mode for your latest sales order and check the result. Take a look in the ARun log to find out why allocation failed. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�$5XQ�UHVXOW�

�237,21$/�

7-4 Create a Release Strategy for your customer &867�� 7-4-1 Define the name of your Release Strategy.

< 1HZ�(QWULHV >

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6WUDWHJ\�'HVFULSWLRQ�

56��5HO��6WUDW��*US��

Save.

7-4-2 View the determination table '(02 for Release Rule determination. Find out which fields are used for determination.

7-4-3 Define a determination procedure for your customer. Choose Table DEMO and press < &UHDWH�(QWULHV >. Save your entries.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�5(6*<�$8$57�5(5(*�-B�$$:'*�9.25*�97:(*�63$57�

56��25�55&8��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-77

7-4-4 Enter your strategy in your customer &867�� )LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�&XVWRPHU�6DOHV�RUJ��'LVWU��&K��'LY��

&867��

Press < (QWHU >.

Enter your Release Strategy 56�� and save.

�237,21$/�

7-5 Change your ARun Type $7��.

Make sure the customer specific Release Strategy is used during ARun and save your change.

�237,21$/�

7-6 Re-run ARun.

Change back your ARun Type to use the GHIDXOW�5HOHDVH�5XOH�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-78

8QLW�� 053�$5XQ�6WDWXV�7RSLF�� 053�$5XQ�6WDWXV�


• Create the different status types in a sales order

You create, block, allocate, reserve and deliver a sales order. Optionally, you de-allocate a sales order.

8-1 Create a sales order for customer &867�� )LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��SFV�

Save your order.

8-1-1 Check the status of your order in the “$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�OLVW” .

8-2 Change your sales order and decrease the required quantity to 50.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��SFV�

Save your order.


8-3 Run ARun for this sales order DQG�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW� 8-3-1 Check the status of your order in the “$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQW�OLVW” .

8-4 Create a delivery for your sales order.


�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-79

237,21$/

8-5 Delivery type

8-5-1 Find out which delivery type was used when your sales order was delivered.

8-6 Automatic Deallocation

8-6-1 Check if the “ Automatic Deallocation” flag is set for this delivery type (/)). Make sure it is 127 flagged.

8-7 Delete the delivery of your sales order.


8-8 Create a new delivery for your sales order, flag the checkbox “ Automatic Deallocation” and delete the delivery again.


Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-80

8QLW�� &RQWUDFW�+DQGOLQJ�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFW�+DQGOLQJ�


• Define order types in customizing

• Create a quantity contract

• Create a release order for this contract

You define your own order types and create a quantity contract for your customer. You post a release order and learn how the status of release quantities and contract quantities change during processing.

9-1 Create a quantity contract.

9-1-1 Create your own order type for quantity contracts and name it &4�� by copying order type &4. Enter a description: 4W\�&RQWUDFW�*US��

9-1-2 Create a quantity contract for your customer &867�� )LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�&RQWUDFW�W\SH�6DOHV�RUJDQL]DWLRQ�'LVWULEXWLRQ�FKDQQHO�'LYLVLRQ�

&4��

$)6�'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU��9DOLG�IURP�GDWH�&DQFHO�GDWH�

�7RGD\�7RGD\��PRQWK�

$)6�'RFXPHQW�,WHP��0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHG��'HOLYHU\�'DWH�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

�7$�6+2(��7RGD\��SFV��SFV��SFV�

9-1-3 Check the MRP status of your contract.

9-1-4 Run ARun in normal mode for your contract to allocate the stock.

9-1-5 Check the MRP status of your contract.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-81

9-2 Create a contract release order for the quantity contract.

9-2-1 Create your own order type for release orders and name it 52�� by copying order type 25. Enter a description: 5HOHDVH�2UGHU�*US��.��

9-2-2 Create a release order.


52��

Enter your customer &867�� Take 10 pcs of each size and save your order.

9-2-3 Check the MRP status of your release order.

9-2-4 Enter your ARun Type $7�� in your release order type.

< 1HZ�HQWULHV >

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6DOHV�'RF�7\SH�6DOHV�RUJ��'LVWU��&K��'LY��$OORFDWLRQ�7\SH�

52��$7��

Save your entries.

9-2-5 Create a release order.


52��

Enter your customer &867�� Take 8 pcs of each size and save your order.

9-2-6 Check the MRP status of your release order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-82

9-3 Reduce quantities in the release order.

9-3-1 Reduce or cancel one of the positions in your release order created in 1-2-5.

9-3-2 Check the MRP status of your release order and of the contract.

9-3-3 Change your contract settings in customizing.

< 1HZ�HQWULHV >

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6DOHV�'RF�7\SH�6DOHV�RUJ��'LVWU��&K��'LY��5HVWRUH�

&4��<(6�

Save your entries.

9-3-4 Reduce or cancel another of the positions in your release order created in 1-2-5.

9-3-5 Check the MRP status of your release order and the contract.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-83

8QLW�� 3UHYLHZ�PRGH�7RSLF�� 3UHYLHZ�PRGH�


• Use the ARun Preview mode to check whether a sales order with a required delivery date can be fulfilled

Preview can be used as an early warning tool to signal if there will be delivery shortages in the future.�

10-1 To ensure batch stock does not exist for this exercise, create an order that consumes all stock and make a fixed allocation.

10-1-1 Create an order for your customer &867��.


25��

0DWHULDO�5HT��'HO��'DWH�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��7RGD\��SFV�

10-1-2 Run ARun in normal mode for your sales order and save the result.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�0RGH�0DWHULDO�6'�GRFXPHQW��

$7��1RUPDO�7$�6+2(��<RXU�GRFXPHQW�QXPEHU�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-84

10-2 Create an order and fulfill it with a future receipt (a purchase order). Use ARun in preview mode for allocation.

10-2-1 Create an order for your customer &867��.�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�2UGHU�7\SH�6DOHV�RUJ��'LVWU��&K��'LY��

25��

0DWHULDO�5HT��'HO��'DWH�6L]H��4XDQWLW\�

7$�6+2(��7RGD\��RQH�PRQWK��SFV�

10-2-2 Enter a purchase order.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6WDQGDUG�32�9HQGRU�3XUFKDVLQJ�RUJ��3XUFK��*URXS�0DWHULDO�32�TXDQWLW\�'HOLYHU\�GDWH�1HW�SULFH�3ODQW�6L]H��GRXEOH�FOLFN�³5HT��'HO��'DWH´��

�GHPR��7$�6+2(��7RGD\��WZR�PRQWKV��

10-2-3 Create your own stock selection rule in customizing by copying selection rule �� to 6/��. Enter description “ Stock sel. Rule Grp. ##” . Flag 3XUFKDVH�2UGHUV in the Future Receipt section. Copy all dependent entries and enter your rule 6/�� in your ARun type $7��.

10-2-4 Run ARun in Preview mode (F) for your last sales order.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�0RGH�0DWHULDO�6'�GRFXPHQW��

$7��3UHYLHZ��)��7$�6+2(��<RXU�GRFXPHQW�QXPEHU�

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW. Change the Stock Selection Rule back to 0001.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-85

��

8QLW�� 0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�7RSLF�� 0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�


• Use the ARun Optimizer to change allocations

• Create your own ARun Optimizer Type

A fixed allocation can be deleted if the material is needed to fulfill another order. An order that does not fulfill release check and is in status R can be released manually - if the customer agrees to this.

For some parts in this exercise it is required to work together with your neighbor group. To make sure it works, use following group combinations. Even-numbered groups work with neighbor group = ## - 1 Odd-numbered groups work with neighbor group = ## + 1 $$ is the number of your neighbors group.

11-1 Have a look at the ARun Optimizer Type ��.

Define your own ARun Optimizer Type $2��by copying the ARun Optimizer Type ��.

Make sure your ARun Optimizer uses CSR stock in stock selection.

11-2 Check the rule which is used for permanent grouping. Grouping is done by which fields and in which sequence?

11-3 Assign all free available stock of 7$�6+2(�� size �� to your Customer Sales Representative (CSR).

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6WRFN�6RXUFH�6WRFN�'HVWLQDWLRQ�6WRFN�6HOHFWLRQ��3ODQW��0DWHULDO��*ULG�9DOXH�

)UHH�DYDLODEOH�VWRFN�&65�6WRFN�RI�8VHU�75$,1��7$�6+2(��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-86

11-4 Create a standard order for your neighbors material (TA-SHOE-$$).

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�2UGHU�7\SH�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�*ULG�9DOXH�4XDQWLW\�

25�&867��7$�6+2(��D�ELW�PRUH�WKHQ�\RXU�QHLJKERU�PRYHG�WR�KLV�&65�

In the ATP screen select < Full Quantity >.

Save your order.

11-5 Check the stock/requirements status for material 7$�6+2(�� and 7$�6+2(�� in plant ��.

11-6 Allocate the above created order with your ARun Optimizer $2��. Use unrestricted stock for allocation.�What happens?

11-7 Move 50% of your CSR stock to your neighbor’ s CSR stock.

11-8 Try again to allocate the above created order with your ARun Optimizer $2��. Use your own stock for allocation. What happens?

11-9 Does your CSR have authorization to allocate, release or do anything else in your neighbors Customer Service Area? Is your neighbor’ s CSR allowed to do something in your Customer Service Area?

11-9-1 Assign your neighbor’ s CSR as Substitute to your Customer Service Area. Make sure he is allowed to do release checks and release orders of your Customer Service Area.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-87

11-10 Do a manual release check for your neighbors order. Use ARun Optimizer Type $2��. Check the fulfillment rate for the order and the MRP status on schedule line level.

11-10-1 Do a manual release check using Release Rule 55��

(80% on Order Header Level). What happens?

11-10-2 Now overwrite the settings of Release Rule 55�� with 40 % on

Order Header Level. What happens?

Save the results.

11-11 Deallocate all allocated orders of \RXU Customer Service Area. Use ARun Optimizer Type $2��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-88

([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� %DFNJURXQG�0RGHV�7RSLF�� %DFNJURXQG�0RGHV�


• Create selection sets

• Run ARun in background mode

Using background processing, it is possible to run ARun overnight.

12-1 Create a selection set.

12-1-1 Entrance screen

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$OORFDWLRQ�7\SH�6HOHFWLRQ�6HW�

$7��6HW��*US��

12-1-2 Choose your Access Rule $5�� and press < &UHDWH >.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�3ODQW�&XVWRPHU��2SHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\«WR«�

��&867��&867��&867��&867��DOO�FXVWRPHUV�\RX�XVHG�LQ�WKH�H[HUFLVHV��RI�WKLV�\HDU�WR��RI�QH[W�\HDU��

Save your settings 2 times. Remember the number of your selection set.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-89

12-2 Prepare the selection set for background processing:

12-2-1 Enter the following data:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6HOHFWLRQ�6HW�1XPEHU�'HVFULSWLRQ�0RGH�5HOHDVH�6KRZ�5HVXOWV�

7KH�QXPEHU�IURP��%DFNJURXQG�*US��12�

12-2-2 Save as a variant.

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�9DULDQW�QDPH��'HVFULSWLRQ�

%DFNJU��%DFNJU��

Save

12-3 Define the background job.

12-3-1 Enter

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�-RE�QDPH�-RE�FODVV�

*US��$�

12-3-2 Pop-up screen

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�1DPH�9DULDQW�

�$)6�$581B%$7&+�%DFNJU��

Save.

12-3-3 Press < 6WDUW�FRQGLWLRQ > and < 'DWH�7LPH >. Enter a starting time in 3 minutes and save your settings. Save once more.

12-3-4 Check the results with your ARun Optimizer $2��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-90

6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�7\SH�

1-1 Create your own ARun type by copying type $7�� to your type $7��. Save your ARun type $7��.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\S� Select ARun Type $7�� and choose < &RS\�DV�> to define your ARun. Type

$7��. Save your data.

1-2 Check planned delivery time and goods receipt processing time of material. Make any necessary changes.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�2WKHU�0DWHULDO�o�'LVSOD\�View 053��Enter plant: ��

1-3 Create an order with two order lines (order type 25) for your customer &867��:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6DOHV�RUJDQL]DWLRQ�'LVWULEXWLRQ�FKDQQHO�'LYLVLRQ�

��

2UGHU�OLQH��4XDQWLW\��GRXEOH�FOLFN�WKH�UHTXLUHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH��

7$�76+,57��SFV�VL]H�/�


7$�+$7��SFV�VL]H��

�Confirm ATP check with < )XOO�TW\ >. Save your order.

1-4 Perform the ARun for your order in simulation mode.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-91

237,21$/�1-5 Check the ATP parameters in customizing of order type 25�(sales org. ��,

distribution channel ��, division ��):

,0*�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQWV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU�o�0DLQWDLQ�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SHV�SHU�6DOHV�$UHD�IRU�$)6�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-92

�6HOHFWLRQ��

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 6HOHFWLRQ�DQG�([WHQVLRQ�

2-1 Create a sales order with two different confirmed delivery dates and two order lines (order type 25):

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��

2-2 Run ARun $7�� with different selection values.

'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�5HVXOWV�RI�\RXU�$5XQV��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ

2-2-1 Only 7$�6+2(�� size � is selected.

2-2-2� 7$�6+2(�� size ��and��are selected.

2-2-3� 7$�6+2(�� size ��and��are selected.

2-3 Create your own ARun selection screen variant and predefine some fields.

2-3-1 Copy Access Rule 6�� to $5�� ,0*o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�6HOHFWLRQ��o�$FFHVV�5XOH�

2-3-2 Mark your new Access Rule, press < 6HOHFWLRQ�9DULDQW >, confirm pop up and enter Variant name 69��. (1RWH� You could also create a selection variant directly in the ARun Selection Order Items screen. Enter the required values and then select *RWR�o�9DULDQWV�o�6DYH�DV�YDULDQW. )

Check radio button “ For All Selection Sreens” and press <Continue>

Make your entries as described in the exercise.�

2-3-4 Click on <Next Screen (F8)> until button <Attributes> appears and press it.

Enter a descriptive text in field “ Meaning”

Scroll to “ Selection Screen” 300 and hide the fields described in the exercise by setting the flag in the “ Hide” column.

Save your entries

2-3-5 Enter the name 69�� in the column “9DULDQW” of your Access Rule $5��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-93

2-3-6� ,0*o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO��o�$5XQ�7\SH

Select your ARun Type $7�� and change it by entering your Access Rule $5��and save.

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-94

237,21$/�2-4 Create an order that requires material of a specified batch. Run ARun with stock

selection according to this requirement.

2-4-1� 3RVW�PDWHULDO�7$�6+2(��ZLWK�EDWFK�QXPEHU�³86´��/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�0DQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQWV�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQWV��0,*2��Enter ³*RRGV�UHFHLSW´, ³RWKHUV´ and movement type ³��´.�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�3ODQW�6WRUDJH�/RFDWLRQ�

7$�6+2(��

Press button ��'LVWULEXWH�TW\�! and enter:

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�4W\�LQ�8Q(�%DWFK�*ULG�YDOXH�

��86��

��$GRSW�!�and��3RVW�!.�

2-4-2 Create an order with batch number “ US” :

Press button < FRPSOHWH�VWUXFWXUH > and double-click on the grid-value to enter the required batch number.

2-4-3� Run your ARun:�/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

� 'R�QRW�VDYH�\RXU�$5XQ�UHVXOW��

2-4-4� Change the allocation rule of your ARun Type.�,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�'HILQH�$OORFDWLRQ�/RJLF�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XOH�Copy Allocation rule �� to create your personal Allocation rule �� and flag the checkbox “ Batch Number” .

Enter allocation rule ��in your ARun Type $7�� ,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�Save your ARun type.

2-4-5 Re-run your ARun:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�� 'R�QRW�VDYH�\RXU�$5XQ�UHVXOW��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-95

&KHFNLQJ�6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� &KHFNLQJ�

3-1 Create a new checking rule.

,0*o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO��o�6HOHFWLRQ�o�5HTXLUHPHQW�)LOWHU�< 1HZ�(QWULHV >

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�&KHFN�5XOH�'HOLYHU\�%ORFN�

&5��(�

Save your Checking Rule and enter it in your ARun Type:

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO��o�$5XQ�7\SH

3-2 Create an order for your customer &867��/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

3-3 Run ARun for this sales order. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

3-4 Enter a delivery block in your last sales order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH�Standard view: “ sales”

3-5 Re-run ARun for this sales order. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ��Result: the requirement cannot be selected.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-96

237,21$/�3-6 Change your sales order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH�

3-6-1� 'HOHWH�WKH�GHOLYHU\�EORFN��Standard view: “ sales”

3-6-2� (QWHU�D�³&DQFHOODWLRQ�'DWH´��YLHZ��³RYHUYLHZ�KHDGHU´�WRGD\��RQH�ZHHN��

3-6-3� (QWHU�QHZ�LWHP�

3-7 Change your checking rule:

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�6HOHFWLRQ�o�5HTXLUHPHQW�)LOWHU�

3-8 Re-run ARun for this sales order. 'R�QRW�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOW��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�� Result: the second item cannot be selected. (The cancellation date is only valid for items that are entered after the entry of the cancellation date)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-97

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� *URXSLQJ�

4-1 Create a Temporary Grouping Rule and enter it in your ARun Type.

4-1-1� ,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�*URXSLQJ��6RUWLQJ�o�7HPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ�o�*URXSLQJ�5XOH��

< &RS\�DV« > and enter name *5�� and a description. In level “ Fields” maintain “ customer purchase order number” (BSTNK). Save your settings.

4-1-2� ,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH

4-2 Create three sales orders:


4-3 Run ARun.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�If you cant find the ” Internal Group Number” in your results, select the small Drop-Down-List on the button < Select Layout ... > and choose < Change Layout >. Choose the required fields from the hidden columns list and and move them to the displayed columns group. Confirm your settings to see the new columns in the ARun results.

'R�QRW�VDYH�\RXU�$5XQ�UHVXOW��

4-4 Change Grouping Rule *5�� ,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�*URXSLQJ��6RUWLQJ�o�7HPSRUDU\�*URXSLQJ�o�*URXSLQJ�5XOH��Select your Grouping Rule *5�� and drill down to < Individual > and make your changes.

Save your changes.

.

4-5 Re-run ARun with the changed Grouping Rule.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�To show ” External Group Number” in your results, proceed as in 1-3.

1RWH� The ” Internal Group Numbers” are randomly assigned.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-98

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 6RUWLQJ��

5-1 Create your own Sorting Rule 65�� in customizing.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�*URXSLQJ��6RUWLQJ�o�5HTXLUHPHQW�6RUWLQJ�< &RS\�DV«>, enter your Sorting Rule name and save with all depended entries.

Enter your Sorting Rule 65�� in your ARun Type $7��,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�

5-2 Create three sales orders.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Confirm ATP-check with < )XOO�4XDQWLW\ >.

5-3 Run ARun.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�'R�QRW�VDYH�\RXU�$5XQ�UHVXOW��

5-4 Change your Sorting Rule.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�*URXSLQJ��6RUWLQJ�o�5HTXLUHPHQW�6RUWLQJ�

5-5 Run ARun.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�'R�QRW�VDYH�\RXU�$5XQ�UHVXOW��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-99

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�

6-1 Create three sales orders:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

6-2 Change your ARun Type.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�

6-3 Run ARun in normal mode.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�One of the three orders has a quantity shortage of 50 pieces.

6-4 Change your ARun Type.

,0*o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�

6-5 Run ARun in normal mode.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�The allocated quantities are 33, 33 and 33.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-100

237,21$/�6-6 Use different allocation logic for your sales orders for the ARun.

6-6-1� &UHDWH�WZR�RUGHUV�IRU�&867��/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

6-6-2 Post a goods receipt.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�0DQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQWV�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQWV��0,*2��Enter ³*RRGV�UHFHLSW´, ³RWKHUV´ and movement type ³��´�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�0DWHULDO�3ODQW�6WRUDJH�/RFDWLRQ�

7$�6+2(��

Press button ��'LVWULEXWH�TW\�! and enter

)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�4W\�LQ�8P(�*ULG�YDOXH�

��

< $GRSW�> and < 6DYH >

6-7 Change the allocation logic.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�

6-7-1� 5XQ�$5XQ�LQ�QRUPDO�PRGH�RQ�\RXU�ODVW�IRXU�RUGHUV��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

Use the same menu paths for exercise1-8.

2UGHU�1R� 635($'�WR�PLQ��UHOHDVH�TW\� ),)2�WR�PD[LPXP�TW\� 1-7-1 1-8-1

/RJLF� �� 50 35

�� 50 35

�� 10 35

�� 10 20

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-101

8QLW�� $5XQ�3URFHVV�)ORZ�7RSLF�� 5HOHDVH�

7-1 Create a sales order.


7-2 Create a Release Rule.

7-2-1� 9LHZ�WKH�UHOHDVH�SDUDPHWHUV��,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�5HOHDVH�5XOH�

7-2-2� &UHDWH�D�QHZ�5HOHDVH�5XOH��,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�5HOHDVH�5XOH�Use < FRS\�DV« >, enter your settings, press < (QWHU >, change the description and save your settings.

7-2-3� (QWHU�\RXU�5HOHDVH�5XOH�LQ�\RXU�$5XQ�7\SH��,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�

In section “ Release” enter your Release Rule 55��. Then choose $OZD\V�XVH�GHIDXOW in the “ Find Logic” -field.

Save your settings.

7-3 Run ARun with different settings in customizing:

7-3-1� 5XQ�$5XQ�LQ�QRUPDO�PRGH��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

Check the ARun error messages. �� Only size 8.5 receives status F, size 9 cannot be fulfilled to at least 60%

(setting in default Release Rule)

7-3-2 Change your ARun Type.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH� In section “ Release” choose � ° ± �IURP�VDOHV�RUGHU�� ² ³ �GHIDXOW in the

“ Determin.Logic” -field.

Save your settings.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-102

7-3-3 Run ARun in normal mode.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ� Check the ARun error messages. �

Size 8.5 and size 9 cannot be fulfilled to at least 80% (setting in sales order Release Rule 5562).

237,21$/�7-4 Create a Release Strategy.

7-4-1� 'HILQH�WKH�QDPH�RI�\RXU�5HOHDVH�6WUDWHJ\��,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�5HOHDVH�6WUDWHJ\��

7-4-2 View the determination table.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�7DEOH�*HQHUDWLRQ��

7-4-3 Create a Release Determination Rule.

,0*��o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�$SSOLFDWLRQ�'HIDXOW�7DEOH�0DLQWHQDQFH�Create a new entry with Application “GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�RI�UHOHDVHUXOHV” and ARun App. Table “'(02” . Save.

,0*��o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�5HOHDVH�o�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�7DEOH�0DLQWHQDQFH�o�*HQHUDWHG�'HWHUPLQDWLRQ�7DEOH�0DLQWHQDQFH�Select < %DFN�> to get to the Data Browser: Initial Screen. Enter table name '(02. Choose from Menu 7DEOH�o�&UHDWH�(QWULHV�

7-4-4 Enter your strategy in your customer CUST1-##.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�%XVLQHVV�3DUWQHU�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&KDQJH�o�7RWDO�

In the 6DOHV�DUHD�GDWD screen go to view “$)6�$GGLWLRQDO�'DWD” and enter your Release Strategy 56�� in the corresponding field.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-103

7-5 Change your ARun Type $7�� ,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH

In section “ Release” choose � ° ± �GHWHUPLQDWLRQ�� ² ³ �GHIDXOW in the “ Determin.Logic” -field.

Save your settings.

7-6 Re-run ARun.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�Check the ARun log: *RWR�o�/RJ�)LOH�o�&RPSOHWH�Size 8.5 and size 9 are in status F as the requirements can be fulfilled at least to 40% (setting in customer Release Rule 55&8).

Change back your ARun Type to use the GHIDXOW�5HOHDVH�5XOH��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-104

053�$5XQ�VWDWXV��

8QLW�� 053�$5XQ�6WDWXV�7RSLF�� 053�$5XQ�6WDWXV�

8-1 Create a sales order for customer &867�� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�8-1-1� &KHFN�WKH�VWDWXV�RI�WKLV�VDOHV�RUGHU��

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�As a result of the ATP check the sales order received status % “ MRP Blocked Requirement” .

8-2 Change your sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH�8-2-1� &KHFN�WKH�VWDWXV�RI�WKLV�VDOHV�RUGHU��

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�

The order has status 7, “ temporarily assigned” .

8-3 Run ARun.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�8-3-1� &KHFN�WKH�VWDWXV�RI�WKLV�VDOHV�RUGHU�

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�50 pcs of the order have status ), “ Assignment fixed” .

8-4 Create a delivery.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6KLSSLQJ�3RLQW�6HOHFWLRQ�'DWH�2UGHU�

��7RGD\��PRQWKV�<RXU�VDOHV�RUGHU�QXPEHU�

Save the delivery.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-105

8-4-1� &KHFN�WKH�VWDWXV�RI�WKLV�VDOHV�RUGHU��/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�50 pcs of the order have status ', “ Assignment fixed” .

�237,21$/�

8-5 Delivery type

,0*�o�/RJLVWLFV�([HFXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�o�&RS\LQJ�&RQWURO�o�6SHFLI\�&RS\LQJ�&RQWURO�IRU�'HOLYHULHV�8-5-1 The delivery type is LF for sales order type OR.

You can also check the delivery type in the delivery document. Display your delivery and choose:

� *RWR�o�+HDGHU�o�$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ�

8-6 Automatic de-allocation

,0*�o�/RJLVWLFV�([HFXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�o�'HOLYHULHV�o�'HILQH�'HOLYHU\�7\SHV�$)6�6SHFLILF�8-6-1� 0DNH�VXUH�WKDW�³$XWRPDWLF�'H�DOORFDWLRQ´�LV�QRW�IODJJHG��

8-7 Delete the delivery of your sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Menu: 2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�'HOHWH�8-7-1 Logistics → Materials Management → Materials Requirements Planning

(MRP) → MRP → AFS Analyses → AFS Stock / Reqs List

50 pcs of the order have status ), “ Assignment fixed” .

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-106

8-8 Create the delivery.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6KLSSLQJ�3RLQW�6HOHFWLRQ�'DWH�2UGHU�

��7RGD\��PRQWKV�<RXU�VDOHV�RUGHU�QXPEHU�

Flag “$XWRPDWLF�'H�DOORFDWLRQ”

,0*�o�/RJLVWLFV�([HFXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�o�'HOLYHULHV�o�'HILQH�'HOLYHU\�7\SHV�$)6�6SHFLILF�

Delete the delivery of your sales order again.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Menu: 2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�'HOHWH�

8-8-1� Logistics → Materials Management → Materials Requirements Planning (MRP) → MRP → AFS Analyses → AFS Stock / Reqs List

50 pcs of the order have status 7, “ Temporarily assigned” .

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-107

8QLW�� &RQWUDFW�+DQGOLQJ�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFW�+DQGOLQJ�

9-1 Create a quantity contract.

9-1-1� Create�your own order type for quantity contracts.� ,0*�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQWV�o�6DOHV�

'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU�o�'HILQH�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SHV� Find order type &4 and copy it.

Confirm relevance of copy control with <(6.

9-1-2� Create a quantity contract for your customer CUST2-##.�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�&RQWUDFW�o�&UHDWH��

9-1-3� Check the MRP status of your contract.


The quantities have status 7. �

9-1-4� Run ARun for your contract:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�0RGH�0DWHULDO�6'�GRFXPHQW�FDWHJRU\�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SH�

$7��1RUPDO�7$�6+2(��'RQ¶W�H[FOXGH�*�³FRQWUDFW´�&4��

Save the result.

9-1-5� Check the MRP status of your contract.�/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�The quantities have status 5�“ reserved stock” .

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-108

9-2 Create a contract release order for the quantity contract.

9-2-1� &UHDWH�\RXU�RZQ�RUGHU�W\SH�IRU�UHOHDVH�RUGHUV�� ,0*�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQWV�o�6DOHV�

'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU�o�'HILQH�6DOHV�'RFXPHQW�7\SHV� Find order type 25 and copy it.

Confirm relevance of copy control with <(6��

9-2-2� Create a release order.��/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�On the pop-up screen use < 6HOHFWLRQ�/LVW >, enter 10 pcs for each size, mark item 0010 (first item with total qty), press < FRS\ > and save your release order.

9-2-3� Check the MRP status of your release order and your contract.


The release order has status 5 “ reserved stock” for 10 pcs each.

The contract has status 5 “ reserved stock” for 20 pcs each.

9-2-4� Enter your ARun Type AT## in your release order type.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQV�o�6'�+DQGOLQJ�o�$VVLJQ�5XOH�WR�2UGHU�7\SH�

9-2-5� Create a release order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�On the pop-up screen use < 6HOHFWLRQ�/LVW >, enter 8 pcs for each size, mark item 0010 (first item with total qty), press < FRS\ > and save your release order.

9-2-6� Check the MRP status of your release order and your contract.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�The release order has status ) “ assignments fixed” for 8 pcs each.

� �

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-109

9-3 Reduce quantities in the release order.

9-3-1� Reduce or cancel one of the positions in your release order created in 1-2-5:�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH�

9-3-2� Check the MRP status of your release order and the contract.�/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�

The contract release order has the reduced quantity in status )� The reserved 5 quantity of the contract was not changed.

The quantity that was reduced in the release order is temporarily assigned for the contract: 7��

9-3-3� Create contract settings in customizing:

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�&URVV�$SSOLFDWLRQV�o�6'�+DQGOLQJ�o�$VVLJQ�5XOH�WR�2UGHU�7\SH��

9-3-4� Reduce or cancel another position in your release order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH��

9-3-5� Check the MRP status of your release order and the contract.�/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDOV�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��053��o�053�o�$)6�$QDO\VHV�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�

The contract has the reduced quantity in status )� The reduced quantity was added to the reserved 5 quantity of the contract.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-110

8QLW��3UHYLHZ�PRGH�7RSLF��3UHYLHZ�PRGH�

10-1

10-1-1�Create an order for your customer.


10-1-2�Perform ARun in normal mode:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�$5XQ�W\SH�0RGH�0DWHULDO�6'�GRFXPHQW��

$7��1RUPDO�7$�6+2(��<RXU�GRFXPHQW�QXPEHU�

Save your ARun.

10-2

10-2-1�Create an order.


10-2-2�Enter a purchase order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DW�0DQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�o�9HQGRU�6XSSO\LQJ�3ODQW�.QRZQ��

10-2-3�Create your own stock selection rule.

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�6HOHFWLRQ��o�6WRFN�6HOHFWLRQ�

Use < FRS\�DV > and save your settings.

Enter the new rule in your ARun:

,0*�o�$)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�'HWDLO�o�$5XQ�7\SH�� Save your changes.

10-2-4�Run ARun in Preview mode (F).

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�The result of the ARun is F (FUTR).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-111

8QLW�� 0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�7RSLF�� 0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�

11-1 Have a look at ARun Optimizer Type 0001.

IMG: $)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�o�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�&RQWURO�o�&RQILJXUH�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�7\SH

Select the ARun Optimizer Type �� and select < Details > button.

Go back to the overview of all ARun Optimizer Types and copy type �� to your ARun Optimizer Type $2��. Enter a description.

Make sure your ARun Optimizer uses CSR Stock. Set the flag for &65�VWRFN in your ARun Optimizer Type if necessary.

Save your changes.

11-2 Check the rule which is used for permanent grouping..

IMG: $)6�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU�o�3HUPDQHQW�*URXSLQJo�$OORFDWLRQ�*URXS�7DEOH�*HQHUDWLRQ�Select the first entry and double-click < Field level > on the left menu. The fields are: ��.8115 and ��9.25*

Do QRW change anything and leave the screen ZLWKRXW saving.

11-3 Assign all free available stock of�7$�6+2(�� size 10 to your CSR.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�(QYLURQPHQW�o�&6$�3URFHVVLQJ�o�7UDQVIHU�&6$�VWRFNV�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6WRFN�6RXUFH�6WRFN�'HVWLQDWLRQ�6WRFN�6HOHFWLRQ��3ODQW��0DWHULDO��*ULG�9DOXH�

)UHH�DYDLODEHO�VWRFN�&65�6WRFN�RI�8VHU��7$�6+2(��

Execute the stock movement.

Select the line with grid value �� and click < Move Stock > to transfer the stock to the stock of your CSR. Confirm the stock transfer.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-112

11-4 Create a standard order for your neighbor’ s material 7$�6+2(��. $$ is the number of your neighbor’ s group.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�2UGHU�7\SH�&XVWRPHU�0DWHULDO�*ULG�9DOXH�4XDQWLW\�

25�&867��7$�6+2(��WKH�TXDQWLW\�\RXU�QHLJKERU�PRYHG�WR�KLV�&65�

In ATP screen select < Full Quantity >.

Save the order.

11-5 Check the stock/requirements status for material 7$�6+2(��and 7$�6+2(�� in plant ��.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN��5HTV�/LVW�Your order for material 7$�6+2(�� has status Blocked as well as the order of your neighbor for material 7$�6+2(��.

Further there is CSR stock for both, your and your neighbor’ s, CSRs with status R - reserved.

11-6 Allocate the above created order with your ARun Optimizer $2��. Use unrestricted stock.�/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�Select your ARun Optimizer Type $2�� and click < Execute >.

Select Mode � and enter your Customer &867�� and click < Execute >.

Choose your Customer Sales Area and click < Allocate > Button or navigate via menu Allocation - Allocate.

A window is displayed with allocation control parameters. Change stock source to XQUHVWULFWHG�VWRFN.

It is not possible to allocate the above created order. Message “ No allocation assignments were changed or updated” is displayed.

This is because there is not enough stock available for material TA-SHOE-$$.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-113

11-7 Move 50% of your CSR stock to your neighbor’ s CSR stock.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�(QYLURQPHQW�o�&6$�3URFHVVLQJ��o�7UDQVIHU�&6$�6WRFNV�)LHOG�1DPH�RU�'DWD�7\SH� 9DOXHV�6WRFN�6RXUFH�6WRFN�'HVWLQDWLRQ�6WRFN�6HOHFWLRQ��3ODQW��0DWHULDO��*ULG�9DOXH�

&65�6WRFN�RI�8VHU�TRAIN-##�&65�6WRFN�RI�8VHUTRAIN-$$��7$�6+2(��

11-8 Try again to allocate the above created order with your ARun Optimizer $2��. Allocate the above created order with your RZQ�&65�VWRFN. /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO� Select your ARun Optimizer Type $2�� and click < Execute >.

Select Mode 1 and enter your Customer &867�� and click < Execute >.

Choose your Customer Sales Area and click < Allocate > Button or navigate via menu Allocation - Allocate.

A window is displayed with allocation control parameters. Change stock source to RZQ�VWRFN.

It is possible to allocate the above created order up to a certain level. This is because your own CSR stock is used to fulfill the order.

But take care: The order is not released yet! The release percentage is not met!

6DYH�\RXU�UHVXOWV��

11-9 Does your CSR have authorization to allocate, release or do anything else in your neighbors Customer Service Area? Is your neighbor’ s CSR allowed to do something in your Customer Service Area?

No. CSRs are only allowed to work in Customer Service Areas they are assigned to.

11-9-1 Assign your neighbor’ s CSR as Substitute to your Customer Service Area.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�(QYLURQPHQW�o�&6$�3URFHVVLQJ��o�3URFHVV�&6$�Enter your CSR and click < Execute >.

Select the Customer Service Area your CSR is assigned to and click < Assign CSR Substitute > Button.

Enter the name of your neighbor’ s CSR and select Authorization Rule

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-114

11-10 Do a manual release check for your neighbors order. Use ARun Optimizer Type $2��. /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO� Select your ARun Optimizer Type $2�� and click < Execute >.

Select Mode 1 and click < Execute >.

Choose the Customer Sales Area of your neighbor and drill one level down until you can find your order, created in exercise 1-4.

Check the fulfillment rate for the order. The order is not completely fulfilled (only 50% are reached).

Check the MRP status on schedule line level. Drill down to schedule line level and have a look at the MRP status. The MRP status is R – reserved. It is not possible to create an order.

11-10-1 Use Release Rule RR80 (80% on Order Header Level).What happens?

Go up to level 1 where you can find the order. Then click the small button “ Release Check” (looks like a small scale).

In Pop-Up enter Release Rule 55�� and hit enter to display the settings of the Release Rule. You should see, that 80% fulfillment on header level are required. Then execute the release check.

Nothing happens. The allocated quantity is still reserved and MRP status on item level has not changed. This is because the order must be fulfilled at least to 80%.

11-10-2 Now overwrite the settings of Release Rule RR80 with 40 % on Order Header Level. What happens?

Go to level 1 where you can find the order. Then click the small button “ Release Check” (looks like a small scale).

In Pop-Up enter Release Rule 55�� and hit enter to display the settings of the Release Rule. You should see, that 80% fulfillment on header level are required. Change the settings manually to 40% on header level. Then execute the release check.

Now you can see, that the allocated quantity has moved from reserved to fixed quantity. Drill down to schedule line and check the MRP status. It has changed to F – fixed. The order is now ready for delivery.

6DYH�\RXU�UHVXOWV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-115

11-11 Deallocate all orders of your Customer Service Area. Use ARun Optimizer $2��. /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO� Select your ARun Optimizer Type $2�� and click < Execute >.

Select Mode 1 and click < Execute >.

Choose \RXU Customer Sales drill one level down until you can find all of your orders.

Select all orders and then click small “ Deallocate” button or select from menu:

$OORFDWLRQ�o�'HDOORFDWH�In the small window coming up only enter in “ Deallocate By” section 100%. This is to completely deallocate all orders. Confirm the deallocation.

6DYH�\RXU�UHVXOWV��When starting ARun Optimizer again, you can see, that none of the orders is allocated. Further MRP status has changed to T – Temporarily assigned.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 10-116

8QLW�� %DFNJURXQG�0RGHV�7RSLF�� %DFNJURXQG�0RGHV�

12-1 Create a selection set.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ�o��6HOHFWLRQ�6HWV�o�&UHDWH�12-1-1� 0DNH�VHWWLQJV�DV�LQ�H[HUFLVH�WH[W��12-1-2� 7KH��&UHDWH�!�LFRQ�LV�WKH�³VKHHW�RI�SDSHU´��

12-2 Prepare the selection set for background processing:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ�o�%DWFK�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�12-2-1� 0DNH�VHWWLQJV�DV�LQ�H[HUFLVH�WH[W��12-2-2� 6DYH�DV�D�YDULDQW��

*RWR�o�9DULDQWV�o�6DYH�DV�9DULDQW�or click “ Save” button (small disc).

Then enter the data as in exercise text.

12-3 Define the background job.

7RROV�o�&&06�o�%DFNJURXQG�3URFHVVLQJ��o�'HILQH�-RE�12-3-1� 6HH�H[HUFLVH�DQG�WKHQ�KLW�HQWHU��12-3-2� 6HH�H[HUFLVH�DQG�WKHQ�JR�RQ�VWHS�EDFN�ZLWK�³%DFN´�EXWWRQ��12-3-3� 6HH�H[HUFLVH��0HVVDJH�LV�GLVSOD\HG�³-RE�*US��VDYHG�ZLWK�status:

Released” .

12-3-4� &KHFN�WKH�UHVXOWV�ZLWK�\RXU�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO��/RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�(QYLURQPHQW�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005


� &RQWHQWV�� 'HOLYHU\

� 'HOLYHU\�QRWH� &UHDWH�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� &RQILUP�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� 3RVW�JRRGV�LVVXH

� ,QYRLFH�DQG�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ� 6DOHV�6FHQDULRV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005


� $IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 2XWOLQH�WKH�DOORFDWLRQ�DQG�UHOHDVH�SURFHVV� $OORFDWH�DQ�RUGHU�IRU�$)6�PDWHULDOV�DQG�UHOHDVH� 3RVW�UHVXOWV�RI�DOORFDWLRQ� 5HOHDVH�RUGHU�LQ�GLDORJ�PRGH� 2XWOLQH�WKH�VWHSV�IRU�FUHDWLQJ�

� 'HOLYHU\�QRWH� &UHDWH�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� &RQILUP�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� 3RVW�JRRGV�LVVXH� %LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�

� 'HVFULEH�LQGXVWU\�VSHFLILF�VDOHV�VFHQDULRV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >

(@� � �4�.��A��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�A��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�5, �� 0��". *.<B��4�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HOLYHU\��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

� :KHQ�FUHDWLQJ�WKH�GHOLYHU\��WKH�VKLSSLQJ�DFWLYLWLHV�VXFK�DV�SLFNLQJ�RU�WKH�SRVWLQJ�RI�JRRGV�LVVXH��DUH�LQLWLDWHG��7KH�GHOLYHU\�FUHDWLRQ�FDQ�EH�FDUULHG�RXW�LQGLYLGXDOO\�RU�LQWR�FROOHFWLYH�SURFHVVLQJ��7KH�$)6�GDWD�KDV�EHHQ�LQWHJUDWHG�LQ�WKH�6$3�5��6WDQGDUG�6KLSSLQJ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\��)RU�H[DPSOH��WKH�SLFNLQJ�RI�DQ�$)6�PDWHULDO�LV�FDUULHG�RXW�DW�6.8�OHYHO

� 7KH�SLFNLQJ�RI�$)6�PDWHULDOV�FDQ�EH�H[HFXWHG�LQ�WKUHH�GLIIHUHQW�ZD\V�� :LWKRXW�ZDUHKRXVH�PDQDJHPHQW� :LWK�ZDUHKRXVH�PDQDJHPHQW� :LWK�/HDQ�:0

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ��6WDQGDUG�'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ�

7UDQVDFWLRQV DYDLODEOH � Sales order passed the ARun successfully

� AFS materials have the MRPstatus F

� Item should be due on theconfirmed delivery date

� 1R delivery blocks at item level

�

� If the AFS specific prerequisites are fulfilled and the ARun is passed successfully, you can create single deliveries or process delivery due lists.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ��

�

� The delivery process has been redesigned and there are now new tab strips for AFS item overview and for picking.

� Order schedule lines become subitems in the delivery. Only the subitems are picked.

� The R/3 system can create deliveries either online or as a background job to be executed during non- peak-time hours.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6KLSSLQJ��3LFNLQJ ��:DUHKRXVH 0DQDJHPHQW

ZLWKRXW�:0

2UJDQL]DWLRQDOVWUXFWXUHV

3LFNLQJ�ZLWK��

ZLWK/HDQ�:0

ZLWK:0

�6'��3LFNLQJ�UHTXHVW �:0��7UDQVIHU�RUGHU

,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJH�PHQW DW�OHYHO�RI�� 6WRUDJH�ORFDWLRQ��IL[HG�ELQ� 6WRUDJH�ELQ

:DUHKRXVHQXPEHU6WRUDJH�W\SH

$UHD6WRUDJH�ELQ

3ODQW6WRUDJHORFDWLRQ

:DUHKRXVH�QXPEHU6WRUDJH�W\SH

3LFNLQJDUHD

00

OHDQ�:

000 00

:0



$5XQ

'HOLYHU\

*RRGV LVVXH

�

� Depending on the range of functions required (in the storage location concerned), picking can be carried out in one of three ways (defined in Customizing):

� Without Warehouse Management (pure SD picking): Picking involves preparing the correct quality and the correct quantity of goods for shipping on schedule. In this process, one or more picking requests are generated for each delivery (containing items relevant for picking). The picking request is not a shipping document including all information relevant for picking, simply a number which can be referenced when picking is confirmed.

� With WM: In this process, the full range of SAP WM functions DUH available. The central document in this case is the WM transfer order (TO), which is used as a basis for maintaining information relevant to picking. With WM complex warehouse structures with various types of storage areas are managed down to the storage bin level.

� With Lean-WM: In this process, a number of the WM functions are available. The WM transfer order is used for picking, too. If you use Lean-WM, you are not able to carry out inventory management on an exact storage bin basis. Since Lean-WM is used at storage location level, you can only display quantities of stock in inventory management.

� To carry out a stock transfer in Lean-WM, there are 3 steps:

� Create a delivery in the SD Shipping component

� Create a transfer order for the delivery

� Confirm the transfer order � It is recommended that developments relate to picking with the implementation of Warehouse

Management. Picking without WM or Lean-WM will be maintained, but no longer developed.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6KLSSLQJ��3LFNLQJ�ZLWK�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU

3LFNLQJ

All deliveries to be pickedin warehouse number 0100

C D E F E G H I J�K K KL M G E I E N O F K K K K





C D E F E G H I J�K K KL M G E I E N O F K K K KC D E F E G H I J�K K KL M G E I E N O F K K K KC D E F E G H I J�K K KL M G E I E N O F K K K KC D E F E G H I J�K K KL M G E I E N O F K K K K


&RQILUP�72�V�


$FFHSWGLIIHUHQFH�LQ

GHOLYHU\ 'LII��3URFHVVLQJ�LI�QHFHVVDU\6XEVHTXHQW

SLFNLQJ

&UHDWH�72�V�

3ULQW�72�V�

�

� Assumption: The storage locations from which goods are picked are managed using Warehouse Management or Lean-WM (picking is done on the basis of transfer orders).

� In the system, this process starts when a transfer order is created. A TO can be created with reference to an individual delivery or to groups of deliveries.

� Picking documents (labels, picking lists and so on) are then printed (from the TO) to support the actual picking process. These documents can be printed automatically.

� If compulsory confirmation for goods issues is selected in Customizing (e.g. at the level of warehouse number/storage type), the results of picking are reported once picking has been actually carried out.

� The confirmation of the transfer order, and thus the picked quantity must be carried out before the goods issue is posted. If it was not possible to pick the full amount, differences are processed during confirmation. The difference is either accepted in the delivery, or subsequent picking is triggered.

� The use of the lean-WM transfer (used in the following) order as a picking order offers you the following advantages:

�It is RSWLRQDO�as to whether transfer orders created for Lean WM are subject to confirmation

�You can confirm over-deliveries, shortages and batches

�You can print these transfer orders using normal methods.

�You can transmit Lean-WM transfer order data to external systems.

�Recording performance data, such as assignment to a picker, return confirmation of actual times or determining planned times is possible for this type of TO.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-10

SAP AG 2005

7KH�$)6�:DUHKRXVH�0DQDJHPHQW�6\VWHP

,QYHQWRU\�FRQWURO

:DUHKRXVH�PRYHPHQWV:DUHKRXVH�FRQWURO

6WRUDJH�ELQ�PDQDJHPHQW

3ODQQLQJ�DQG�PRQLWRULQJ

:0:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW

�

� The AFS Warehouse Management system supports:

� Management of complex warehouse structures with various types of storage areas (high rack random storage, block storage, fixed bin storage, and so on) within one or several plants down to the storage bin level.

� Processing of all stock movements such as goods receipts, goods issues, stock transfers using stock placement and stock removal strategies, also taking the characteristics of the individual materials into account.

� The standard warehouse management in R/3 has been enhanced to include data at SKU level / grid value data. The functions and processes, such as goods receipt, replenishment and goods issue in WM are applicable for AFS material. Information is maintained for stock storage, placement and removal at SKU level. Reports and screens have been enhanced to display SKU data.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-11

SAP AG 2005

&UHDWLQJ�%LOOLQJ�'RFXPHQWV6WDQGDUG�%LOOLQJ

7UDQVDFWLRQV DYDLODEOH

6WDQGDUG9LHZV

�

� In AFS, there are tab strips for AFS item overview and AFS pricing which store SKU information.

� Billing documents can be created with reference to sales orders or deliveries. You can create single billing documents or process the delivery due list.

� The R/3 system can create billing documents either online or as a background job to be executed during off-peak hours.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-12

SAP AG 2005

,QWHUIDFH�WR�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ

$FFRXQWLQJ��

� When saving the billing document, the R/3 System automatically generates an accounting document which updates the correspondinggeneral ledger accounts.

Billing document

Amount 100$�5

;��

�

� At billing, the R/3 System debits the customer’s accounts receivable account and credits the revenue account.

� NOTE: Your R/3 System may support automatic updates to other accounting components, for example, Controlling (CO), Profitability Analysis (COPA), and Legal Consolidation (FI-LC). Your system may also support additional updates to the general ledger if you implement Warehouse Management or if you accept multiple methods of payment, in addition to Credit Management.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-13

SAP AG 2005

'RFXPHQW�)ORZ�LQ�WKH�5��6\VWHP

� 6DOHV�GRFXPHQWV�UHSUHVHQW�WUDQVDFWLRQV�LQ�WKH�5��6\VWHP�

� 7KH�WUDQVDFWLRQV�IRUP�D�FKDLQ�RI�UHODWHG�GRFXPHQWV��FDOOHG�GRFXPHQW�IORZ�LQ�WKH�5��6\VWHP�

� 7KH�5��6\VWHP�FRSLHV�GDWD�IURP�RQH�GRFXPHQW�LQWR�DQRWKHU�WR�UHGXFH�PDQXDO�GDWD�HQWU\�DQG�WR�PDNH�SUREOHP�VROYLQJ�HDVLHU�

AccountingDocument

Order Delivery Billing Document

�

� Document flow is an online history of related R/3 transactions.

� As you execute transactions throughout the customer order management cycle, the R/3 System assigns a document number to each transaction.

� Document flow tracks the progress of a sales order. It shows all documents associated with the sales order.

� Document flow is a tool you can use to verify document status and answer customer questions.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-14

SAP AG 2005

P�Q�R�S�TVUWP5X!Y[Z*U�\�]�P5^�_`_aQ!Y P�Q�R�S�TVUWbc^&de^�_fU�]0ghZ0U&d/Q!Y

$W�RQFH RUGHU

3UH2UGHU3KDVH 5H2UGHU3KDVH6DOHV2UGHU

� )XWXUH�2UGHU�ZLWKRXW�$73�&KHFN� )XWXUH�2UGHU�ZLWK�$73�&KHFN

� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�LQFOXGLQJ�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�ZLWK�6.8�/HYHO�+RUL]RQ� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�ZLWK�GHOLYHU\�SURJUDP�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� DJDLQVW�3ODQQHG�,QGHSHQGHQW�5HTXLUHPHQWV

� &RQWUDFWV�ZLWK�RU�ZLWKRXW�$73�&KHFN� 5HOHDVH�RUGHU��FDOO�RII��FRQVXPLQJ�FRQWUDFW�UHTXLUHPHQWV

6DOHV�6FHQDULR�,

�

� For running specific sales order handling in the preorder period, it is appropriate to define a specific order type

� Without ATP-Check: take into account, that rescheduling would not work here

� including ReplenishmentLeadTime: confirmed delivery date will be accurate, if procurement starts right away

� delivery program functionality: deactivate ATP until procurement situation is solid

� contracts will be used to transfer customer requirements at a very early stage and to fix customer specific pricing even if the final destination of the goods is not clear (department stores)

� release orders (call off) will consume contract requirements / assignments.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-15

SAP AG 2005

� 6WDQGDUG�2UGHU�ZLWK�$73�&KHFN� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�LQFOXGLQJ�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�H[FOXGLQJ�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH

� &RQWUDFWV�ZLWK�$73�&KHFN�DQG�$581� 5HOHDVH�RUGHU��FDOO�RII��FRQVXPLQJ�FRQWUDFW�DVVLJQPHQWV

6DOHV�6FHQDULR�,,P�Q�R�S�TVUWP5X!Y[Z*U�\�]�P5^�_`_aQ!Y P�Q�R�S�TVUWbc^&de^�_fU�]0ghZ0U&d/Q!Y

$W�RQFH RUGHU


�

� Excluding Replenishment Lead Time: in AFS RLT could be deactivated by SKU (e.g. color, size)

� contract could be allocated to do a fix reservation for the goods; release order (call off) will consume the allocated quantities

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-16

SAP AG 2005

� 6WDQGDUG�2UGHU�ZLWK�$73�&KHFN� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�LQFOXGLQJ�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH� DJDLQVW�$73�/RJLF�H[FOXGLQJ�5HSOHQLVKPHQW�/HDG�WLPH

� 6WDQGDUG�2UGHU�ZLWK�$73�&KHFN�DQG�DXWRPDWHG�$581� 5XVK�2UGHU�ZLWK�DXWRPDWHG�$581�DQG�LPPHGLDWH�GHOLYHU\

6DOHV�6FHQDULR�,,,P�Q�R�S�TVUWP5X!Y[Z*U�\�]�P5^�_`_aQ!Y P�Q�R�S�TVUWbc^&de^�_fU�]0ghZ0U&d/Q!Y

$W�RQFH RUGHU


�

� Online ARUN: ARUN would allocate available quantity and reduce open quantity EHIRUH ATP; functionality in online ARUN is reduced, but release checks are fully supported.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-17

SAP AG 2005

2UGHU HQWU\

&KDQJHV LQ�6DOHV �'DWHV DQG 4XDQWLWLHV�

$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ'HOLYHU\

3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

6DOH V

3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

3UR F

XUHP

H QW

3XUFKDVLQJ3URGXFWLRQ

&KDQJHV LQ�3URFXUHPHQW �'DWHV DQG�4XDQWLWLHV�

5HVFKHGXOLQJ

6HDVRQ�6DOHV�6FHQDULRVP�Q�R�S�TVUWP5X!Y[Z*U�\�]�P5^�_`_aQ!Y P�Q�R�S�TVUWbc^&de^�_fU�]0ghZ0U&d/Q!Y

$W�RQFH RUGHU


�

� PreOrderPhase

�timeperiod of 4-6 weeks at the begin of the season, where new materials are sold to customers; leadtime of approx. 3 months; procurement partly started; sales planning finished and permanent projection of the figures based on order entry information; customers are going to decrease preordering and increase reordering to be on the more safer side. To improve preorder it is usual to have preorder discounts.

� ReOrderPhase

�procurement fully started; goods receipt beginning; discontinued SKUs or materials will be marked

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-18

SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�6FHQDULR�5HVFKHGXOLQJ

2UGHU HQWU\



3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

6DOH V

3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

3UR F

XUHP

H QW



5HVFKHGXOLQJ


$W�RQFH RUGHU


�

� Rescheduling is a tool to recalculate ATP-figures (dates and quantities) based on changes on the sales and procurement side; because this is a mass processing tool it is not recommended to run rescheduling on a daily basis.

� To have accurate information in customer service it would be beneficial to reschedule delivery date information, when the procurement situation is more or less stable (e.g. 6 weeks before shipping); of course this would only work, if customers would accept changes in delivery date information at that point of time (no order confirmation send before).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-19

SAP AG 2005

(QG�R

I�VHD

VRQ�

SURF

HVVLQ

J

6DOHV�6FHQDULR�(QG�RI�6HDVRQ

2UGHU HQWU\



3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

6DOH V

3UR F

HVVH

V LQ�

3UR F

XUHP

H QW



5HVFKHGXOLQJ


$W�RQFH RUGHU


�

� End of season Processing

� To support end of season processing the AFS system provides several functionalities:

� Rescheduling (ATP Check w/o Replenishment Lead Time)

� Mass Document Change (Mass Rejection of sales order items)

� Mass Document Change taking Cancel Date into account

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-20

SAP AG 2005


<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 2XWOLQH�WKH�VWHSV�IRU�FUHDWLQJ�

� 'HOLYHU\�QRWH� &UHDWH�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� &RQILUP�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU��/HDQ�:0�� 3RVW�JRRGV�LVVXH� %LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�

� 'HVFULEH�LQGXVWU\�VSHFLILF�VDOHV�VFHQDULRV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-21

([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�


• Run MRP to start the procurement process

• Convert a purchase requisition to a purchase order and follow changes on the AFS Stock/ReqsList

Run MRP to start the procurement process and determine when your material will be available again.

1-1 Display the AFS Stock/ReqsList and check the MRP status of your sales order. Perform an MRP run for your material 76�6+2(��.

'DWD Create purchase requisition �� Planning Mode �� Scheduling ��

Check the MRP status of your sales order again from the MRP-screen.

1-1-1 Convert the purchase requisition into a purchase order. 'DWD Vendor 76�9(1'25�Purchasing organization �� Purchasing group �� Save the purchase order. Check the MRP status. Do you see any changes?

____________________________________________________________

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-22

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�


• Perform the Allocation run

• Selection: Create your own ARun type in Customizing and run the allocation with selection

• Release: Check release rules in Customizing and run the allocation with different release rules

• Sorting: Create your own sort rule in Customizing and perform ARun with sorted requirements

• Checking: Create and use your own checking rule in the Allocation run (Optional)

• MRP status: Check the MRP status during the process of allocation up to posting a goods issue (Optional)

By performing an Allocation run, you allocate stock to sales orders.

1-2 Allocation run (ARun) is the process used in AFS to assign stock to sales orders. In case of a short stock situation you can prioritize orders so that they are given preference when stock is allocated. ARun prepares the next step of delivery creation and backorder processing. ARun provides an optimal distribution of available stock to sales orders and can considerably increase customer satisfaction.

In this exercise you learn how to perform the Allocation run for release.

1-2-1 Display your material 76�'5(66�� and check the status in the stock/requirements list.

1-2-2 Create an order for &867��and use 76�'5(66-##. Choose dimension values ZLWK stock: %/.�0 50 pieces. Perform ARun for your material 76�'5(66�� in simulation mode. 'DWD Type ��0DWHULDO�,QGH[��)LIR Mode 6LPXODWLRQ�Selection list <HV Allocation list <HV Enter SODQW�� in the selection screen �PDWHULDO!. Enter the 6'�GRFXPHQW�QXPEHU in the selection screen �VDOHV�! and enter an RSHQ�WR�GHOLYHU\�GDWH �VDOHV�!. Confirm the selection, sorting, and the release.

Check the results.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-23

1-2-3 Check the MRP status of your material 76�'5(66��in the stock requirements list. Which status does your sales order have?

____________________________________________________________

Is it possible to create a delivery for the order?

____________________________________________________________

1-2-4 Perform ARun again, this time in QRUPDO�PRGH ‘�’. Save the ARun. Check the MRP status of your material 76�'5(66��in the stock requirements list. Which status does your sales order have?

____________________________________________________________

Is it now possible to create a delivery for your order?

1-2-5 Create deliveries for your order, perform the picking and post the goods issue. View MRP status again.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-24

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� 'HOLYHU\�


• Create a delivery

• Perform a transfer order, confirm a transfer order and post a goods issue

You are now ready to create a delivery for your orders.

1-3 After passing the ARun, an order can be delivered. Create a standard order and a delivery for this sales order. (As a prerequisite the order must have passed the ARun successfully; the MRP status of the order is F.)

'DWD�±�6WDQGDUG�2UGHU Customer &XVW�� Material 76�6XQJODVVHV�� Qty / Color ��SFV��*UHHQ

� 'DWD�±�'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ Shipping point ��Selection date 5HTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH�Order 3UHYLRXV�RUGHU�QXPEHU

Go into the order and +HDGHU�/RDGLQJ.

�'DWD Door for whse: ��'RRU�� Staging Area: ��Save the delivery.

What is the MRP status in the AFS Stock Requirements list?

____________________________________________________________

Display the document flow and the Order List Overview for your order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-25

1-4 Create a transfer order, confirm a transfer order and post goods issue for the three sales orders.

1-4-1 Create a transfer order for your deliveries.

'DWD Warehouse number �� Plant ��Delivery \RXU�GHOLYHU\�QXPEHU

Select the �*HQHUDWH�72�LWHP!�button.

1-4-2 Confirm your transfer order.

'DWD Foreground/background: + Adopt pick quantity: ��(Include picking quantities in delivery)

1-4-3 Post a goods issue.

1-4-4 Check the document flow and the Order List Overview.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-26

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� ,QYRLFH�DQG�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�


• Create an invoice

You can now invoice your customer for the delivered goods.

1-5 Create an invoice for the order of the previous exercise. (The last order is generally displayed in the 'RFXPHQW�ILHOG). Check the entry and post the invoice. View the billing document and check the document flow.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-27

6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� 0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�

1-1 Display the stock/requirements list.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�OLVW�

MRP status: %� �053�EORFNHG�UHTXLUHPHQWV.

Perform an MRP run for your material with data of the exercise.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ�

�MRP status: 7� �7HPSRUDULO\�DVVLJQHG�VWRFN��UHTXLUHPHQWV.

1-1-1 Convert the purchase requisition into purchase order. Place cursor on the stock number.

(GLW�o�&RQYHUW�o�3XU5HT��3XU2UG��Select purchase requisition, choose the <Adopt> button, enter a net order price and save your order.

Display the MRP status.

�/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV��3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV/LVW�Do you see any changes?

6WRFN�W\SH�FKDQJHG�IURP�$��UHTXLVLWLRQ�RUGHU��WR�%��SXUFKDVH�RUGHU��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-28

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� $OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�

2-1 Perform allocation run for release.

2-1-1 Check MRP-status:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV/LVW�

�MRP-status: $�±�)UHH�DYDLODEOH�VWRFN

2-1-2 Create a standard order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�Choose dimension values with stock: In your material master 76�'5(66��%/.�0: ��(QYLURQPHQW�o�6WRFN�RYHUYLHZ��Perform an ARun (Simulation):

/RJLVWLFV�o��$OORFDWLRQ�UXQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�Choose selection and allocation list, enter order number and execute in simulation mode. 6HOHFWLRQ��A green traffic light is displayed for all orders with sufficient stock. A red traffic light signals exceeded stock. If a green light is not displayed, post another goods receipt to fill your stock. 5HOHDVH��All orders by item lines and sizes are displayed. Check the results:

If there did not occur any exceptions during allocation, the traffic light of your order will be green.��'R�127�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOWV��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-29

2-1-3 Check the MRP status in the stock/requirements list. Which status does your order have after you simulate the ARun?

/RJLVWLFVo�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV/LVW 6WDWXV�7��7HPSRUDULO\�DVVLJQHG�VWRFN�UHTXLUHPHQWV��Is it possible to create a delivery for the order?

/RJLVWLFVo�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQo��2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWHo�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU 1R��Error log:�1R�VFKHGXOH�OLQHV��GXH�IRU�GHOLYHU\�XS�WR�WKH�VHOHFWHG�GDWH��

2-1-4 Which status does your order have after performing the ARun in normal mode and saving?

6WDWXV�)��$VVLJQPHQW�IL[HG��RSHQ�IRU�GHOLYHU\��Is it possible to create a delivery for the order? <HV��

2-1-5 Create deliveries for your order, perform the picking and post the goods issue.

/RJLVWLFVo�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQV��o��2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�

View MRP status again.

�/RJLVWLFVo�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQo�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV/LVW�

After creating delivery: '�±�$VVLJQPHQW�IL[HG�RQ�GHOLYHU\. After posting goods issue: --. The order is no longer visible!

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-30

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� 'HOLYHU\�

3-1 Create a standard order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH

Create a delivery for your last three sales orders.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJo�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�UHIHUHQFH�WR�VDOHV�RUGHU�

� �� Enter the order number together with an appropriate delivery date

�� *RWR�o�+HDGHU�o/RDGLQJ�

�� Enter Door for warehouse �� and Material storage area �.

Save your entries and note delivery number.

� � Check the MRP status in the stock/requirements list.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�$SSOLFDWLRQV��3URGXFWLRQ�o�053�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV/LVW��

�� MRP status: '� �$VVLJQPHQW�IL[HG�RQ�GHOLYHU\�QRWH.�

Display the document flow and the order list overview in the according order. Double click on Sales order number in the MRP stock/req. List to switch directly to the order.

(QYLURQPHQW Æ 'RFXPHQW )ORZ�� Order - Completed, Delivery – Open

Go back to the order header view and then choose:

*RWR�o�2YHUYLHZ�Æ�2UGHU�YLHZ�Æ�2UGHU�OLVW�RYHUYLHZ�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-31

�3-2 Create a Transfer order, confirm transfer order and post goods issue.

3-2-1� Create Transfer order.�/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ→�3LFNLQJ�o�&UHDWH�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW��Enter Warehouse number �� and your delivery number. Create TO by choosing the button �*HQHUDWH�72�LWHP!. Save your TO.

(Other possibility to create TOs using collective processing: Create 7UDQVIHU�RUGHU�o�Via Outbound Delivery Monitor Mark your delivery numbers and create TOs in EDFNJURXQG��72�LQ�EDFNJU�!. Save your entries.)

�3-2-2 Confirm Transfer order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ→�3LFNLQJ�o��&RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�RUGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�,Q�2QH�6WHS�

3-2-3 Post Goods issue.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW��Enter your�outbound delivery number and press button �3RVW�JRRGV�LVVXH!.

3-2-4 Check the document flow and the Order List Overview.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH��(QYLURQPHQW�Æ�'LVSOD\�'RFXPHQW�)ORZ��Go back to the order header view and then choose: �*RWR�o�2YHUYLHZ�Æ�2UGHU�YLHZ�Æ�2UGHU�OLVW�RYHUYLHZ�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 11-32

8QLW�� 6DOHV�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ�7RSLF�� ,QYRLFH�DQG�)LQDQFLDO�$FFRXQWLQJ�

4-1 Create an invoice.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�%LOOLQJ�o�%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�&UHDWH��Enter your delivery and press �([HFXWH!� Save your entries.

View the billing document and the document flow

%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�'LVSOD\�(QYLURQPHQW�o�'RFXPHQW�IORZ�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� 0DVV�&KDQJHV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DVV�&KDQJHV

&RQWHQWV�� 0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH�� 0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH�� 0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�

&KDQJH�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�&XVWRPHU�

&KDQJH�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�RI�

0DWHULDO�0DVWHU

0DVV�&KDQJHV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD


�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�

�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >�5, �

� 0��". *.<@��4�

(A� � �4�.��B��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�B��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� <RX�KDYH�GHFLGHG�WR�FDQFHO�SURGXFWLRQ�RI�D�FHUWDLQ�PDWHULDO��+RZHYHU��\RX�KDYH�DOUHDG\�WDNHQ�VRPH�RUGHUV�IRU�WKLV�PDWHULDO��<RX�SHUIRUP�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH�WR�UHMHFW�DOO�RUGHU�LWHPV�IRU�WKLV�PDWHULDO��

0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJHV��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DVV 'RFXPHQW &KDQJH�6HOHFWLRQ 9LHZ

6HOHFW�RSHQ�RU�DOO�6DOHV�2UGHUV

4XLFN�2UGHU�DQG�&XVWRPHU�6HOHFWLRQ�

*R�WR�&KDQJH�RSWLRQV

9DULRXV�VHOHFWLRQ�RSWLRQVRQ�DOO�WKUHH�RUGHU�OHYOHV

�

� Various selection criteria exist on header, item and schedule line level

� Selection criteria include both values as statuses

� Partner Selection: If you carry out a quick change of the documents, you will see a list display of the partners for the selected time period. You can restrict your selection from the list display. If you then choose HQWHU, the system will transfer the data of these partners as selection criteria.

� Quick Document Selection: If you want to effectively change the documents, go to the dialog box after entering you selection criteria in the 4XLFN�2UGHU�6HOHFWLRQ� There you will see an overview of the documents that have been selected for a particular time period.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH)LHOGV�WKDW�FDQ�EH�FKDQJHG�XVLQJ�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH� 6DOHV�JURXS�VDOHV�RIILFH�� ,QFRWHUPV�DW�LWHP�OHYHO� &XVWRPHU� 3D\PHQW�WHUPV�DW�LWHP�OHYHO� 062�5HIHU��GRFXPHQW� 'HOLYHU\�EORFN��KHDGHU�VFKHG�O�� 5HTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH� 0DWHULDO�DW�JULG�YDOXH�OHYHO

� &DQFHO�GDWH� &DWHJRU\� 4XDOLILHU� 9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV� &DQFHOODWLRQ��PDWHULDO��JULG�YDOXH��UHDVRQ�IRU�UHMHFWLRQ�

� 5HSULFLQJ�DW�+HDGHU�,WHP� $73�FKHFN�DW�+HDGHU�,WHP

1R��RI�VDOHV�GRFXPHQWV�SHU�FRPPLW�XQLW�IRU�GDWD�WUDQVIHU� 5HFV SHU�FRPPLW XQLW

Parameters to change

Pricing typeRepricing HeaderRepricing Items

ATP check HeaderATP check Item

Recs per commit unit

Parameter to be set

�

� Triggering of a new availability check during mass document changes:

� The system can once more check the availability for the materials and grid values of your sales documents, using the report for the Mass Document Change

� Change of the pricing type via mass document change:

� You can enter a pricing type as change parameter, and the system can then carry out a new pricing for your sales documents

� Display and change sales documents within the variant conversion type:

� You can select a variant conversion type for your sales documents in the selection screen

� In the parameters to change screen, you can select your material, grid value and view them in different conversion types.

� Entry to control the database commit:

� You can control when the system should update the database within a realignment run for the Mass Document Change. You enter the amount of documents the system should process during the realignment run before updating the database.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH�9LHZ

&KDQJH�RSWLRQV�RQDOO�6DOHV�2UGHUV�/HYHOV

*R�WR�([HFXWLRQ�6FUHHQ

8SGDWH�2SWLRQV

�

� One setting per execution of the Mass Document Change Tool can be canged.

� Enter the ole and the new value.

� Besides replacing values with another the tool can be used to update sales orders e.g to redo pricing.

� ARun rejection handling is used for the second step of the two-step rejection in ARun Optimizer. Orders that had been flaged for rejection are updated here.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

0DVV 'RFXPHQW &KDQJH��([HFXWLRQ RI�FKDQJH

'LVSOD\�RI�DOO�VHOHFWHG�2UGHUV

([HFXWH�&KDQJHV 6LPXODWH�&KDQJHV

&KDQJH�/RJ�WR�VHH�&KDQJHV

�

� To execute the changes a push button is displayed showing the name of the change. In the example above it would be replacing „no delivery block“ with delivery block „02“

� After the excution the changes can be displayed

� If errors occur they can be also displayed

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-10

SAP AG 2005

� <RX�FDQ�XVH�WKH�0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH�IXQFWLRQDOLW\�WR�TXLFNO\�DSSO\�FKDQJHV�WR�VHYHUDO�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU�UHFRUGV��

0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJHV��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-11

SAP AG 2005

0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH

6HOHFWLRQ�6HWWLQJV

&KDQJH�6HWWLQJV

%DWFK�LQSXW�ILOH

�

� Mass Customer Change uses functionality from Batch Input. After creating a batch input file with selection and change information, you need to run the batch using the R/3 Standard functionality.

� With Customer Mass Customer Change several changes can be executed in one batch run.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-12

SAP AG 2005

� 7KH�6WDQGDUG�0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�WRRO�HQDEOHV�\RX�WR�FKDQJH�VHYHUDO�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU�UHFRUGV�LQ�RQH�VWHS��

0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-13

SAP AG 2005

0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�IRU�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU6HOHFW�2EMHFW�7\SH

6HOHFW�7DEOHV��)LHOGV

'HILQH�6HOHFWLRQ

6SHFLI\�QHZ�YDOXHV

6DYH�FKDQJHV

�

� Mass maintenance enables many objects to be changed simultaneously. This tool should therefore only be used by users with the relevant experience. These people should also know how to use the field names and tables in the R/3 System.

� Mass maintenance can be carried out in the following modes:

� In the dialog

In this mode you should only change small amounts of data.

� In the background

If you want to change alot of objects at the same time, you use this mode to reduce the system load.

� In the mixed mode

You start in the dialog and then switch to actually carrying out changes but in background processing.

� If you regularly have to carry out similar changes to data, you can create a variant. A variant is always required if you have to carry out mass maintenance in the background.

� The system records all changes carried out as well as any possible errors in a log.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-14

SAP AG 2005

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�

&KDQJH�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�&XVWRPHU�

&KDQJH�� 'HVFULEH�ZKHQ�\RX�ZRXOG�XVH�0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH

0DVV�&KDQJHV��8QLW�6XPPDU\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-15

([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� 0DVV�&KDQJHV�7RSLF�� 0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH�


• Change the prices of some orders by using Mass Document Change

You need to reprice orders with material 76�32/2��. However, you have already taken some orders for this material. You perform Mass Document Change to carry out new pricing for this material.

1-1 2SWLRQDO� Reprice your orders by using Mass Document Change.

1-1-1 Create two orders with material 76�32/2��

1-1-2 Change the price for material 76�32/2�� by creating a new condition record for pricing. 'DWD Condition type -�$3�(Price Size & SZ)�Key Combination 0DWHULDO�Sales organization �� Validation 7RGD\�WR�HQG�RI�WKH�\HDU

1-1-3 Use the Mass Document Change Tool to reprice your orders. In the selection screen choose your orders and enter the parameters to change screen SULFLQJ�W\SH�% (Carry out new pricing) on item level. Select your orders and reprice them. Look at the result of the change and, if necessary, at the error log.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-16

8QLW�� 0DVV�&KDQJHV�7RSLF�� 0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH��


• Perform Mass Customer Change

You can use the Mass Customer Change functionality to quickly apply changes to several customers.

The Mass Customer Change functionality uses SAP batch input to carry out changes. The following steps have to be carried out:

- set up customer selection criteria for the customers that have to be changed

- define fields to be updated

- execute the mass customer change using SAP batch input

1-2� 2SWLRQDO� Create two new customers &867�� and &867�� as reference to your existing customer &867��. Prepare your batch input for Mass Customer Change. Select three customers of your group and change the customer distribution center number (field: 6$3�QR��I��FXVW��'&) from Blank ( ) to the customer number of your first customer. Use the session group &867*5283��. Execute to fill your batch input file. Run the batch input using standard functionality. Check the results on your customer master records.

1-3� 2SWLRQDO� Use the Mass Customer Change Tool to allow your customers for the Value Added Services functionality. Enter your customers. Then maintain the entries for the parameters to change: old values are marked by asterisks; new values are � each for Packing, Special Services and Ticketing/Labeling.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-17

6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� 0DVV�&KDQJH�7RSLF�� 0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH��

1-1� 2SWLRQDO� Reprice your orders by using Mass Document Change.

1-1-1 Create two orders with material 76�32/2��

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��

1-1-2 Change the price for material TS-POLO-## by creating a new condition record for pricing. /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�&RQGLWLRQV�o�6HOHFW�XVLQJ�FRQGLWLRQ�W\SH�o�&UHDWH Enter condition type and key combination. Enter a different price for material TS-POLO-## and save the condition record.

1-1-3 Use the Mass Document Change Tool to reprice your orders. /RJLVWLFV�Æ�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�o�6DOHV�'RFXPHQWV� Select your orders. Choose <Changes> button. Enter pricing type B and flag �1HZ�3ULFLQJ�DW�LWHP�OHYHO�! in the Adjust Update Tabstrip.

Execute Mass Document Change. Select all you orders and press button �1HZ�3ULFLQJ�,WHPV!. Now you can display the Change log.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 12-18

8QLW�� 0DVV�&KDQJH��7RSLF�� 0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH��

1-2 2SWLRQDO� Create two new customers as reference to your existing customers.

Prepare your batch input for Mass Customer Change.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�0DVV�0DLQWHQDQFH�o�&XVWRPHU�0DVWHU �Select three of your customers. Take session &86*5283��. In the old values column leave the field 6$3�QR��I��FXVW��'&�blank. In the new values column enter the customer number of the first customer. Press �([HFXWH! to create and fill the batch input file. In the next screen you must save the results – otherwise the batch input file will be lost.

Now run batch input in the foreground using standard functionality.

7RROV�o�$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ�o�0RQLWRU�o�%DWFK�,QSXW��Mark your session and press the execute button. Select 3URFHVV�IRUHJURXQG�and start processing. You now can follow the changes on the screen. Go through all screens with <Enter> without changing anything. Check your customer master data if the changes are correct. In AFS Additional Data Tabstrip the Distribution Center field should be filled. �

1-3 2SWLRQDO� Repeat the above exercise changing the data for Value Added Services.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004

$GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV

&RQWHQWV�� 5XVK�2UGHU� &RQVLJQPHQW�2UGHU� 6WRFN�7UDQVIHU� 0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU��062�� &RQWUDFWV� 7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHU� 3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU� 0DNH�WR�2UGHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�WKH�5XVK�2UGHU�SURFHVV� 'HVFULEH�&RQVLJQPHQW�2UGHU�SURFHVVLQJ� 'HVFULEH�WKH�VWRFN�WUDQVIHU�SURFHGXUH� ([SODLQ�WKH�GLIIHUHQFHV�EHWZHHQ�062��DQG�

062�� 'HILQH�D�TXDQWLW\�FRQWUDFW� 'HVFULEH�WKH�WKLUG�SDUW\�RUGHU�SURFHVV� 'HVFULEH�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�XVLQJ�SXUFKDVH�

WR�RUGHU�DQG�PDNH�WR�RUGHU

$GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2004


� ��

��

�!�� "�#%$&$��$' � ��

$)60DVWHU�'DWD

6DOHV�DQG'LVWULEXWLRQ ' �� ( � � � � ��

�!��$&�) �� ' ��

3URFXUHPHQW� "� *�&+��,��-)".� �&� �/� ��

' ��"� 0��#�� &�� )� � "� ��+��1 0$��

3URGXFWLRQ

2 ��&$.�,�� 34��5, �

'�1 � ,��"4�� &�.��$1 0$.& � *�&$)"�� 1 0$�� & �64� 7�

� 0�&$)"��4�� )�8��*�� "��/� ��49� 0�&$)"��4�: ��

:DUHKRXVH0DQDJHPHQW


#�� /� ��,;"��

' �&� �� <=�� '�> ��<

?�� >�5, �

� 0��". *.<@��4�

( � � �4�.��A��0� �� : ��0� �� : "��&<=�

�A��0& � �� 2 /� $��

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5XVK 2UGHU

� 'HOLYHU\�LV�DXWRPDWLFDOO\�FUHDWHG�GLUHFWO\�DIWHU�RUGHU�FUHDWLRQ

� $XWRPDWLF�GHOLYHU\�LV�RQO\�FUHDWHG�IRU�WKRVH�LWHPV�ZKLFK�DUH�DYDLODEOH

� $OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�7\SH�PXVW�EH�GHILQHG�LQ�WKH�$)6�2UGHU�7\SH�³5XVK�2UGHU´�IRU�DXWRPDWLF�DOORFDWLRQ�GXULQJ�VDYLQJ�RI�WKH�RUGHU

� 0DQXDO�RQOLQH�$5XQ�RU�EDWFK�$5XQ�LV�QHFHVVDU\�EHIRUH�GHOLYHU\�FUHDWLRQ�LI�QR�$5XQ�7\SH�LV�GHILQHG�IRU�DXWRPDWLF�DOORFDWLRQ�LQ�WKH�FXVWRPL]LQJ�RI�WKH�RUGHU�W\SH

�

� The remaining items of the order which were not automatically allocated and delivered are delivered when procurement process and a new allocation run have taken place – They are not automatically allocated and delivered.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

5XVK�2UGHU

5XVK 2UGHU��SFV��$��SFV��%��SFV��&

Automatic creation of delivery

$5XQ�&RQWURO LQ�6'�'RFXPHQWV 'HILQH 6DOHV�'RFXPHQW 7\SHV

'HOLYHU\

�

� 5XVK�2UGHU: The Customizing setting for the document type SO is “Create delivery immediately”.

� 'HOLYHU\: A delivery is created automatically for orders with order type SO. The delivery item category determines whether or not picking is necessary for the delivery.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RQVLJQPHQW 3URFHVV

� 6RPH�FXVWRPHUV�PD\�DVN�IRU�FRQVLJQPHQW�SURFHVVLQJ�

� $IWHU�FRQVLJQPHQW�VWRFN�KDV�EHHQ�EXLOW�XS�DW�WKH�FXVWRPHU¶V�VLWH�WKH�FXVWRPHU�FDQ�ZLWKGUDZ�PDWHULDOV�DW�VKRUW�QRWLFH&RQVLJQPHQW 6WRFN�LQ�$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUPHQW /LVW

� $OO�SK\VLFDO�VWRFN�PRYHPHQWV�QHHG�$5XQ

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RQVLJQPHQW�3URFHVVLQJ

��

��

��

1RUPDO�VWRFN0&+%

&RQVLJQPHQW VWRFN06.8

��

��

��

��

&RQVLJQPHQW ILOO�XS &RQVLJQPHQW LVVXH

&RQVLJQPHQW SLFN�XS &RQVLJQPHQW UHWXUQV��

��

��

��

�

� Consignment goods are goods that are stored at the customer site, but that are still the property of your company. Then the settlement of the goods is only necessary if the customer withdraws them from the consignment stock. The stockholding of the consignment goods is transferred to the customer.

� &RQVLJQPHQW�ILOO�XS: You fill the consignment stock at your customer. If you sent consignment stock to the customer, this procedure is documented by creating a consignment fill-up (sales document type .%). Before creating the delivery the ARun must be executed. By posting the goods issue the corresponding stock is posted from the unrestricted-use stock to the consignment stock (special stock).

� &RQVLJQPHQW�LVVXH: Using the consignment issue the customer can withdraw consignment goods from the special stock for usage or for sales. This procedure is documented by creating a consignment issue (sales document type .(). In this order type an ARun with VWRFN�VHOHFWLRQ�UXOH must be used with “FRQVLJQPHQW�JRRGV�DW�FXVWRPHU” flagged. When posting the goods issue the corresponding quantity is subtracted both from the customer special stock and your own valuated stock. As there is no delivery of goods, the delivery can be immediately carried out.

� &RQVLJQPHQW�SLFN�XS: Here the settings for ARun are made as for the consignment issue.

� &RQVLJQPHQW�UHWXUQV are used if the customer wants to post goods back to the consignment stock. Although the returns processing is a sales document type from which a (return) delivery is created, an allocation run is not required. Returns are the only sales order type for which you do not need an ARun. To ensure that an allocation run is not carried out when using the sales order type RE, you must select the sales document category +�in the sales document type.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

6WRFN�7UDQVIHU��%XVLQHVV�([DPSOH

� <RX KDYH D��SLHFH VKRUWDJH RI�\RXU PDWHULDO�76�32/2��LQ�WKH 6ORYHQLD SODQW��7KHUHIRUH��\RXGHFLGH WR�WUDQVIHU WKH PDWHULDO�IURP WKH SODQW�LQ�*HUPDQ\�WR�WKH SODQW�LQ�6ORYHQLD�

� <RX�ZDQW�WR�PRQLWRU�WKH�VWRFN�RQ�LWV�ZD\�IURP�*HUPDQ\�WR�6ORYHQLD��VR�\RX�SRVW�D�VWRFN�WUDQVIHU�EHWZHHQ�WKH�WZR�SODQWV�LQ�WZR�VWHSV��$IWHU�WKH�*,�LV�SRVWHG�LQ�WKH�*HUPDQ�SODQW�WKH�VWRFN�LV�³LQ�WUDQVIHU´��WKH�SURFHVV�LV�ILQLVKHG�EH�UHFHLYLQJ�WKH�JRRGV�LQ�WKH�6ORYHQLDQ�SODQW�

� ,QVWHDG�RI�XVLQJ�WKLV�6'�6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�\RX�FRXOG�DOVR�SODFH�D�GLUHFW�00�ERRNLQJ�SODQW�WR�SODQW��,Q�WKLV�FDVH�WKH�V\VWHP�VKRZV�WKH�VWRFN�LQ�WKH�QHZ�SODQW�EHIRUH�LW�LV�DFWXDOO\�DULYLQJ WKHUH�

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-10

SAP AG 2005

6WRUDJH/RFDWLRQ��

6WRUDJH/RFDWLRQ��

3ODQW��3ODQW��

B�B�CDEDFDHG DFDEDJI

B�B.CDEDEDKG DEDEDFI

&RPSDQ\&RGH

&RPSDQ\&RGH

6WRFN�7UDQVIHU

�

� A company-to-company code can be regarded as an organizational level. The transfer takes place between two plants and can involve two different company codes.

� Transfer posting occurs between two plants that belong to the same company code.

� Stock transfer occurs within your plant from one storage location to another storage location.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-11

SAP AG 2005

6WRFN�7UDQVIHU��6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU

5HFHLYLQJ�3ODQW ,VVXLQJ�3ODQW

6WRFN7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU

��

��

��

��

��

8QUHVWULFWHG 6WRFN 8QUHVWULFWHG 6WRFN

��

*RRGV,VVXH

*RRGV5HFHLSW

'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ

�

� Stock transport orders can be managed with or without SD. This type of stock transfer not only involves inventory management but also�purchasing in the receiving plant.

� With the stock transport order, it is possible to execute stock transfers as a planned goods movement from plant to plant.

� For using the stock transfer in the AFS-SD process the allocation is necessary. We have to assign the ARun type to the used document type of the stock transport order. ARun is performed automatically in the background by the system when the delivery is created.

� For this there must be a defined ARun type in the document in customizing: 00�±�3XUFKDVLQJ�±�3XUFKDVH�±�'HILQH�$OORFDWLRQ�IRU�672V��The Document’s category is ) and the type is 8%�for a Stock Transfer Order. Here you can also�enter an ARun type and the mode 1.

� If quantities of Stock Transport Orders have to be changed, GHDOORFDWLRQ�must be enabled in /RJLVWLFV�([HFXWLRQ�±�6KLSSLQJ�±�'HOLYHULHV�±�'HILQH�'HOLYHU\�7\SHV�IRU�$)6. The delivery type for normal SD is usually /) while for a Stock Transport Order 1/ is�usually used.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-12

SAP AG 2005

Î6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�2UGHUÎ'HOLYHU\

Î*RRGV UHFHLSW

6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ

6KLSSLQJ�3RLQW $OORFDWLRQ�7\SH

'HOLYHU\�7\SH1/�1/&&

9HQGRU,VVXLQJ�3ODQW

'RFXPHQW�7\SH8%�1%

6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU��6HWXS�DQG�0DLQWHQDQFH

�

� Prerequisites for Goods Issues in SD:

To process the goods issue via SD Shipping, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:

− In the Customizing settings of Purchasing, a delivery type must be assigned to the purchasing document type. If the document type does not have a delivery type, you must post the goods issue in Inventory Management.

− The customer number of the receiving plant must also be maintained in the Customizing settings of Purchasing.

− In the Customizing settings of Sales & Distribution, the shipping point determination must be maintained.

− In the material master record, shipping data must be maintained.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-13

SAP AG 2005

� <RX�ZDQW�WR�VHOO�\RXU�76�32/2��WR�D�GHSDUWPHQW�VWRUH�EXW�\RX�ZLOO�GHOLYHU�GLUHFWO\�WR�WKH�GLIIHUHQW�VLQJOH�VWRUHV�LQVWHDG�RI�WKH�GLVWULEXWLRQ�FHQWHU�,Q�RUGHU�WR�OLPLW�WKH�QXPEHU�RI�OLQHV�RQ�WKH�RUGHU��\RX�XVH�D�0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-14

SAP AG 2005

5HDVRQ�IRU�0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�

$)6�0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU6WDQGDUG�5��

Order Header

Ship to 1

Ship to 2

Ship to n

Item 1 Only 1 ship to

Schedule Line 1

Schedule Line 2

Item 2 Only 1 ship to

Schedule Line 1

Ship to 1

Ship to 2

Ship to n

�

� With the AFS Multi-Store Order, as opposed to the Standard R/3 Order, you can maintain more than one ship-to party per line item and thus avoid a multitude of items.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-15

SAP AG 2005

'LVWULEXWLRQ&HQWHU

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�6FHQDULR

'HOLYHU\$)6

&RPSDQ\

+HDG 2IILFH

'HOLYHU\

'HOLYHU\

2UGHU

6WRUH��

6WRUH��

6WRUH��

� In the above scenario, the head office places an order with the AFS Company. The delivery, however, is made directly to the single stores of the head office. For example, an order for one material will have several items according to the separate stores (ship to) of the head office.

� As opposed to the direct delivery, the stores can receive the goods via a Distribution Center, too. You can maintain the information on the final destination (mark-for information for final delivery to the stores).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-16

SAP AG 2005

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�)XQFWLRQDOLW\

Invoice 16DOHV2UGHU�-�$0�

SalesOrder 1�-�$6�

SalesOrder n�-�$6�

�� 'HOLYHU\�Q

'HOLYHU\��

([SORVLRQ

�

� Depending on partner function settings the creation of invoices can be adopted to the business needs. It is possible to create only one invoice, usually sent to the ordering party but it is also possible to send one invoice to each ship to party.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-17

SAP AG 2005

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�6WRUH�6HOHFWLRQ

Goods shipped to an assigned distribution center prepacked for each store

1. Maintain partner function ship to (stores)2. Maintain partner function sold to or

customer hierarchyMaintain customer hierarchy

Goods shipped to each store directly

Indicates hierarchy type between customers

Controls the transfer of stores from a hierarchy

Reads and checks your hierarchy

�

� When creating the mix for a Multi-Store Order, you can differentiate between the ship-to (for direct delivery to the store) and the mark-for functionality (for delivery via Distribution Center). By choosing manual selection you can choose the individual stores to receive goods. By choosing automatic selection the system will refer to the customer hierarchy set up for the head office. You may choose all stores or just separate nodes and even single stores from your customer hierarchy.

� You can only manually enter such stores in the document

� for which you have defined (with activated JS check) the MSO ordering party with the partner function JS in the customer master.

� you have permitted (with deactivated JS check) as goods recipient in the customer master of the MSO ordering party.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-18

SAP AG 2005

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�$XWRPDWLF�6HOHFWLRQ

&XVWRPHU�+LHUDUFK\��$)6�7\SH�-�

�

� With automatic selection, the system takes the complete customer hierarchy into account. In the example, the head office is further divided into nodes for small, medium and large stores. The individual stores are assigned to the appropriate nodes according to their size. The stores may also be grouped into nodes according to the corresponding distribution center.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-19

SAP AG 2005

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�0L[�,WHP�9LHZ�

�

� When creating a Multi-Store Order, you enter the Sold to (that is, the head office) and the purchase order number. In the “AFS MSO” tab screen choose mix to select the stores (shown in the lower part of the screen) and enter the material as well as the quantity per store. Note that the system sums up the total quantity according to the stores in the mix.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-20

SAP AG 2005

0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU�6WRUH�2YHUYLHZ

�

� Additional information on the Multi-Store Order can be found in the store overview, for example, the head office and the corresponding stores of the mix, the quantity per store and material ordered, the total quantity per store, and so on.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-21

SAP AG 2005

(YHQ�6SUHDG$73 1400 pieces

),)2�6SUHDG$73 900 pieces

6WRUH

'HOLYHU\SULRULW\ �

466 + � pieces 466 + � pieces 466 pieces

500 pieces 400 pieces 0 pieces

'HOLYHU\SULRULW\��

6WRUH

'HOLYHU\SULRULW\��

� � �6WRUH

6DOHV�2UGHU�062��SLHFHV�Store 1 500 piecesStore 2 500 piecesStore 3 500 pieces

(YHQ�6SUHDG��),)2�6SUHDG�IRU�0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU

�

� FIFO spread

� The stores with the highest delivery priority receive the exact quantity originally ordered per store by the ordering party. Stores with low delivery priority may not receive a delivery.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-22

SAP AG 2005

� )RU�DQ�HDUO\�SODQQLQJ�EHWZHHQ�\RXU�FRPSDQ\��DQG�\RXU�FXVWRPHU�\RX�KDYH�DUUDQJHG�IRU�D�ILUVW�OHYHO�DJUHHPHQW�WR�RUGHU�D�ODUJH�TXDQWLW\�RI�PDWHULDOV�WKDW�ZLOO�EH�FDOOHG�RII�GXULQJ�WKH�VHDVRQ��

� 7KH�FXVWRPHU�PD\�DVN�IRU�D�VSHFLDO�SULFH�FRQGLWLRQ�EHFDXVH�RI�WKH�KLJK�TXDQWLW\�RUGHUHG��7KLV�FRQGLWLRQ�ZLOO�EH�FRSLHG�WR�WKH�FDOO�RII�RUGHUV�

� 7KH�VHUYLFH�OHYHO�IRU�WKLV�FXVWRPHU�FDQ�EH�HQKDQFHG�E\�DOORFDWLQJ�VWRFN�WR�WKH�FRQWUDFW

&RQWUDFWV��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-23

SAP AG 2005

&RQWUDFWV

� LLLGJMLLLNKG

LLLGOMLLLNED

LLLG�MLLLNFG

P�Q�R�S7Q

T&U V�U W&X

Y R�Z\[&] V�^ [&]�_ Z

� 6SHFLDO�DJUHHPHQW�ZLWK�D�6ROG�WR� 0LQLPXP�RUGHU�TXDQWLW\�RI�D�SURGXFW� 6SHFLILF�WLPH�SHULRG� 6SHFLDO�SULFLQJ�DJUHHPHQWV

� &RQWUDFWV FDQ EH DOORFDWHG� $OORFDWLRQ�RI�&RQWUDFWV FRSLHG WR�&DOO

2IIV

&RQWUDFW &DOO 2II&DOO 2II

�

� A quantity contract is an agreement between you and your customer that they will order a certain quantity of a product during a specified period. The contract contains basic quantity and price information.

� Contracts may contain special pricing agreements.

� AFS does only support quantity contracts

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-24

SAP AG 2005

&RQWUDFWV��&DOO�2II&RQWUDFW &DOO 2II

&DOO 2II

�

� The call off order is a standard sales order entered with reference to the contract. The document number of the reference sales document is mentioned in the call off order. Moreover, the information on the Sold to, the material as well as the grid values and open quantities is copied into the sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-25

SAP AG 2005

� <RXU�FXVWRPHU�ZRXOG�OLNH�WR�UHVHUYH�VWRFN�RI�D�SDUWLFXODU�PDWHULDO��,Q�WKLV�FDVH��\RX�FDQ�DOORFDWH�WKH�FRQWUDFW�DV�VRRQ�DV�VWRFN�LV�DYDLODEOH��7KH�FXVWRPHU�FDQ�WKHQ�SODFH�WKH�FDOO�RII�DJDLQVW�WKH�UHVHUYHG�VWRFN�

&RQWUDFWV�$OORFDWLRQ��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-26

SAP AG 2005

6DOHV�GRFXPHQWW\SH

�VW�2SWLRQ �QG�2SWLRQ

053�VWDWXV4XDQWLW\�&RQWUDFW��SFV

3URFXUHPHQW�SURFHVV

&RQWUDFW$OORFDWLRQ

'HOLYHU\� %LOOLQJ&DOO�2II��SFV

053�VWDWXV

$5XQ�W\SHDVVLJQHG

$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU

5HDOORFDWLRQ

5

)

��

5 ��

��

&RQWUDFWV�$OORFDWLRQ

�

� You are able to allocate contracts relevant to requirements, that is, you assign stock to contracts. Allocated contracts are then displayed with MRP status „R“ (reserved stock).

� When performing a call off of allocated contracts, the system assigns the stock allocated to the contract.

� A Call Off Order will automatically receive�the status of the corresponding quantities in the contract.

� Two options are available to change Allocation Run status “R” (reserved stock) to “F” (fixed for delivery):

� Sales document type with ARun type (ARun customizing should be correct) allows you to change the ARun status

� Sales document type without ARun type can use Management Tool to convert status “R” to “F”

� As a next step, the delivery can be created for the call off.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-27

SAP AG 2005

&DOO�2II�2UGHU��&DQFHOODWLRQ

0DLQWDLQ�,WHP�&DWHJRULHV�IRU�$)6

3K\VLFDOVWRFN

&RQWUDFW��SFV��

�� 5

&DOO�RII2UGHU��SFV

�� )

�� 5

�� 7

�� 5&DQFHOODWLRQ

$5XQ�+DQGOLQJ�LQ�6'�'RFXPHQWV

0DLQWDLQ�,WHP�&DWHJRULHV�IRU�$)6


�

� In the example above a contract had been referenced partly.

� When the call off gets cancelled it has to be allowed that quantities can be de-allocated otherwise the cancellation of the call off is not possible. This is done in AFS specific stettings of the item category

� Furthermore it has to be defined in customizing if the allocated quantities are going back as allocated quantity to the contract or if they get de-allocated. This is maintained in the Cross Application section of AFS allocation run.

� A Call Off Order is cancelled, rejected or reduced.

� The customizing of the item category must allow $XWRPDWLF�'HDOORFDWLRQ so that the already allocated quantity of the Call Off Order can be deallocated.

� There are two possibilities IRU�what will happen with the deallocated stock:

y 1. The ³5HVWRUH³ checkbox in the ARun customizing of the order type of the FRQWUDFW is flagged. In this case the quantities go back to the FRQWUDFW and receive their former status.

y 2. The ³5HVWRUH³ checkbox in the ARun customizing of the order type of the FRQWUDFW is QRW flagged. In this case the allocated quantities are transferred to the SK\VLFDO�VWRFN��

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-28

SAP AG 2005

&DOO�2II�2UGHU�ZLWK�)LOO�8S

&RQWUDFW��SFV��

&DOO RII2UGHU��SFV

��

��

�� )

�� 53K\VLFDOVWRFN

�� 5 )

��

��

RU



�

� In the above example a call off is created for more than the reserved quantity of the contract.

� It is assumed that the call off order type has an attached ARun type that changes status R to F

� If „Fill up“ is flagged the system checks if free stock is available to allocate the whole quantity requested in the call off

� If „Fill up“ is not flagged only the allocated quantity from the contract can be used. Depending on release settings this quantity will be allocated in R or in F

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-29

SAP AG 2005

� ,Q�WKLUG�SDUW\�RUGHU�SURFHVVLQJ��\RXU�FRPSDQ\�SDVVHV�RQ�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�WR�DQ�H[WHUQDO�VXSSOLHU��RU�WKLUG�SDUW\��ZKR�WKHQ�VHQGV�WKH�JRRGV�GLUHFWO\�WR�WKH�FXVWRPHU��1HYHUWKHOHVV��WKH�LQYRLFH�LV�LVVXHG�E\�\RXU�FRPSDQ\�

7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHU��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-30

SAP AG 2005

7KLUG�3DUW\ 2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ LQ�$)6

%LOOLQJ'RF�XPHQW

,QYRLFH

*RRGV5HFHLSW

'HOLYHU\

3XUFK�DVH2UGHU

2UGHUµ7$6µ

2ZQ�&RPSDQ\

&XVWRPHU 9HQGRU�

�

��

�

�

�`�a�bOc�d)e)f)gh�g�ikj

�

� In "third party order processing", your company does not deliver the items requested by a customer. Instead, you pass the order along to a third-party vendor who then ships the goods directly to the Sold-to and bills you. A sales order may consist partly or wholly of third-party items. Occasionally, you may need to let a vendor deliver items you would normally deliver yourself. The above scenario shows how a third party business transaction is processed.

� The processing of third-party orders is controlled through material types. Material types define whether a material is produced only internally, can be ordered only from third-party vendors, or whether both are possible. For example, a material that is defined as a trading good can only be ordered from a third-party vendor. However, if you manufacture your own finished products, you may also want, from time to time, to be able to order the same type of product from other vendors.

� 1RWH� in contrary to earlier AFS release item category TAS has now to be used. The old item category JTAS and schedule line category JS are not used any more.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-31

SAP AG 2005

� 7KH�FXVWRPHU�RUGHUV�D�PDWHULDO�ZKLFK�LV�QRW�LQ�VWRFN��<RX�ZLOO�SURFXUH�WKH�JRRGV�VSHFLILFDOO\�IRU�WKLV�FXVWRPHU��7KH�UHTXLUHPHQW�ZLOO�EH�NHSW�LQ�D�VSHFLDO�053�VHFWLRQ��7KH�VWRFN�ZLOO�EH�UHFHLYHG�LQ�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�VWRFN�

3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-32

SAP AG 2005

l!m�n�g�bFo�e;p`�bOqrc�a!b�grst g;o�n

Àarb�c�d�e&f)ghug�iva!w frw nEw q%o

x qkarbOc&gyzp*p qrc�e�nJw qko

`�a�bEc�d�e�f)g{ b�|!g�b

*RRGV5HFHLSW

$73

6DOHV2UGHU

3URFXUH�PHQW

$OORFDWLRQ5XQ

'HOLYHU\3LFNLQJ3RVW�*,

,QYRLFH�)LQDQFLDO

$FFRXQWLQJ

3XUFKDVH WR�2UGHU�3URFHVV

}7o�n�grbJo�e!pùbOq!|ka�c�nEw qvo

`�p e�oro�g)|{ b�|!grb

`�b�qr|%a�c�nJw qko{ b�|!g�b

`�b�qr|ka!c�nEw qvoy@c&nJw ~rw n�� q%o�nJbJq%p

053

�

� In the purchase-to-order scenario, a sales order is entered in the system, followed by the MRP run. Depending on external procurement the goods are purchased. Once the goods are received at the warehouse, the usual demand management process is carried through, that is the Allocation Run, shipping and billing. However, you should keep in mind that the goods are assigned to the special stock for the particular order.

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-33

SAP AG 2005

� 2UGHU�W\SH��

� ,WHP�FDWHJRU\�JURXS��

� ,WHP�FDWHJRU\

� 6FKHGXOH�OLQH�FDWHJRU\

3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU��

3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU�

3XUFKDVH WR�2UGHU�3UHUHTXLVLWHV

-37��YDO��Z�R�&2-37��YDO��ZLWK�&2

-37��-�-37��-�

�

� The purchase-to-order scenarios are controlled by using certain item and schedule line categories along with the item category group, for example, Norm.

� With AFS Standard you have item categories for the purchase-to-order process with and without Controlling.

� You can now control the value stock within the sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-34

SAP AG 2005

3XUFKDVH WR�2UGHU

053�3XUFKDVLQJ

6DOHV�2UGHU

'HOLYHU\

*RRGV�5HFHLSW$5XQ

� 6HSDUDWH�VHJPHQW (�LV FUHDWHGLQ�WKH 053�OLVW�IRU WKHSXUFKDVH�WR�RUGHU SURFHGXUH

� 0DWHULDOV�DUH�UHFHLYHG�LQ�LQGLYLGXDO�FXVWRPHU�VWRFN�VHJPHQWV

� $5XQ�DOORFDWHV�SURFXUHG�PDWHULDOV�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU

� $IWHU�WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV KDYHEHHQ WUDQVIHUUHG��WKHSXUFKDVH�WR�RUGHUVWRFN�LV UHGXFHG�

� ,I WKH GHOLYHU\�LV FRPSOHWH��WKHFXVWRPHU UHTXLUHPHQW�LVGHOHWHG IURP WKH VWRFN�OLVW�

� 4XDQWLWLHV SURGXFHG IRU HDFK VDOHVRUGHU�DUH PDQDJHG LQGLYLGXDOO\

053

� 3URGXFW SXUFKDVHG VSHFLILFDOO\IRU DQ�LQGLYLGXDO VDOHV RUGHU

�

� The first step in the purchase-to-order process is initiated by a sales order, followed by the MRP run. Here, the requirement is transferred by converting the purchase requisition into a purchase order. This purchase order is placed with a vendor. Once the goods are received at the warehouse, the Allocation Run is performed and a delivery is made to the Sold-to. Again, the goods are assigned to special stock for the particular order.

� In a purchase-to-order strategy, purchasing is initiated by a sales order.

� This strategy represents a purchasing procedure whereby, in principle, each product is specially purchased for the individual customer.

� In the purchase-to-order process, each sales order is planned individually and maintained in an individual segment in the MRP list.

� The finished product is received and stored in the stock segment for a specific customer sales order.

� Procurement costs are managed specifically for each sales order in the purchase order. This guarantees a detailed analysis of the planned and actual costs.

� Customer stock is reduced when the merchandise is delivered to the Sold to.

� In the case of a partial delivery, the customer requirements are also reduced corresponding to�the AFS Stock Requirements list.

� In the case of a complete delivery, the customer requirement is deleted from the AFS Stock Requirements list.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-35

SAP AG 2005

3XUFKDVH WR�2UGHU��$5XQ

6DOHV�2UGHU 053��3XUFKDVLQJ *RRGV 5HFHLSW 'HOLYHU\

� 7KH�$5XQ�DOORFDWHV�WKH�ILQLVKHG�PDWHULDOV�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU� ,I�WKH�VWDQGDUG�$5XQ�W\SH�VKRXOG�QRW�EH�XVHG�IRU�WKLV�WKH�IODJ�FDQ�EH�VHW�

� ,I�$5XQ�VKRXOG�QRW�EH�XVHG�DW�DOO�LQ�WKLV�SURFHVV�WKH�GHOLYHU\�LWHP�KDV�WREH�IODJJHG��

$5XQ�5HTXLUHPHQW�6HOHFWLRQ

'HOLYHU\�,WHP�6HWWLQJ IRU $)6

�

� The product is received and stored in the stock segment for a specific customer sales order.

� You configure and run an ARun type with a stock selection rule for customer sales order stock (Table MSKA, Segment KALAB).

� If the checkbox “([FOXGH�073��372” is flagged, these orders will not take part in any ARun. This enables the user to allow RYHUGHOLYHULHV. The delivery is then created in standard SD.

� If on the other hand an allocation should take place, you must enable the selection of this stock by flagging “073��372�6WRFN” in the stock selection rule.�

� 1RWH� you can use different stock types within the same ARun

� In “7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHU�3URFHVVLQJ", your company does not deliver the items requested by a customer. Instead, you pass the order along to a third-party vendor who then ships the goods directly to the sold-to and bills you. A sales order may consist partly or wholly of third-party items. As no physical stock is allocated there is QR�$5XQ required.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-36

SAP AG 2005

� 7KH�FXVWRPHU�RUGHUV�D�PDWHULDO�ZKLFK�LV�QRW�LQ�VWRFN��<RX�ZLOO�SURGXFH�WKH�JRRGV�VSHFLILFDOO\�IRU�WKLV�FXVWRPHU��7KH�UHTXLUHPHQW�ZLOO�EH�NHSW�LQ�D�VSHFLDO�053�VHFWLRQ��7KH�VWRFN�ZLOO�EH�UHFHLYHG�LQ�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�VWRFN�

0DNH�WR�2UGHU��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-37

SAP AG 2005

*RRGV5HFHLSW

y@�v`

6DOHV2UGHU

3URFXUH�PHQW

$OORFDWLRQ5XQ

'HOLYHU\3LFNLQJ3RVW�*,

,QYRLFH�)LQDQFLDO

$FFRXQWLQJ

0DNH WR�2UGHU�3URFHVV

l!m)n/g!bFo)e!p`�b�qrcrarb�g�st gro�n

`�arb�c�d�e�f�ghAg)iua�w f!w nEw q%o

x qka!bOc�gy�p7p q!c&e�nJw quo

`�a!b�c�d)e�f)g{ bO|�g!b

}7o�n/g!bEo�erpùbOq!|ka�c�nJw qvo

ùp e�oro�g)|{ b�|!grb

ùbOq!|ka�c�nJw qvo{ bO|�g!b

`�b�qr|ka!c�nEw qvoy=c�nJw ~!w n�� q%o�nJbJq%p

053

�

� In the make-to-order scenario, a sales order is entered in the system, followed by the MRP run. Depending on internal production, the goods are customer-made. Once the goods are received at the warehouse, the usual demand management process is carried through, that is the Allocation Run, shipping and billing. However, you should keep in mind that the goods are assigned to the special stock for the particular order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-38

SAP AG 2005

� 2UGHU�W\SH��

� ,WHP�FDWHJRU\�JURXS

� ,WHP�FDWHJRU\

� 6FKHGXOH�OLQH�FDWHJRU\

-07��YDO��Z�R�&2-07��YDO��ZLWK�&2

-07��-�-07��-�

0DNH WR�2UGHU�3UHUHTXLVLWHV

0DNH WR�2UGHU�

0DNH WR�2UGHU�

�

� The make-to-order scenarios are controlled by using certain order types and schedule line categories along with the item category group, for example, Norm.

� With the AFS Standard you have item categories�for the�make-to-order process with and without Controlling.

� You can now control the value stock within the sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-39

SAP AG 2005

0DNH WR�2UGHU

� 6HSDUDWH�VHJPHQW (�LV FUHDWHGLQ�WKH 053�OLVW�IRU WKHSXUFKDVH�WR�RUGHU SURFHGXUH

� 0DWHULDOV�DUH�UHFHLYHG�LQ�LQGLYLGXDO�FXVWRPHU�VWRFN�VHJPHQWV

� $5XQ�DOORFDWHV�SURFXUHG�PDWHULDOV�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU

� $IWHU�WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV KDYHEHHQ WUDQVIHUUHG��WKH PDNH�WR�RUGHUVWRFN�LV UHGXFHG

� ,I WKH GHOLYHU\�LV FRPSOHWH��WKHFXVWRPHU UHTXLUHPHQW�LVGHOHWHG IURP WKH VWRFN�OLVW�

� � a)e;o�nJw nOw g&f�nFd�e&nAd)e&~)g�e�p0b�g�e)|!��)g�g�o��!bJq!|ka�c&g�|�c&e�o;o�q!n��g�nJb�ero�f��/g!bEbOg�|��ObOq t qvo�g�f�erp g�f�q%bJ|!g�b;n�q�e�o�q�nJd�g!b

� � a)e;o�nJw nOw g&f��rb�qr|va)c&g�|��Oq%b%g�e�c!d�f�e!p g&f�qkb�|!g!b%e�bOgt e�o)e��!g�|�w7o�|kw ~rw |%a)e!p*p �

053�3XUFKDVLQJ

6DOHV�2UGHU

'HOLYHU\

*RRGV�5HFHLSW$5XQ

053

� 3URGXFW SURGXFHG VSHFLILFDOO\IRU DQ�LQGLYLGXDO VDOHV RUGHU

�

� The first step in the make-to-order process is initiated by a sales order, followed by the MRP run. Here, the requirement is transferred by converting the planned order into a production order. This production order is placed with manufacturing. Once the goods have been produced and received at the warehouse, the Allocation Run is run and a delivery is made to the Sold-to. Again, the goods are assigned to special stock for the particular Sold-to.

� The make-to-order strategy represents a production procedure whereby, in principle, each product is specifically manufactured for the individual Sold-to.

� In the make-to-order process, each sales order is planned individually and maintained in an individual segment (E) in the MRP list.

� The sales order quantities are planned for production with reference to the sales order number. Each quantity is maintained specifically for the individual sales order.

� The finished product is received and stored in the stock segment for a specific customer sales order.

� Production costs are managed specifically for each sales order in a production order. This guarantees a detailed analysis of the planned and actual costs.

� Customer stock is reduced when the merchandise is delivered to the Sold-to.

� In the case of a partial delivery, the customer requirements are also reduced corresponding to the AFS Stock Requirements list.

� In the case of a complete delivery, the customer requirement is deleted from the AFS Stock Requirements list.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-40

SAP AG 2005

0DNH WR�2UGHU��$5XQ


� 7KH�$5XQ�DOORFDWHV�WKH�ILQLVKHG�PDWHULDOV�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�� ,I�WKH�VWDQGDUG�$5XQ�W\SH�VKRXOG�QRW�EH�XVHG�IRU�WKLV�WKH�IODJ�FDQ�EH�VHW�

� ,I�$5XQ�VKRXOG�QRW�EH�XVHG�DW�DOO�LQ�WKLV�SURFHVV�WKH�GHOLYHU\�LWHP�KDV�WREH�IODJJHG�

$5XQ�5HTXLUHPHQW�6HOHFWLRQ

'HOLYHU\�,WHP�6HWWLQJ IRU $)6

�







Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-41

SAP AG 2005

0DNH WR�2UGHU


� )LQLVKHG�PDWHULDOV�DUH�UHFHLYHG�DQG�VWRUHG�LQ�LQGLYLGXDO�RUGHU�VWRFNVHJPHQWV

� 7KH�$5XQ�DOORFDWHV�WKH�ILQLVKHG�PDWHULDOV�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU� 4XDQWLWLHV�WKDW�KDYH�DOUHDG\�EHHQ�SURGXFHG�FDQQRW�EH�WUDQVIHUUHG

IURP�RQH�VDOHV�RUGHU�WR�DQRWKHU� 4XDQWLWLHV�SURGXFHG�IRU�HDFK�VDOHV�RUGHU�DUH�PDQDJHG�LQGLYLGXDOO\

� ,I�WKH�GHOLYHU\�LV�FRPSOHWH��WKH�FXVWRPHU�UHTXLUHPHQW�LV�GHOHWHG�IURP�WKHVWRFN OLVW�

5HTXLUHPHQW�6HOHFWLRQ053

�







Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-42

SAP AG 2005

$GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV��8QLW�6XPPDU\

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�WKH�VWRFN�WUDQVIHU�SURFHGXUH� 'HVFULEH�WKH�UXVK�RUGHU�VFHQDULR� 'HVFULEH�WKH�VHWWLQJV�XVHG�IRU�FRQVLJQPHQW�LQ�$)6� ([SODLQ�WKH�062�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� &UHDWH�D�TXDQWLW\�FRQWUDFW� 8VH�WKH�FRQWUDFW�LQ�$5XQ� 'HVFULEH�WKH�WKLUG�SDUW\�RUGHU�SURFHVV� 'HVFULEH�WKH�SUHUHTXLVLWHV�IRU�XVLQJ�PDNH�WR�RUGHU�

DQG�SXUFKDVH�WR�RUGHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-43

([HUFLVHV�

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�XVLQJ�6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU��


• Post a stock transfer using the two-step procedure

You have a shortage of your material 76�32/2��by 100 pieces in your plant in Slovenia, so you decide to transfer the material from the plant in Germany to your plant in Slovenia. You want to monitor the stock on its way from Germany to Slovenia, so you post a stock transfer between the two plants in two steps. In the first step, you post a stock transfer from the issuing plant in Germany. In the second step, you place the material in your storage.

1-1 Post a stock transfer using the two-step procedure.

1-1-1 Create 76�32/2�� in plant 0010 (Slovenia) by copying 76�32/2�� in plant 0001 (Germany).

Data

Copy from: TS-POLO-##

Plant: 0010 (Slovenia)

View: AFS MRP AFS status MRP: &

View: Accounting1

Copy from the organizational levels “ Plant” , “ Stor. Location” , “ Sales Org.” and “ Distr. Channel”

1-1-2 Post a goods receipt for 76�32/2��in plant 0001(Germany).

'DWD�(Goods receipt, Others)

Movement Type: ��Plant: ��(Germany)�Storage Location:� ��

Press �'LVWULEXWH�TW\! and enter some sizes and quantities.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-44

1-1-3 Check if your season/collection/theme (6��&��7��) are also available as stock season. If not maintain this data. This is essential because seasons/collections/themes must be supported in the complete logistical cycle. Create a stock transfer order with 76�32/2��. Make sure that enough stock is available for the ordered size.

'DWD Order type 6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU

Supplying plant ��(Germany

Purch. organization ��

Purchasing group ��Company code ��Material 76�32/2��

Plant ��(Slovenia)

Grid Value / Qty Enter Sizes and quantities like in

10-1-2

1-1-4 View the Stock-Requirement-List for 76�32/2��in the supplying plant (�� Germany) and the receiving plant (�� Slovenia).

1-1-5 Create a delivery. Create a transfer order, confirm the transfer order and post a goods issue.

'DWD��'HOLYHU\�&UHDWLRQ�� Shipping point: ��Date from…/to… WRGD\�WRGD\��ZHHNV Purchase order: <RXU�SXUFKDVH�RUGHU��Choose <Background> and view the log of delivery creation.

'DWD��7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�� Warehouse Number: ��(Lean WM (without stocks))

Plant: ��(Germany)�Delivery: \RXU�GHOLYHU\�QXPEHU�Foreground/background: +�(Processing in foreground)

Adopt pick quantity: ��(Include picking quantities in delivery)

Press <Create TO> and save.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-45

'DWD��&RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�� Foreground/background: +�(Processing in foreground)

Adopt pick quantity: ��(Include picking quantities in delivery)

Confirm the Transfer Order by saving it.

1-1-5 View the Stock-Requirement-List for 76�32/2�� in the supplying plant (�� Germany) and the receiving plant (�� Slovenia).

1-1-6 Post a goods issue/ goods receipt for your stock transfer order.

Goods Issue

Change your Purchase Order, press <Post Goods Issue> and save.

Goods Receipt

'DWD� Good receipt, Purchase Order <RXU�SXUFKDVH�RUGHU�QXPEHU Movement type: ��“ Where” : Plant: ��(Slovenia) “ Where” : Storage Loc. ��“ Qty” )ODJ�³,WHP�2.´�Save your entries.

1-1-7 Display the AFS Stock Requirement list.

1-2� 2SWLRQDO: Check the Customizing settings regarding the stock transport order.

1-2-1 Standard R/3 Customizing

0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU�o�6HW�XS�6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU�

�1-2-2 AFS Customizing

$)6�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�o�0DLQWDLQ�VWRFN�WUDQVIHU�RUGHU�VHWWLQJV�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-46

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU��062��


• Create a customer hierarchy

• Create a Multi-Store Order

You want to sell your polo shirt to a department store company and will deliver to different stores of a distribution center. To limit the large number of order lines, you use multi store orders.

1-3 Create two new customers &867�� and &867�� with reference to &867�� if you have not done this in previous exercises:

'DWD�Customer &867�� &867��Company code �� Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� Division �� Reference customer &867�� &867�� 9LHZV Address: 1DPH��6HDUFK�WHUP Address: &LW\, &RXQWU\ %HUOLQ��'(� )UDQNIXUW��'(�Address: 7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�=RQH �� Accounting: 5HFRQ��$FFRXQW �� Sales: &XVW. 3ULF��3URF� -��$)6�� -��$)6��Shipping: 6KS��&RQG�� Shipping: 'HOLYHULQJ�SODQW �� Billing: ,QFRWHUPV )2%�+DPE�� )2%�+DPE� Billing: 3D\PHQW�WHUPV �� Billing: 7D[�FODVVLILF�� /LDEOH�IRU�7D[HV��

Create a customer hierarchy using one of your customers at the highest level, your distribution center customer at the second level, and the remaining customers at the lowest level.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-47

1-3-1 Create a Multi-Store-Order Create a sales order for your “ headquarters” using 76�32/2��. Make sure that enough stock is available for the ordered size.

'DWD Order type -�$0�Sales organization ��

Distribution channel ��

Division ��

MSO Mix $Q\�QXPEHU��IRU�H[DPSOH��

Selection $XWRPDWLF

Partner Ship-To

Hierarchy type -� $OO�6WRUHV

Check the quantities in the <062�6WRUH�2YHUYLHZ!.

Save the order and explode it to several orders.

'DWD

Spread rule (manual) )�� (FIFO Spread)

1-3-2 Allocate your MSO (remember: the sales order type -�$6 of the single documents has to be included into the selection of ARun) and create a delivery.

Check the results on the AFS Stock/Requirements List.

1-3-3 Create a new Multi-Store Order using 0DUN�)RU instead of 6KLS�7R, and check the difference during the delivery process.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-48

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFWV�


• Create a contract

• Create a new sales order with reference to your contract

For an early rough planning between your company and your customer, you have arranged a first-level agreement to order 500 pieces of the material 76�32/2�� within the next three months.

1-4 Create a contract.

1-4-1 Create a contract for your product 76�32/2��. 'DWD Contract type &4 Sales organization ��Distribution channel �� Division ��Enter your customer and your customer’s purchase order number. Select the tab strip 6DOHV and enter a validity date. Enter your material and the sizes for which you have posted enough stock.

Choose the $)6�&RQGLWLRQV tab screen and create a special condition record for your material used in this quantity contract. Overwrite the condition type -�$3 and reduce the rate. Save the contract.

1-4-2 Check the MRP for the material and plant. The requirements for your contract appear in the AFS MRP with the MRP status T (MRP active assignments).

1-5 Create a new standard order referring to your contract. Verify the special pricing in the call-off. Display the document flow of your contract. Check MRP again and make sure that the contract quantity is reduced by the call-off quantity.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-49

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFWV�ZLWK�$OORFDWLRQ�


• Create a contract and allocate it

• Create a new sales order with reference to your contract

Your customer would like to reserve stock of a particular material in advance. In this case, you create a contract with allocation so that the stock is assigned a MRP status "R". The customer can then place the call off against the reserved stock.

1-6 Create a contract with allocation.

1-6-1 Create a contract with allocation. We customized a special contract type with running the ARun. Use your material 76�32/2��. 'DWD Contract type =$&4 Sales organization �� Distribution channel �� Division ��Enter your customer and customer’s purchase order number. You can enter validity dates in tab strip 6DOHV. Enter your material and the sizes for which you have posted enough stock.

1-6-2 Check the MRP for the material and plant. The requirements for your contract appear in the AFS MRP with the MRP status R (Reserved stock).

1-7 Create a new standard order with reference to your contract.

1-7-1 Check MRP again and make sure that the contract quantity is reduced by the call-off quantity.

1-7-2 Use ARun Optimizer for allocating stock for your order (call-off).

'DWD Type =$2��

� Enter your sales order number and execute. Release your order and save it.

1-7-3 Check the MRP again. You will find your sales order in the status F (assignment fixed).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-50

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHU�


• Create a third party order for your customer and your material

In third party order processing, your company passes a sales order onto an external supplier, or third party, who then sends the goods directly to the customer. Your company issues the invoice.

1-8 Create a third party order for your customer and your material.

'DWD�Order type 25�Key in your Sold to &867�� and assign a purchase order number. Switch to $)6�,WHP�RYHUYLHZ tabstrip. Key in 76�%$*�� and order the quantities by size. In the availability control, choose button �)XOO�TW\!. Change the item category from 7$1 to 7$6 by using the ,WHP�GHWDLO screen. Check the schedule line category (&6). Display the sales order and verify the purchase requisition number.

1-8-1 Create a purchase order with reference to your purchase requisition.

'DWD Vendor 76�9(1'25 Purchase organization �� Purchasing group ��

1-8-2 After your vendor 76�9(1'25�has notified that he has delivered the orders goods partially directly to your customer, you have to create a statistical goods receipt to close the requirement:

Post only a partial goods receipt (not the full quantity) with reference to the purchase order.

� 'DWD Movement type ��(Goods receipt for PO into warehouse/stores)

Purchase order number <RXU�SXUFKDVH�RUGHU�QXPEHU�Plant ��(Germany)

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-51

1-8-3 The vendor has issued an invoice referring to your purchase order. Enter the invoice into the system. Use Logistics Invoice Verification:

'DWD Document date: 7RGD\ Purchase Order: \RXU�SXUFKDVH�RUGHU�QXPEHU Company Code: ��

Amount: $PRXQW�RI�76�%$*��Note the number of the invoice document: ________________________

1-8-4 Create a ELOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW for your customer referring to your sales order.

Note the number of the billing document: __________________________

'DWD Document: <RXU�VDOHV�RUGHU Which quantities does the system suggest?

____________________________________________________________ Compare the invoice with the goods receipt.

1-9 2SWLRQDO� Automatic third party order processing.

1-9-1 If a material (76�%$*��) is always delivered from one or more third-party vendors, you can specify in the material master that the material is a third-party item. During subsequent sales order processing, the system automatically determines the appropriate item category for a third-party item: 7$6. To specify a material as a third-party item, enter %$16 in the item category group field in the 6DOHV�2UJ��'DWD��screen of the material master record.

1-9-2 Create a standard order and verify that the item category is 7$6 for your item.

Continue with the third party process as mentioned above.

1-9-3 For your material, remember to set the item category back to 1250.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-52

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU��372��


• Create an order for the purchase to order (PTO) scenario for your customer and your material

The customer orders a material that is not in stock. You will procure the goods specifically for this customer. The requirement will be kept at a special MRP section. The stock will be received in the sales order stock.

1-10 Create a PTO order for your customer and your material (no stock available).

'DWD Order type 25�

Key in &867�� and assign a purchase order number. Switch to �$)6�,WHP�� 2YHUYLHZ�!�mode. Key in your material 76�%$*�� and order the quantities by

� size. Use a size that is not available on stock and has to be procured externally.

Change the item category from 7$1 to 7$%��LQ�WKH�SDVW�-37��by using the

�,WHP�'HWDLO! screen. Check the schedule line category (in the past -�).

1-10-1 Perform an MRP run for your material and view the results. How is it different from a stock order?

____________________________________________________________

In AFS-Single-Item Planning, convert the purchase requisition into a purchase order.

'DWD Vendor 76�9(1'25�Purchase organization ��Purchasing group ��

Storage location ��

Refresh the MRP list and note the changes.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-53

1-10-2 Post a goods receipt referring to the purchase order. 'DWD Movement type �� (Goods receipt for PO into warehouse/stores)

Purchase order number Your purchase order number Plant �� (Germany) Storage location ��

1-10-3� 2SWLRQDO� In the stock overview you can see that your batch (your goods receipt) is assigned to the sales order. 'DWD Material 76�%$*�� Plant ��(Germany) Storage location �� Press the �([HFXWH! button. By selecting 6DOHV�2UGHU�6WRFN below your batch number and then clicking < 'HWDLOHG�'LVSOD\ >, you can find your sales order number.

1-10-4 Perform the Allocation Run for your material. 'DWD Type 0372 Mode ��(Normal) Allocation <HV�Selection <HV Enter the order number and plant in the selection screen. Confirm the selection, sorting, and the release. A green traffic light is to be displayed as the goods from the sales order stock are assigned to the initial sales order. Save the ARun results.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-54

1-10-5 Create a delivery for the sales order. (As a prerequisite, the order must have passed the ARun successfully; the MRP status of the order is F). 'DWD Shipping point �� Selection date &RQILUPHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH�DFFRUGLQJ�WR�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU Order <RXU�RUGHU�QXPEHU�

*R�WR�o�+HDGHU�o�/RDGLQJ.

'DWD Door for whse: ��'RRU�� StgingArea: �� Save the delivery.

What is the MRP status in the AFS Stock/Requirements List?

____________________________________________________________

1-10-6 Perform transfer order, confirm transfer order and post goods issue for the sales order. 'DWD Warehouse number ��(Lean WM (without stocks)

Plant ��(Germany) Delivery <RXU�GHOLYHU\

Foreground/background �3URFHVVLQJ�LQ�IRUHJURXQG�

Pick and Transfer.�

1-10-7 Display the document flow of your order. View the AFS Stock/Requirements List.

1-10-8 Create an invoice for the order. (The last order is usually displayed in the 'RFXPHQW�field).

'DWD Billing Type ,QYRLFH��)�� Check the entry and post the invoice. Again, display the document flow.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-55

8QLW��$GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF��5HWXUQV�DQG�&UHGLWV�


• Process a customer return shipment

The customer returns goods to our company. There might be several reasons for that (for example, poor quality, delayed delivery or damaged in transit). You have to process the return shipment and credit the customer accordingly.

1-11 2SWLRQDO� Perform the sales order process. Create a sales order, perform the Allocation Run, create a delivery (transfer order, confirm transfer order and goods issue) and create the billing document.

1-11-1 Create a sales order for &867�� and use the sizes of 76�76+,57�� where sufficient stock is available. (Use 76�32/2�� if you did not create a material 76�76+,57��) 'DWD�Order type: 25 Sales organization: ��Distribution channel: �� Division: �� Run MRP for 76�76+,57�� (or 76�32/2��) and check the MRP status of your sales order.

1-11-2 Perform an ARun for 76�76+,57��(or�76�32/2��). 'DWD�Type: ��(mat-idx/fifo/no grouping)�Mode: ��(normal)�Selection list: <HV�Allocation list: <HV Enter the order number in the selection screen. Confirm the selection and save the ARun results. Run MRP for 76�76+,57��(or 76�32/2��) and check MRP status of your sales order.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-56

1-11-3 Create a delivery for your order. 'DWD Shipping point: ��Selection date: 5HTXHVWHG�GHOLYHU\�GDWH Order: 3UHYLRXV�RUGHU�QXPEHU�

1-11-4 Perform a transfer order, confirm the transfer order and post goods issue for your delivery. 'DWD��7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�� Warehouse Number: ��(Lean WM (without stocks))�Plant: ��(Germany)�Press button �*HQHUDWH�72�LWHP!. 'DWD��&RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�� Foreground/background: (Processing in foreground)�Confirmation: Pick and Transfer ��

1-11-5 Create a billing document ()��,QYRLFH) for your order.�

1-12 2SWLRQDO� Create a return with reference to the invoice: Copy the data of the billing document into the return order (return request) by choosing the �&RS\!�button. Select the damaged sizes by using /LQH�(QWU\��$)6�,WHP�2YHUYLHZ�.�

� 'DWD�Order type: 5(�Sales organization: ��Distribution channel: ��Division:� � � � � ��

Delete those items and quantities that remain in the possession of the customer. Your return order should only contain the items and quantities that have been returned.

On the subscreen $)6�'RFXPHQW�+HDGHU enter an 2UGHU�5HDVRQ��GDPDJHG�LQ�WUDQVLW��

The system has been customized so that WKH�ELOOLQJ�EORFN��is set automatically. Upon approval of the return request, the billing block has to be removed. Save the return.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-57

1-13 2SWLRQDO� Create a return delivery document for the return order. Use your return request number from the previous step.

'DWH Shipping point: ��Selection date: 'DWH�RI�7RGD\

Order: GRFXPHQW�QXPEHU�(return request)��1-14 2SWLRQDO� To receive the returned material into the restricted stock for returns,

you use the delivery transaction by selecting the �3RVW�*RRG�,VVXH! button.

1-14-1 Check the stock overview for the returned material to verify that it has been assigned to the stock type for returns.

'DWD�Material: 76�76+,57�� Storage location: �� Then scroll to the right. You can find the damaged material in stock ‘Returns’.

�1-15 2SWLRQDO� To approve the return request for the return material, you have to

remove the billing block. Refer to the return request from the previous step and remove the billing block ��&KHFN�&UHGLW�0HPR�.

�1-16 2SWLRQDO� As a last step, create the credit memo (billing document) for the

return order. Create the billing document with reference to the return order. Finally, release the credit memo document to Accounting. Display the account.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-58

6ROXWLRQV��

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�8VLQJ�6WRFN�7UDQVSRUW�2UGHU��

�1-1 Post a stock transfer.

1-1-1 Create 76��32/2�� in plant 0010 (Slovenia) by copying material TS-32/2�� in plant 0001 (Germany).

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�0DWHULDO�0DVWHU�o�0DWHULDO�o��&UHDWH��VSHFLDO��o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV��Note: When creating the same material master in a different plant you receive note ‘Material already exists and will be extended’. See in tab screen 6DOHV��JHQHUDO�SODQW�the new plant.

1-1-2 Post goods receipt for 76�32/2�� in plant 0001 (Germany).

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�0RYHPHQW��0,*2��

1-1-3 Check if your season/collection/theme combination (6��/&��/7��) are available as stock season. Do not forget to check if there is a valid period!

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�6HDVRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�6HDVRQV�o�&KDQJH�If it is not available, create them including a valid period for this combination.

Create a stock transfer order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�RUGHU�o�&UHDWH�o�9HQGRU�6XSSO\LQJ�3ODQW�.QRZQ��Save your order.

1-1-4 View the Stock-Requirement-List.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ��o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�/LVW�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-59

1-1-5 Create a Delivery

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�&ROOHFWLYH�3URFHVVLQJ�RI�'RFXPHQWV�GXH�IRU�'HOLYHU\�o�3XUFKDVH�2UGHUV�Enter the Data from the exercise and execute. Select the line with your order document number and click <Background>. Now have a look at the log of the delivery creation.

Create a Transfer Order with the data from the exercise.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�3LFNLQJ�o�&UHDWH�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Make your entries, hit <Enter> and save it.

To Confirm the Transfer Order, go to:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�3LFNLQJ�o�&RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�,Q�2QH�6WHS�Enter your Transfer Order Number, select Processing in Foreground and <Enter>. This will confirm your Transfer Order.

1-1-6 Have a look at the Stock-Requirement-List.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ��o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�/LVW�

�The stock in Slovenia has status A (as a PO available in future) while the stock in Germany was allocated in background during the delivery creation and therefore has status D

1-1-7 Post a goods issue/ goods receipt.

Goods issue

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�'HOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Enter your Purchase Order Number and then press <Post Goods Issue>

Goods receipt

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�0DQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o��*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�0RYHPHQW��0,*2��Enter your Purchase Order Number and then press <Post Goods Issue>

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-60

1-1-8 Display the $)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQWV /LVW. /RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTV�OLVW��The stock is not preset in Germany any more, in Slovenia the stock is free available as batch stock.

1-2� 2SWLRQDO��Check the Customizing settings.

1-2-1 Standard R/3 Customizing

0DWHULDO�0DQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU��o�6HW�XS�6WRFN�WUDQVSRUW�RUGHU�

1-2-2 AFS Customizing for Document Category F – Purchase Order

�0DWHULDO�0DQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU��o�6HW�XS�6WRFN�WUDQVSRUW�RUGHU�o�'HILQH�$OORFDWLRQ�IRU�6WRFN�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-61

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHU��062��

1-3 Create two new customers &867�� and &867�� with reference to &867��/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�'DWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�o�&UHDWH�o�7RWDO�

Create a customer hierarchy.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�%XVLQHVV�SDUWQHUV�o�&XVWRPHU�KLHUDUFK\�o�(GLW�

Choose customer hierarchy type - enter &867�� and execute. Create four new assignments. You create a hierarchy by pressing <Create Assignment> and then entering the customer you want to put in the hierarchy by entering the higher customer to which it should belong.

1-3-1 Create a sales order for your “ headquarters” . Create a sales order in the usual way, using order type -�$0� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Choose the $)6�062 tab. Select the <062�0L[> button and enter following Data:

MSO Mix $Q\�QXPEHU��IRU�H[DPSOH��

Selection $XWRPDWLF�Partner 6KLS�7R�Hierarchy type -� $OO�6WRUHV� Enter your material 76�32/2�� and fill in some quantities for the dimensions. Then choose �062�6WRUH�2YHUYLHZ! Button to check the quantities per customer / store and enter spread rule )��. Click on the lines to drill-down.

Do not forget to enter a PO number.

Upon saving your order, you are asked to explode the MSO now. Confirm this and start MSO explosion with VSUHDG�UXOH��PDQXDO��)��.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-62

1-3-2 Perform ARun:

� /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ� Type 0001

Mode 1 (Normal)�� Selection yes Allocation yes

�Take note that you have to enter the special order type ³-�$6´ when selecting your orders.

Save the result.

Create a delivery:

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQo�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�→�&UHDWH��o�&ROOHFWLYH�3URFHVVLQJ�RI�GRFXPHQWV�'XH�IRU�'HOLYHU\��o�6DOHV�2UGHUV�

Enter a delivery creation date far in advance to meet the confirmed delivery date of the sales order.

Note that the system creates single deliveries for each sub-order of the master MSO order.

Results on the AFS Stock/ReqsList: As single orders are created by the MSO explosion, these requirements are listed separately on the AFS Stock/ReqsList. The status is D = fixed on delivery.

1-3-3 Order entry as above, however, use the partner �0DUN�)RU! in the mix. (You have to enter the distribution center manually per customer in the sales order if no distribution center is predefined)

Note the difference during the delivery process: the delivery is made to the Distribution Center; however, the mark-for address is mentioned in the partner functions.

Display delivery and view the *RWR�o�+HDGHU�o�3DUWQHUV.�The shipment is billed to the sold-to party. While the goods are shipped to the distribution center as a ship-to party, they are marked for a final delivery to a particular store, the mark-for party (partner function JM).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-63

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFWV�

1-4 Create a contract.

1-4-1 Create a contract for 76�32/2��.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�&RQWUDFW�o�&UHDWH�

1-4-2 Check MRP for the material and plant

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ�Leave the settings as displayed and <Execute>.�

1-5 Create a new standard order referring to your contract.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�Use sales order type 25 and press <Contract Reference>. Select your contract and copy some of the quantities. Save the order.

To display the document flow, go to the contract:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�&RQWUDFW�o�'LVSOD\�Select your contract, and then choose:

(QYLURQPHQW��!�'LVSOD\�GRFXPHQW�IORZ�By clicking <Status Overview> you can display the called off, requested and open quantities.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-64

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� &RQWUDFWV�:LWK�$OORFDWLRQ�

�1-6 Create a contract with allocation.

1-6-1 Create a contract with allocation. Use the special contract type =$&4 and use your material 76�32/2��.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�&RQWUDFW�o�&UHDWH�Use contract type ZACQ.

1-6-2 Check MRP for the material and plant.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ�o�6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ�

1-7 Create a new standard order with reference to your contract.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�'LVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�

1-7-1 Check MRP again and make sure that the contract quantity is reduced by the call off quantity.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ�o��6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ��

1-7-2 Use the Management Tool for allocating stock for your order (call-off). /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�0DQDJHPHQW�7RRO�Use ARun Optimizer Type =$2� and Release Rule �� to release all items.

1-7-3 Check the MRP again. You will find your sales order in the status F (assignment fixed)

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQW�3ODQQLQJ�o��6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-65

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHU�

��

1-8 Create a third party order. Create an order as usual, using order type OR. �/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH��Display the sales order and verify the purchase requisition number.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�'LVSOD\��

In the AFS Item overview, choose

*RWR�o�,WHP�o�6FKHGXOH�OLQHV Press button <Procurement>

1-8-1 Create a purchase order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�3XUFKDVLQJ�o�3XUFKDVH�RUGHU�o�&UHDWH�o�9HQGRU�6XSSO\LQJ�3ODQW�NQRZQ�

Make sure, your Document Overview is on, if not select button <Document Overview on>. Choose from Selection Variant < Purchase Requisitions > and search for your purchase requisition number. Select item, choose <Adopt> and save.

1-8-2 Post a partial goods receipt.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�UHFHLSW�o�)RU�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU�o�*5�IRU�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU��0,*2��Enter quantities per SKU in the “ Detail Data” screen and flag those items “ OK” you want to post goods for. Click < Post >.

� �1-8-3 To enter the invoice select:

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�/RJLVWLFV�LQYRLFH�YHULILFDWLRQ�o�'RFXPHQW�(QWU\�o�0,52�(QWHU�LQYRLFH��

1-8-4 To create a billing document select:

/RJLVWLFV → 6DOHV�DQG�'LVWULEXWLRQ → %LOOLQJ → %LOOLQJ�'RFXPHQW → &UHDWH

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-66

1-9 2SWLRQDO� Automatic third party order processing.

1-9-1 /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH

1-9-2 /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH

1-9-3 /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�0DVWHU�GDWD�o�3URGXFWV�o�0DWHULDO�o�7UDGLQJ�JRRGV�o�&KDQJH

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-67

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 3XUFKDVH�WR�2UGHU��372��

1-10 Create an order in the usual way using order type OR, but switch the item category from 7$1 to 7$%:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&UHDWH�Change the item category:

Select tab strip �,WHP�2YHUYLHZ!��RU�GRXEOH�FOLFN�RQ�WKH�PDWHULDO��Check the schedule line category:

,WHP o�6FKHGXOH�/LQHV��RU�GRXEOH�FOLFN�RQ�4XDQWLW\��

1-10-1 Perform MRP run:

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�6LQJOH�LWHP�SODQQLQJ�Control parameters: create pur.req. 1 purchase requisition.

Note that the requirement is kept in a separate section of the MRP list (the goods are to be purchased individually for the customer).

Create a purchase order from the AFS MRP view:

(GLW��o�&RQYHUW�o�3XU�5HT��WR�3XU�2UG.

Enter the vendor and the purchase organization. Select purchase requisition, choose the <$GRSW> button, enter a net order price and save your purchase order.

Display the MRP status. Do you see any changes?

6WRFN�W\SH�FKDQJHG�IURP�$��UHTXLVLWLRQ�RUGHU��WR�%��SXUFKDVH�RUGHU).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-68

1-10-2 Post a goods receipt:

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDOV�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o�*RRGV�PRYHPHQW�o�*RRGV�UHFHLSW�o�)RU�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU�o�*5�IRU�3XUFKDVH�2UGHU��

1-10-3 2SWLRQDO��In the stock overview the batch is assigned to the sales order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDO�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o�(QYLURQPHQW�o�6WRFN�o�6WRFN�RYHUYLHZ�Note that the ordered goods are assigned to the sales order stock.

1-10-4 Perform the Allocation Run.

/RJLVWLFV o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ�

1-10-5 Create a delivery.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU�Display the AFS Stock/Requirements List.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�$)6�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQWV�/LVW�Note that the MRP status switched to D (fixed on delivery note).

Display document flow.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH��Select Environment, Display Document Flow

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-69

1-10-6 Perform a transfer order, confirm the transfer order and post goods issue.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�3LFNLQJ�o�&UHDWH�7UDQVIHU�RUGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Enter Warehouse number �� and your delivery number. Create TO by choosing the button <*HQHUDWH�72�LWHP>. Save your TO.

/RJLVWLFV 6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQo�3LFNLQJ�� &RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�o� ,Q�2QH�6WHS��

Post goods issue.

/RJLVWLFV o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW��Select the �3RVW�JRRGV�LVVXH! button.

1-10-7 Display document flow.

� � /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH�� Select Environment, Display Document Flow

1-10-8 Create a customer invoice.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�%LOOLQJ�o�%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�&UHDWH�Display document flow.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH��Select Environment, Display Document Flow

Display the AFS Stock/Requirements List.

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�(YDOXDWLRQ�o�6WRFN�5HTXLUHPHQWV�/LVt Note that the requirement has been deleted from the list as the order has been fully delivered.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-70

6ROXWLRQV�

8QLW�� $GGLWLRQDO�2UGHU�7\SHV�7RSLF�� 5HWXUQV�DQG�&UHGLWV�

1-11 2SWLRQDO� Perform the sales order process.

1-11-1 Create a sales order.


Perform Run MRP for 76�76+,57�� (or 76�32/2��).�/RJLVWLFV�o$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ �MRP Status should be: T (MRP active assignments��

1-11-2 Perform an ARun for 76�76+,57��(or 76�32/2��). /RJLVWLFV�o�$OORFDWLRQ�5XQ�o�2QOLQH�3URFHVVLQJ

Select <Execute>. Enter the plant �� and your sales order in the appropriate views and <Execute> ARun. Delete all other selections. (For all Sales Order with sufficient stock, a green traffic light is displayed.) 'R�QRW�IRUJHW�WR�VDYH�WKH�UHVXOWV� Run MRP for 76�76+,57��(or 76�32/2��).

/RJLVWLFV�o�$)6�&HQWUDO�)XQFWLRQV�o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�$)6�0DWHULDO�5HTXLUHPHQWV�3ODQQLQJ��o�6LQJOH�,WHP�3ODQQLQJ��MRP Status should be: F (open for delivery). (MRP assignments fixed.)

1-11-3 Create a delivery for your order. /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-71

1-11-4 Perform a transfer order, confirm the transfer order and post goods issue for your delivery.�Transfer order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ��DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�3LFNLQJ�o�&UHDWH�7UDQVIHU�RUGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW��Press button <Generate TO item>.

Confirm Transfer order:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�3LFNLQJ�o�&RQILUP�7UDQVIHU�2UGHU�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�,Q�2QH�6WHS��Post Goods issue:

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQo�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�Press button <Post Goods Issue>.

�1-11-5 Create a billing document for your order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�%LOOLQJ�o�%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�&UHDWH�

1-12 2SWLRQDO��Create a return with reference to the billing document.


1-13 2SWLRQDO��Create a return delivery document for the return order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQ�o�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&UHDWH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW�o�:LWK�5HIHUHQFH�WR�6DOHV�2UGHU��

1-14 2SWLRQDO��To receive the returned material into the restricted stock for returns, you use the delivery transaction by selecting the �3RVW�*RRG�,VVXH! button.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�DQG�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6KLSSLQJ�DQG�7UDQVSRUWDWLRQo�2XWERXQG�GHOLYHU\�o�&KDQJH�o�6LQJOH�'RFXPHQW��1-14-1 Check the stock overview for the returned material to verify that it has

been assigned to the stock type for returns. /RJLVWLFV�o�0DWHULDO�PDQDJHPHQW�o�,QYHQWRU\�PDQDJHPHQW�o��(QYLURQPHQW�o�6WRFN�o�6WRFN�RYHUYLHZ�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

© SAP AG ICP310 13-72

1-15 2SWLRQDO��To approve the return request for the return material, you have to remove the billing block. Refer to the return request from the previous step and remove the billing block.

� /RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�6DOHV�o�2UGHU�o�&KDQJH

Remove billing block in the Sales tab screen. Set ��&KHFN�&UHGLW�0HPR�to��EODQN!.

1-16 2SWLRQDO��Create the credit memo (billing document) for the return order.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�%LOOLQJ�o�%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�&UHDWH

Do not enter a Billing Type. Then click Save.

Release the credit memo document to Accounting.

/RJLVWLFV�o�6DOHV�GLVWULEXWLRQ�o�%LOOLQJ�o�%LOOLQJ�GRFXPHQW�o�&KDQJH Enter the credit memo document number.

Press the <Release to Accounting> button (button with small green flag).

Press <Accounting>.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� $)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RQWHQWV�� $)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH

5HWDLO�� ,QWHUIDFH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH��8QLW�2EMHFWLYHV

$IWHU�FRPSOHWLQJ�WKLV�XQLW��\RX�ZLOO�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�WKH�$)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� <RX�ZRXOG�OLNH�WR�XVH�ERWK�5��V\VWHPV��$)6�DQG�6$3�5HWDLO��)DFLOLWDWHG�E\�WKH�$)6�5HWDLO�LQWHUIDFH��LW�LV�SRVVLEOH�WR�VKDUH�WKH�LQIRUPDWLRQ�EHWZHHQ�WKH�WZR�5��V\VWHPV�$�FXVWRPHU�VXSSOLHU�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�VHW�XS�ZLWK�WKH�$)6�V\VWHP�DV�WKH�VXSSOLHU�IRU�WKH�5HWDLO�V\VWHP

$)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH��%XVLQHVV�6FHQDULR

�

� The AFS-Retail interface facilitates the sharing of information between two different SAP systems:

� A standard SAP Retail system is a completely integrated retailing system. It provides the functions necessary for modeling business processes within a retail company. The business process area ”Retailing” comprises the procurement, storage, distribution, and sales of merchandise. SAP Retail supports both Wholesale and Retail scenarios.

� AFS enhances R/3 standard components in order to meet the unique requirements of the apparel and footwear industry. The result is a comprehensive solution for AFS business and logistics needs.

� The main strength of SAP Retail is distribution and the main strength of AFS is the manufacturing of size-dependent products, as in the apparel and footwear industry. For this reason, AFS has a supplying role for retail companies. These two types of companies have a Customer-Supplier relationship� The interface considers the AFS system as a supplier of the Retail system and Retail as a Customer of the AFS company.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�0DWHULDO�ZLWK�*ULG�WR�5HWDLO�*HQHULF�$UWLFOH

$)6�WR�6$3�5HWDLO ,QWHUIDFH$)6�WR�6$3�5HWDLO ,QWHUIDFH

�

� Basic material master data in AFS is transferred to SAP Retail. Specified grid dimensions are relevant for variants in SAP Retail.

� The mapping of the grid values is set up in Customizing in the AFS system.

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

,QIRUPDWLRQ�)ORZ

$)6�WR�6$3�5HWDLO ,QWHUIDFH

�

� The data that needs to be shared between Retail and AFS are the materials and their prices, orders, shipping and invoice information. In SAP terms, this means that AFS Materials are sent to Retail with accompanying prices, and this allows the exchange of business documents (such as Purchase Orders) from Retail to the AFS system, as well as subsequent documents (such as Shipping Notifications and Invoices).

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

$)6�WR�6$3�5HWDLO ,QWHUIDFH

Merchandise Category Grid

Price conditions

Material master

Interface mapping

Article master

Purchase order create Sales order create

Purchase order change

Sales order change

Delivery creationShipping notification

Invoice creationInvoice verification

SAP Retail SAP AFS

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� WKH�$)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH

$)6�5HWDLO�,QWHUIDFH��8QLW�6XPPDU\

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�&RQWHQW�� &RQFOXVLRQ





3UHIDFH

$SSHQGLFHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� ,GHQWLI\�KRZ�$)6�VXSSRUWV�VWDQGDUGV�DQG�EXVLQHVV�

SUDFWLFHV�LQ�WKH�DSSDUHO�DQG�IRRWZHDU�LQGXVWU\� 2XWOLQH�KRZ�$)6�IXQFWLRQDOLW\�LQWHJUDWHV�WKH�VXSSO\�

FKDLQ�IRU�WKH�DSSDUHO�DQG�IRRWZHDU�LQGXVWU\� 'HVFULEH�$)6�VSHFLILFV�LQ�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 'HILQH�DQG�FUHDWH�PXOWL�GLPHQVLRQDO�PDWHULDO�JULGV�

DQG�LQFOXGH�WKHP�LQ�WKH�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU� 'HVFULEH�D�VDOHV�JULG�DQG�WKH�JULG�FRQWURO�GDWD� ([SODLQ�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�UHTXLUHPHQW�DQG�

VWRFN�FDWHJRULHV�ZLWKLQ�D�FRYHUDJH�VWUDWHJ\� $GG�D�FRYHUDJH�VWUDWHJ\�WR�PDWHULDO�PDVWHU

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 'HVFULEH�$)6�VSHFLILFV�LQ�FXVWRPHU�PDVWHU� &UHDWH�D�VDOHV�RUGHU�IRU�DQ�$)6�PDWHULDO� 6HW�XS�$)6�SULFLQJ�FRQGLWLRQV� ([SODLQ�WKH�6HDVRQDO�3URFHVVLQJ�LQ�$)6� 'HILQH�9DOXH�$GGHG�6HUYLFHV� 6HW�XS�3UHSDFNV�DQG�$VVRUWPHQWV� ([SODLQ�WKH�IXQFWLRQ�RI�WKH�)(57�*HQHUDWRU� &KHFN�$YDLODEOH�WR�3URPLVH��$73��IRU�$)6�PDWHULDO� ([SODLQ�WKH�$)6�VXEVWLWXWLRQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� 2XWOLQH�WKH�RUGHU�VFKHGXOLQJ�SURFHVV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�� 2XWOLQH�WKH�DOORFDWLRQ�IXQFWLRQDOLW\� 'HILQH�UXOHV�DQG�VHW�XS�DQ�$5XQ�W\SH� 5XQ�$5XQ�LQ�GLDORJ�DQG�EDFNJURXQG� 'HVFULEH�WKH�$5XQ�2SWLPL]HU� ,QFOXGH�VKLSSLQJ�DQG�ELOOLQJ�LQ�WKH�VDOHV�RUGHU�

SURFHVV�LQ�$)6� 5XQ�0DVV�'RFXPHQW�&KDQJH� 3HUIRUP�0DVV�&XVWRPHU�&KDQJH� 3HUIRUP�0DVV�&KDQJHV�RI�PDWHULDOV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

&RXUVH�2EMHFWLYHV

<RX�VKRXOG�QRZ�EH�DEOH�WR�

� 1DPH�WKH�GLIIHUHQW�RUGHU�W\SHV� 5XVK�2UGHUV� 6WRFN�7UDQVIHU� 0XOWL�6WRUH�2UGHUV� &RQWUDFWV�DQG�&DOO�2IIV� 7KLUG�3DUW\�2UGHUV� 3XUFKDVH�7R�2UGHU�DQG�0DNH�7R�2UGHU

� 'HVFULEH�WKH�$)6�5HWDLO�LQWHUIDFH

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly


SAP AG 2005

� *R WKURXJK�WKH�H[HUFLVHV� 5HDG�RQ�OLQH�GRFXPHQWDWLRQ� 5HDG�,0*�GRFXPHQWDWLRQ� 5HDG�UHOHDVH�QRWHV

5HFRPPHQGHG�)ROORZ�8S�$FWLYLWLHV

�

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Fo

r

in

te

rn

al

u

se

b

y

CS

C

on

ly

Documents

ICP310 Apparel and Footwear Sales & Distribution